0% found this document useful (0 votes)

169 views357 pages

Guidance Material SPO Pcar 3.2 PDF

The document provides guidance material for flying schools on single pilot operations and training courses for flight crew licenses and ratings in accordance with PCAR 3.2. It contains 6 chapters that discuss the introduction, private pilot license training course, commercial pilot license training course, instrument rating training course, flight instructor rating training course, and threat and error management training course. Each chapter includes sections on introduction, planning matrix, and training course syllabus. Annexes A through D also provide various progress check forms and grading sheets for the different training courses.

Uploaded by

ken ken

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

169 views357 pages

Guidance Material SPO Pcar 3.2 PDF

Uploaded by

ken ken

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 357

FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL

FOR SINGLE PILOT OPERATIONS UNDER

PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE Foreword
PILOT OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR
FLIGHT CREW LICENSES AND RATINGS

Issue No. 1 1
Civil Aviation Authority of the
Philippines TABLE OF CONTENTS
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CHAPTER TITLE PAGE

COVER PAGE
FOREWORD 1-1
TABLE OF CONTENTS 1-2
CHAPTER 0
0. GENERAL
0.1 Abbreviations 1-1
0.2 Definitions 1-3
0.3 References 1-1
CHAPTER 1
1. THE INTRODUCTION
1.1 Threat and Error Management 1-1
1.2 Competency-Based Training 1-1
CHAPTER 2
2. PRIVATE PILOT LICENSE TRAINING COURSE
2.1 Introduction 1-4
2.2 Planning Matrix 1-10
2.3 Training Course Syllabus 1-12
CHAPTER 3
3. COMMERCIAL PILOT LICENSE TRAINING COURSE
3.1 Introduction 1-4
3.2 Planning Matrix 1-32
3.3 Training Course Syllabus 1-12
CHAPTER 4
4. INSTRUMENT RATING TRAINING COURSE
4.1 Introduction 1-4
4.2 Planning Matrix 1-11
4.3 Training Course Syllabus 1-9
CHAPTER 5

5. FLIGHT INSTRUCTOR RATING TRAINING COURSE

5.1 Introduction 1- 4
5.2 Planning Matrix 1-6
5.3 Training Course Syllabus 1-10
CHAPTER 6

6. THREAT AND ERROR MANAGEMENT TRAINING COURSE

6.1 Introduction 1-5
6.2 Teaching Threat Management 1-2
6.3 Teaching Error Management 1-2
6.4 Teaching Undesired Aircraft State Management 1-2
6.5 Assessing Threat and Error Management 1-2
ANNEXES

A Private Pilot License Progress Checks and Grading Sheets

B Commercial Pilot License Progress Checks and Grading Sheets

Issue No. 1 1
Civil Aviation Authority of the
Philippines TABLE OF CONTENTS
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS

C Instrument Rating Progress Checks and Grading Sheets

D Flight Instructor Rating Progress Checks and Grading Sheets

Issue No. 1 2
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 0 Administration and Control
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS 0.1 Abbreviations

0 Administration and Control

0.1 Abbreviations

The acronyms and abbreviations used in this guidance material are listed in the table below.

Acronym Description
AC advisory circular

ATC air traffic control

ATS air traffic services

FAA Federal Aviation Administration (of the USA)

HF human factors
ICAO International Civil Aviation Organization

NOTAM notice to airmen

NTS non-technical skills
SOP standard operating procedure

TEM threat and error management

USA United States of America
VFR visual flight rules
VYSE best single-engine rate of climb speed [blue line speed]
VXSE best single-engine angle of climb speed

Issue No. 1 1
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 0 Administration and Control
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS 0.2 Definitions

0.2 Definitions

Airmanship The consistent use of good judgement and

well developed skills to accomplish flight
objectives (International Civil Aviation
Organization definition).
Airspace cleared procedure A procedure that is performed before all
turns and maneuvers. A commonly used
technique for this procedure is:
when turning left, 'clear right, clear ahead,
clear left-turning left'; or when turning right,
'clear left, clear ahead, clear right-turning
right' If an object is closing and remains on a
line of constant bearing (stays at the same
point on the windscreen), a collision will
occur if avoiding action is not taken.
Behavioral markers A short, precise statement describing a
single non-technical skill or competency.
They are observable behaviors that
contribute to competent or not yet competent
performance within a work environment.
Error ‘Actions or inactions by the pilot that lead to
deviations from organizational or pilot
intentions or expectations’ (Maurino, 2005).
When undetected, unmanaged or
mismanaged, errors may lead to undesired
aircraft states

Flight environment The environment internal and external to the

aircraft that may affect the outcome of the
flight.
The aircraft’s internal environment can
include, but is not limited to, aircraft attitude
and performance, instruments, observations,
flight controls, equipment, warning and
alerting devices, cockpit physical and
interpersonal climate and conditions, crew
members, aircraft position, procedures,
publications, checklists and automation.
The external environment may include, but
is not limited to, airspace, meteorological
conditions, terrain, obstacles, the regulatory
framework, other stakeholders and operating
culture.
Formative assessment Formative evaluation monitors learning
progress during instruction and provides
continuous feedback to both trainee and
instructor concerning learning success and
failures.
Human factors The minimization of human error and its
consequences by optimizing the relationship
within systems between people, activities
and equipment.
Judgement An opinion formed after analysis of relevant
information.
Leadership The ability of the pilot in command to
induce the trainee member(s) to use their
skills and knowledge to pursue a defined
objective.
Manage(ment) To plan, direct and control an operation or
situation.
Non-technical skills Specific human factors competencies, such
as lookout, situation awareness, decision
making, workload management and
communications.

Safe(ly) Means that a maneuver or flight is

completed without injury to persons, damage
to aircraft or breach of aviation safety
regulations, while meeting the standards
specified by the Civil Aviation Safety
Authority.
Safest outcome Means that the maneuver or flight is
completed with minimum damage or injury
under the prevailing circumstances.

Issue No. 1 3
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 0 General
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS 0.3 References

0.3 References

1. IS 2.3.3.11; ASA Handbook (The Pilot’s Manual: FI Syllabus);

2. Philippine Civil Aviation Regulation (PCAR)
3. Defensive Flying for Pilots: An Introduction to TEM by Ashleigh Merritt Ph.D. & James Klinect Ph.D.
(12 December 2006).
4. Flight Discipline by Tony Kern, McGraw-Hill 1998.
5. Human Factors for Pilots by Roger C Green et al.
6. Redefining Airmanship by Tony Kern, McGraw-Hill 1997.
7. CASA: AC 61-08 Teaching and assessing non-technical skills for single-pilot operations
8. Safety Behaviors: Human Factors for Pilots, CASA training Resources
9. Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Advisory Circular 90-48D; Pilots Role in Collision Avoidance,
FAA (USA) 19 April 2016.
10. Threat and Error Management Training-Facilitator guide, published by the Guild of Air Pilots and
Navigators

Issue No. 1 1
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 1 The Introduction
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS 1.1 Threat and Error Management

1 The Introduction

1.1 Threat and Error Management

Effective threat and error management (TEM) in aviation training is reliant on the application of good
human factors (HF) knowledge. Worldwide statistics indicate that about 75% of aircraft accidents are
caused by HF deficiencies. These deficiencies may involve a variety of factors, including:
• poor lookout
• poor situation awareness
• poor decision-making
• lack of task organization
• insufficient communication
• failure to recognize threats to safety
• commission of errors.
The International Civil Aviation Organization (ICAO) has acknowledged the need for guidance related
to the teaching and assessment of HF and TEM and recommends that these subjects should be
introduced into all pilot training.

1.2 Competency-based training

In a competency-based training system, a person must be assessed by weighing evidence of their competence
against published standards. The evidence must be valid, authentic, sufficient and current. However, before a
person can be assessed, they must be trained. Therefore, it is essential that flight training organizations
develop techniques and material for teaching Human Factors (HF) and Non-Technical Skills (NTS) in their
competency based training program to ensure that their assessors have methods and tools to assess
competency during flight tests.

Instructors must recognize and appreciate the importance of HF knowledge and NTS and make them an
integral part of training; and assessors must be prepared to incorporate HF principles into flight tests. This
requires diligence in the preparation of training plans by instructors and assessment plans by flight
examiners.

Issue No. 1 1
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 2 Private Pilot License Training Course
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
2.1 Introduction
LICENSES AND RATINGS

2 Private Pilot License Training Course

2.1 Introduction

2.1.1 Overview

This syllabus describes the flight training and assessment activities to be undertaken during the private pilot
license – aeroplane category rating training course. The aim of the course is to provide the student with the
required skills, knowledge and attitudes to safely exercise the privileges of the PPL (A).

Flight training lessons include navigation exercises incorporating operations at controlled aerodromes and in
controlled airspace, basic and advanced manoeuvres, circuit operations, basic instrument flight and procedures
in the event of abnormal situations. Human factors and non-technical skills awareness and application are also
included.

The privileges and limitations of the private pilot license – aeroplane category rating are defined in PCAR
2.3.3.2

2.1.2 Competency Standards

2.1.2.1 Practical Flight Competency Standards

Flight training is provided to allow the student to meet the prescribed competency standards. Student
performance is assessed against these flight competency standards. The standards required for the completion of
this course and the issue of the license are captured by the following units of competency:

Unit code Unit of competency

C1 Communicating in the aviation environment
C2 Perform pre- and post-flight actions and procedures
C3 Operate aeronautical radio
C4 Manage fuel
C5 Manage passengers and cargo (only if required)
NTS1 Non-technical skills 1
NTS2 Non-technical skills 2
NAV Navigate aircraft
A1 Control aeroplane on the ground
A2 Take-off aeroplane
A3 Control aeroplane in normal flight
A4 Land aeroplane
A5 Aeroplane advanced manoeuvres
A6 Manage abnormal situations – single-engine aeroplanes
IFF Instrument flight full panel
ONTA Operate at non-towered aerodrome
OGA Operate in Class G airspace
CTR Operate at a controlled aerodrome
CTA Operate in controlled airspace

2.1.2.2 Aeronautical Knowledge Standards

The knowledge required to meet the aeronautical knowledge standards prescribed by the PCAR 2.3.3.2 may be
attained through student self-study and formal training. Theory topics and content are described in the following
units of knowledge:

Unit of knowledge
PPL Air Law
PPL Aircraft General Knowledge
PPL Flight Performance and Planning
PPL Human Performance
PPL Meteorology
PPL Navigation
PPL Operational Procedures
PPL Principles of Flight
PPL Radio telephony

2.1.3 Course prerequisites

This course has been developed for students already holding a Student Pilot Authorization (SPA) - aeroplane
category rating.
Students must be at least 16 years old to apply for a Student Pilot Authorization and
Students must be at least 17 years old to apply for a Private Pilot license.

2.1.4 Course duration

The course may be undertaken on a part-time or full-time basis.

The syllabus is based on a total flight time of 46.0 hours inclusive of the PPL aeroplane category flight test;
however, the total flight time required to achieve competency will vary from student to student.’

2.1.5 Course Resources

Flight training is usually undertaken in the C-172; however any ATO approved training aircraft may also be
used.

Other resources include a model aeroplane, cockpit cut-out, instrument flight hood, navigation charts and
navigation equipment.

2.1.6 Syllabus Documentation

Syllabus documentation includes:

 a planning matrix
 a flight training and theory examination summary
 a lesson plan and training record for each flight

Refer to the ATO operations manual for a guide to the use of the syllabus documents.

Issue No. 1 2
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 2 Private Pilot License Training Course
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
2.1 Introduction
LICENSES AND RATINGS

2.1.7 Lesson Sequence and Allowable Variations

The flight training and theory examination summary provides the sequence of flight training lessons.

Any variations to the lesson sequence are only to be made with the prior approval of the HOT or authorizing
instructor.

2.1.8 Solo Flight

The course includes a minimum of 10 hours solo flight time, including a solo cross-country (150 NM) flight
time of 5 hours.

Prior to authorizing a student to conduct a solo navigation exercise, instructors must ensure the requirements of
PCAR 2.3.3.1 are met. The student’s flight plan and fuel calculations must be reviewed for accuracy.

2.1.9 Aeronautical Knowledge Examination

Successful completion of the following examination is required during the course:

2.1.9.1 Prior to flight test recommendation

PPL(A) aeronautical knowledge examination

The pass mark for the examination is 70%.

The flight training and theory examination summary sets out the recommended sequence for aeronautical
knowledge examination and navigation exercises. To avoid training delays, instructors should ensure students
complete the examination in this sequence.

Aeronautical knowledge examinations are conducted in the ground examination facility.

2.1.9.2 Knowledge Deficiency Report

If a student passes the PPL(A) aeronautical knowledge examination with a score of less than 100%, a report
shall be prepared about the competency standards in which the student’s knowledge is deficient (a knowledge
deficiency report). Following further self-study, a senior instructor must orally assess the student’s knowledge
to ensure the deficiencies noted on the knowledge deficiency report have been addressed (i.e. knowledge
corrected to 100%).

A copy of the knowledge deficiency report for the PPL(A) aeronautical knowledge examination must be
provided to the flight examiner who is to conduct the flight test.

2.1.10 Flight Test

Upon successful completion of the course students must pass the PPL aeroplane category flight test, prior to
making application for the private pilot license.

The test is conducted by a flight examiner and involves a ground component and a flight component of
approximately 1.0 hour. An assessment of general handling competencies is included in the test.

Issue No. 1 3
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 2 Private Pilot License Training Course
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
2.1 Introduction
LICENSES AND RATINGS

Flight test standards are contained in PCAR IS 2.3.3.2 Appendix B and must be performed within the flight
tolerances specified in the Advisory Circulars and ATO Training Manual.

2.1.11 Document Control and Access Information

This syllabus is a managed document and is uncontrolled if printed. Refer to the version number and date in the
footer to ensure that the current syllabus is being referenced.

It is available in electronic format. Paper copies are also provided for use by instructors and students.

Syllabus documentation is to be read in conjunction with the ATO’s operations manual.

Issue No. 1 4
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 2 Private Pilot License Training Course
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
2.2 Planning Matrix

2.2 Planning Matrix

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Performance Standards

Ground Operations and Orientation

Airworks,Ground Ref.Man, TOL

3 = Has received training in the element, however is not able to

Progress Check for First Solo

150 NM Cross Country Flight

consistently demonstrate competency to the standard required for

Cross Country Orientation

Airworks & Emergencies

Airworks, T-PATT, TOL

Progress Check for GHP
qualification issue

Traffic Pattern, TOL

Traffic Pattern, TOL
2 = Demonstrates a developing level of proficiency, and is deemed
safe to conduct solo practice under direct supervision *

Total hours
Solo Area Out
Re-solo Flight
1 = Achieves competency to the standard required for qualification

First SOLO
Airworks
issue.

Units, Elements and Performance Criteria

NAV Navigate aircraft
NAV. Prepare documents and flight plan
1
(a) select and prepare appropriate navigation charts for the 2
intended flight
(b) select a suitable route and altitude considering weather, terrain, 2
airspace, NOTAMs and alternate landing areas
(c) obtain and interpret meteorological forecasts, NOTAMs and 2
operational information applicable to the planned flight
(d) determine whether the planned flight can be conducted under 2
the applicable flight rules and taking account of the beginning
and end of daylight times
complete a flight plan to the planned destination and alternates 2
NAV. Comply with airspace procedures while navigating
2
(a) identify airspace restrictions and dimensions applicable to the 2
flight
(b) obtain and comply with air traffic clearances, if applicable 2
(c) comply with airspace procedures applicable to the airspace 2
classification throughout the flight
NAV. Conduct departure procedures
3
(a) organise cockpit to ensure charts, documentation and 2
navigational calculator are accessible from the control seat
(b) comply with all departure procedures, clearances and noise 2
abatement requirements
(c) establish planned track on departure within 5 nm of airfield or 2
apply alternative procedure if required
(d) calculate estimated time of arrival (ETA) for first waypoint 2
NAV. Navigate aircraft enroute
4
(a) maintain a navigation cycle that ensures accurate tracking, and 2
apply track correctional techniques to re-establish track prior
to waypoint or destination
(b) maintain heading to achieve a nominated track 2
(c) maintain and revise ETAs (±2 minutes) for waypoint or 2
destination

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Performance Standards

Ground Operations and Orientation

Airworks,Ground Ref.Man, TOL

3 = Has received training in the element, however is not able to

Progress Check for First Solo

150 NM Cross Country Flight

consistently demonstrate competency to the standard required for

Cross Country Orientation

Airworks & Emergencies

Airworks, T-PATT, TOL

Progress Check for GHP
qualification issue

Traffic Pattern, TOL

Traffic Pattern, TOL
2 = Demonstrates a developing level of proficiency, and is deemed
safe to conduct solo practice under direct supervision *

Total hours
Solo Area Out
Re-solo Flight
1 = Achieves competency to the standard required for qualification

First SOLO
Airworks
issue.

Airworks
Flight
*Solo operations for authorised sequences only
Dual day 2.0 2. 2. 2.0 2.0 2.0 2. 1. 5. 20.
0 0 0 0 0 0
Solo day .2 2. 6. 2. 4.7 5. 20.
5 0 0 0 5 0 0
Instrument flight time
Aeronautical knowledge examinations PPLA 40.
0
(d) navigate using accepted map-reading techniques 2
(e) maintain navigation and fuel log to monitor tracking, ETAs 2
and fuel status
(f) use appropriate techniques to obtain a positive fix at suitable 2
intervals
(g) maintain awareness of route, enroute terrain, enroute and 2
destination weather, and react appropriately to changing
weather conditions
(h) perform pre-descent and turning point checks 2
(i) maintain appropriate radio communication and listening watch 2
with ATS and other aircraft if radio is fitted and used
(j) monitor aircraft systems, manage fuel and engine to ensure 2
aircraft is operated to achieve flight plan objectives
NAV. Navigate at low level and in reduced visibility
5
(a) configure the aircraft as required for the following
environmental and operational conditions:
(i) reduced visibility 2
(ii) low cloud base 2
(b) navigate aeroplane at minimum heights (not below 500 ft 2
AGL, clear of built-up areas) and remain in VMC
(c) maintain separation from terrain, obstacles, allowing for wind 2
and turbulence at low level
(d) operate appropriately in the vicinity of aerodromes and landing 2
areas
NAV. Perform lost procedure
6
(a) acknowledge positional uncertainty in a timely manner 2
(b) configure aircraft for range and endurance as required 2
(c) apply recognised method to re-establish aircraft position 2
(d) fix position 2
(e) use radio to request assistance, if applicable 2
(f) plan a timely precautionary search and landing if unable to 2
complete flight safely to suitable aerodrome
NAV. Perform diversion procedure
7
(a) make timely decision to divert 2
(b) identify an acceptable alternate aerodrome 2
(c) select a suitable route and cruising level 2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Performance Standards

Ground Operations and Orientation

Airworks,Ground Ref.Man, TOL

3 = Has received training in the element, however is not able to

Progress Check for First Solo

150 NM Cross Country Flight

consistently demonstrate competency to the standard required for

Cross Country Orientation

Airworks & Emergencies

Airworks, T-PATT, TOL

Progress Check for GHP
qualification issue

Traffic Pattern, TOL

Traffic Pattern, TOL
2 = Demonstrates a developing level of proficiency, and is deemed
safe to conduct solo practice under direct supervision *

Total hours
Solo Area Out
Re-solo Flight
1 = Achieves competency to the standard required for qualification

First SOLO
Airworks
issue.

Airworks
Flight
*Solo operations for authorised sequences only
Dual day 2.0 2. 2. 2.0 2.0 2.0 2. 1. 5. 20.
0 0 0 0 0 0
Solo day .2 2. 6. 2. 4.7 5. 20.
5 0 0 0 5 0 0
Instrument flight time
Aeronautical knowledge examinations PPLA 40.
0
(d) revise flight plan considering weather, terrain, airspace and 2
fuel available
(e) advise ATS of an intention to divert 2
NAV. Execute arrival procedures
9
(a) obtain updated relevant aerodrome information 2
(b) determine landing direction and aerodrome suitability 2
(c) conduct arrival 2
(d) identify and avoid all traffic 2
ONT Operate at non-towered aerodromes
A
ONT Non-towered aerodrome – pre-flight preparation
A.1
(a) using a current NOTAM, for the non-towered aerodrome or 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
landing area, extract all of the relevant operational information
(b) interpret the extracted information 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(c) identify all special aerodrome procedures 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(d) check current weather forecast and local observations 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(e) identify all relevant radio and navigation aid frequencies 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
ONT Taxi aircraft at a non-towered aerodrome or landing area
A.2
(a) refer to aerodrome or landing area chart (if available) 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(b) set local QNH or area QNH 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(c) broadcast intentions on appropriate frequency 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(d) obtain and interpret traffic information 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(e) maintain lookout for, and separation from, other aircraft, 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
wildlife and other obstructions
(f) recognise ground markings during taxi and take appropriate 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
action
taxi aircraft to holding point 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(i) use strobes when crossing any runway 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
ONT Perform departure at a non-towered aerodrome or landing area
A.3
(a) check and ensure runway approach is clear prior to entering a 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
runway
(b) correctly set transponder code and mode prior to entering 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
runway for take-off
(c) confirm runway approaches clear in all directions prior to 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
entering runway
(d) broadcast line up details 3 3 2 1 1 1 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Performance Standards

Ground Operations and Orientation

Airworks,Ground Ref.Man, TOL

3 = Has received training in the element, however is not able to

Progress Check for First Solo

150 NM Cross Country Flight

consistently demonstrate competency to the standard required for

Cross Country Orientation

Airworks & Emergencies

Airworks, T-PATT, TOL

Progress Check for GHP
qualification issue

Traffic Pattern, TOL

Traffic Pattern, TOL
2 = Demonstrates a developing level of proficiency, and is deemed
safe to conduct solo practice under direct supervision *

Total hours
Solo Area Out
Re-solo Flight
1 = Achieves competency to the standard required for qualification

First SOLO
Airworks
issue.

Airworks
Flight
*Solo operations for authorised sequences only
Dual day 2.0 2. 2. 2.0 2.0 2.0 2. 1. 5. 20.
0 0 0 0 0 0
Solo day .2 2. 6. 2. 4.7 5. 20.
5 0 0 0 5 0 0
Instrument flight time
Aeronautical knowledge examinations PPLA 40.
0
transmit appropriate radio calls and maintain separation with 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
other aircraft
(g) advise air service provider of departure details, if required 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(h) conduct departure 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
ONT Perform arrival and landing at a non-towered aerodrome or landing
A.4 area
(a) check NOTAM prior to entering circuit area 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(b) set correct area or local QNH 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(c) use correct radio frequency to transmit inbound calls as 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
required
(d) maintain effective lookout 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(e) maintain aircraft separation and avoid other traffic 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(f) maintain tracking tolerances 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(g) determine wind velocity 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(h) determine landing direction 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(i) confirm runway is serviceable for the operation 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(j) determine circuit direction 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(k) conduct landing area inspection (if applicable) 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(l) position aircraft in the circuit in preparation for landing and 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
maintain separation from traffic
(m) make all necessary circuit radio calls 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(n) verify runway is clear of other traffic, wildlife and other 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
obstructions
(o) land the aircraft 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(p) vacate runway 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
OGA Operate in Class G airspace
OGA Operate aircraft in Class G airspace
(a) maintain tracking and altitude tolerances to remain outside 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
controlled airspace
(b) when using an aircraft radio:
(i) monitor appropriate radio frequency 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(ii) make appropriate radio calls 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(iii) obtain operational information from air services provider and other aircraft 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(iv) use information to ensure aircraft separation is maintained 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(v) apply loss of radio communication procedures 2 1 1
(c) using a suitable chart:
(i) operate clear of active aerodromes and landing areas in the vicinity of the aircraft 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1
(ii) identify and remain clear of controlled and restricted airspace 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Performance Standards

Ground Operations and Orientation

Airworks,Ground Ref.Man, TOL

3 = Has received training in the element, however is not able to

Progress Check for First Solo

150 NM Cross Country Flight

consistently demonstrate competency to the standard required for

Cross Country Orientation

Airworks & Emergencies

Airworks, T-PATT, TOL

Progress Check for GHP
qualification issue

Traffic Pattern, TOL

Traffic Pattern, TOL
2 = Demonstrates a developing level of proficiency, and is deemed
safe to conduct solo practice under direct supervision *

Total hours
Solo Area Out
Re-solo Flight
1 = Achieves competency to the standard required for qualification

First SOLO
Airworks
issue.

Airworks
Flight
*Solo operations for authorised sequences only
Dual day 2.0 2. 2. 2.0 2.0 2.0 2. 1. 5. 20.
0 0 0 0 0 0
Solo day .2 2. 6. 2. 4.7 5. 20.
5 0 0 0 5 0 0
Instrument flight time
Aeronautical knowledge examinations PPLA 40.
0
(iii) take appropriate action when operating in the vicinity of a danger area 3 3 2 1 1 1 1 1
(d) perform actions in the event of abnormal operations and 2 1
emergencies
(e) recall transponder emergency code and communication failure 2 1
code
CTR Operate at a controlled aerodrome
CTR. Controlled aerodrome pre-flight preparation
1
(a) using a current NOTAM, for the controlled aerodrome, extract 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
all the relevant operational information
(b) interpret the extracted information 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(c) identify all special aerodrome procedures 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(d) check current weather forecast and local observations 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(e) identify all relevant radio and navigation aid frequencies 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
CTR. Taxi aircraft at a controlled aerodrome
2
(a) obtain and comply with ATC clearances 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(b) manoeuvre aircraft to holding point as instructed and take 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
appropriate action to avoid other aircraft and obstructions
(c) recognise ground markings during taxi and take appropriate 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
action
(d) recognise lighting signals and take appropriate action 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(e) identify airport runway incursion hotspots 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(f) request taxi guidance if unsure of position 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(g) use strobes when crossing any runway 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
CTR. Perform departure from controlled aerodrome
3
(a) receive and correctly read back an airways clearance 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(b) check and ensure runway approach is clear prior to entering a 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
runway
(c) correctly set transponder code and mode prior to entering 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
runway for take-off
(d) comply with ATC departure instructions 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(e) advise ATC as soon as possible if unable to comply with 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
clearance
(f) contact approach with airborne report or give departure call to 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
tower
(g) maintain lookout 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(h) avoid wake turbulence 3 3 2 1 1 1 1

Issue No. 1 5
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 2 Private Pilot License Training Course
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
2.2 Planning Matrix

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Performance Standards

Ground Operations and Orientation

Airworks,Ground Ref.Man, TOL

3 = Has received training in the element, however is not able to

Progress Check for First Solo

150 NM Cross Country Flight

consistently demonstrate competency to the standard required for

Cross Country Orientation

Airworks & Emergencies

Airworks, T-PATT, TOL

Progress Check for GHP
qualification issue

Traffic Pattern, TOL

Traffic Pattern, TOL
2 = Demonstrates a developing level of proficiency, and is deemed
safe to conduct solo practice under direct supervision *

Total hours
Solo Area Out
Re-solo Flight
1 = Achieves competency to the standard required for qualification

First SOLO
Airworks
issue.

Airworks
Flight
*Solo operations for authorised sequences only
Dual day 2.0 2. 2. 2.0 2.0 2.0 2. 1. 5. 20.
0 0 0 0 0 0
Solo day .2 2. 6. 2. 4.7 5. 20.
5 0 0 0 5 0 0
Instrument flight time
Aeronautical knowledge examinations PPLA 40.
0
(i) comply with airways clearances within tracking and altitude 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
tolerances and maintain traffic lookout until clear of the
aerodrome control zone
CTR. Perform arrival and landing at controlled aerodrome
4
(a) check NOTAM prior to entering control area and extract 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
required operational information
(b) receive ATIS and correctly set the appropriate QNH 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(c) request and receive ATC clearance and set correct transponder 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
code prior to entering control area
(d) advise ATC as soon as possible if unable to comply with 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
clearance
(e) maintain lookout at all times 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(f) update QNH as required 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(g) establish aircraft on the correct leg of the circuit in preparation 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
for landing and maintain separation from traffic
(h) confirm clearance to land 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(i) vacate runway and obtain taxi clearance 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
CTA Operate in controlled airspace
CTA. Operate aircraft in controlled airspace
1
(a) comply with airways clearance requirements for operating in 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
all classes of airspace, including lead time required for flight
plan submission, contents, ‘clearance void time’, and
‘readback’ requirement
(b) reconfirm any clearance items when doubt exists 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(c) advise ATC as soon as possible if unable to maintain clearance 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
due to adverse weather conditions
(d) perform appropriate actions in the event of abnormal 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
operations and emergencies
(e) recall transponder emergency code and communication failure 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
code
A3 Control aeroplane in normal flight
A3.2 Maintain straight and level flight (manoeuvres required for PPL and above)
for the following straight and level manoeuvres select power,
attitude and configuration as required for the flight path,
balance and trim the aeroplane accurately, and apply smooth,
coordinated control inputs to achieve the required flight
tolerances that apply to the manoeuvre:
(v) at maximum range 3 3 2 1 1 1 1

Issue No. 1 6
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 2 Private Pilot License Training Course
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
2.2 Planning Matrix

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Performance Standards

Ground Operations and Orientation

Airworks,Ground Ref.Man, TOL

3 = Has received training in the element, however is not able to

Progress Check for First Solo

150 NM Cross Country Flight

consistently demonstrate competency to the standard required for

Cross Country Orientation

Airworks & Emergencies

Airworks, T-PATT, TOL

Progress Check for GHP
qualification issue

Traffic Pattern, TOL

Traffic Pattern, TOL
2 = Demonstrates a developing level of proficiency, and is deemed
safe to conduct solo practice under direct supervision *

Total hours
Solo Area Out
Re-solo Flight
1 = Achieves competency to the standard required for qualification

First SOLO
Airworks
issue.

Airworks
Flight
*Solo operations for authorised sequences only
Dual day 2.0 2. 2. 2.0 2.0 2.0 2. 1. 5. 20.
0 0 0 0 0 0
Solo day .2 2. 6. 2. 4.7 5. 20.
5 0 0 0 5 0 0
Instrument flight time
Aeronautical knowledge examinations PPLA 40.
0
(vi) at maximum endurance 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
IFF Full instrument panel manoeuvres
IFF.2 Perform manoeuvres using full instrument panel (manoeuvres required for
PPL and above)
set and maintain power and attitude by reference to the full
instrument panel to achieve the following:
(i) straight and level performance during normal cruise within the flight tolerances 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(ii) nominated climb performance within the flight tolerances 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
(iii) descent performance within the flight tolerances 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
NTS Non-technical skills 1
1
NTS Maintain effective lookout
1.1
(a) maintain traffic separation using a systematic visual scan 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
technique at a rate determined by traffic density, visibility and
terrain
(b) maintain radio listening watch and interpret transmissions to 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
determine traffic location and intentions
(c) perform airspace-cleared procedure before commencing any 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
manoeuvre
NTS Maintain situational awareness
1.2
(a) monitor all aircraft systems using a systematic scan technique 3 3 2 1 1 1
(b) collect information to facilitate ongoing system management 3 3 2 1 1 1
(c) monitor flight environment for deviations from planned 3 3 2 1 1 1
operations
(d) collect flight environment information to update planned 3 3 2 1 1 1
operations
NTS Assess situations and make decisions
1.3
(a) identify problems 3 2 2 1 1
(b) analyse problems 3 2 2 1 1
(c) identify solutions 3 2 2 1 1
(d) assess solutions and risks 3 2 2 1 1
(e) decide on a course of action 3 2 2 1 1
(f) communicate plans of action (if appropriate) 3 2 2 1 1
(g) allocate tasks for action (if appropriate) 3 2 2 1 1
(h) take actions to achieve optimum outcomes for the operation 3 2 2 1 1
(i) monitor progress against plan 3 2 2 1 1
(j) re-evaluate plan to achieve optimum outcomes 3 2 2 1 1

Issue No. 1 7
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 2 Private Pilot License Training Course
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
2.2 Planning Matrix

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Performance Standards

Ground Operations and Orientation

Airworks,Ground Ref.Man, TOL

3 = Has received training in the element, however is not able to

Progress Check for First Solo

150 NM Cross Country Flight

consistently demonstrate competency to the standard required for

Cross Country Orientation

Airworks & Emergencies

Airworks, T-PATT, TOL

Progress Check for GHP
qualification issue

Traffic Pattern, TOL

Traffic Pattern, TOL
2 = Demonstrates a developing level of proficiency, and is deemed
safe to conduct solo practice under direct supervision *

Total hours
Solo Area Out
Re-solo Flight
1 = Achieves competency to the standard required for qualification

First SOLO
Airworks
issue.

Airworks
Flight
*Solo operations for authorised sequences only
Dual day 2.0 2. 2. 2.0 2.0 2.0 2. 1. 5. 20.
0 0 0 0 0 0
Solo day .2 2. 6. 2. 4.7 5. 20.
5 0 0 0 5 0 0
Instrument flight time
Aeronautical knowledge examinations PPLA 40.
0
NTS Set priorities and manage tasks
1.4
(a) organise workload and priorities to ensure optimum outcome 3 3 2 2 1 1
of the flight
(b) plan events and tasks to occur sequentially 3 3 2 2 1 1
(c) anticipate events and tasks to ensure sufficient opportunity for 3 3 2 2 1 1
completion
(d) use technology to reduce workload and improve cognitive and 3 3 2 2 1 1
manipulative activities
NTS Maintain effective communications and interpersonal relationships
1.5
(a) establish and maintain effective and efficient communications 3 3 2 1 1 1
and interpersonal relationships with all stakeholders to ensure
the optimum outcome of the flight
(b) define and explain objectives to stakeholders 3 3 2 1 1 1
(c) demonstrate a level of assertiveness that ensures the optimum 3 3 2 1 1 1
completion of the flight
NTS Non-technical skills 2
2
NTS Recognise and manage threats
2.1
(a) identify relevant environmental or operational threats that are 3 2 2 2 1 1
likely to affect the safety of the flight
(b) identify when competing priorities and demands may represent 3 2 2 2 1 1
a threat to the safety of the flight
(c) develop and implement countermeasures to manage threats 3 2 2 2 1 1
(d) monitor and assess flight progress to ensure a safe outcome, or 3 2 2 2 1 1
modify actions when a safe outcome is not assured
NTS Recognise and manage errors
2.2
(a) apply checklists and standard operating procedures to prevent 3 2 2 2 1 1
aircraft handling, procedural or communication errors
(b) identify committed errors before safety is affected or the 3 2 2 2 1 1
aircraft enters an undesired state
(c) monitor the following to collect and analyse information to
identify potential or actual errors:
(i) aircraft systems using a systematic scan technique 3 2 2 2 1 1
(ii) the flight environment 3 2 2 2 1 1
(d) implement countermeasures to prevent errors or take action in 3 2 2 2 1 1
the time available to correct errors before the aircraft enters an
undesired state

Issue No. 1 8
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 2 Private Pilot License Training Course
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
2.2 Planning Matrix

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Performance Standards

Ground Operations and Orientation

Airworks,Ground Ref.Man, TOL

3 = Has received training in the element, however is not able to

Progress Check for First Solo

150 NM Cross Country Flight

consistently demonstrate competency to the standard required for

Cross Country Orientation

Airworks & Emergencies

Airworks, T-PATT, TOL

Progress Check for GHP
qualification issue

Traffic Pattern, TOL

Traffic Pattern, TOL
2 = Demonstrates a developing level of proficiency, and is deemed
safe to conduct solo practice under direct supervision *

Total hours
Solo Area Out
Re-solo Flight
1 = Achieves competency to the standard required for qualification

First SOLO
Airworks
issue.

Airworks
Flight
*Solo operations for authorised sequences only
Dual day 2.0 2. 2. 2.0 2.0 2.0 2. 1. 5. 20.
0 0 0 0 0 0
Solo day .2 2. 6. 2. 4.7 5. 20.
5 0 0 0 5 0 0
Instrument flight time
Aeronautical knowledge examinations PPLA 40.
0
NTS Recognise and manage undesired aircraft state
2.3
(a) recognise an undesired aircraft state 3 3 2 2 2 1 1
(b) prioritise tasks to ensure an undesired aircraft state is managed 3 3 2 2 2 1 1
effectively
(c) apply corrective actions to recover an undesired aircraft state 3 3 2 2 2 1 1
in a safe and timely manner
Verification of current competencies (competencies attained during flight
training for the RPL(A) and flight radio endorsement)
C1 Communicating in the aviation environment
C1.1 Communicating face-to-face 3 3 2 1 1
C1.2 Operational communication using an aeronautical radio 3 3 2 1 1
C2 Perform pre- and post-flight actions and procedures
C2.1 Pre-flight actions and procedures 3 3 2 1 1
C2.2 Perform pre-flight inspection 3 3 2 1 1
C2.3 Post-flight actions and procedures 3 3 2 1 1
C3 Operate aeronautical radio
C3.1 Operate radio equipment 3 3 2 1 1
C3.2 Manage R/T equipment malfunctions 3 3 2 1 1
C3.3 Operate transponder 3 3 2 1 1
C4 Manage fuel
C4.1 Plan fuel requirements 3 3 2 1
C4.2 Manage fuel system 3 3 2 1
C4.3 Refuel aircraft 3 3 2 1
A2 Take-off aeroplane
A2.1 Carry out pre take-off procedures 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
A2.2 Take off aeroplane 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
A2.3 Take off aeroplane in a crosswind 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
A2.4 Carry out after take-off procedures 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
A2.5 Take off aeroplane from ‘short field’ 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
A3 Control aeroplane in normal flight
A3.1 Climb aeroplane 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
A3.2 Maintain straight and level flight 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
A3.3 Descend aeroplane 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
A3.4 Turn aeroplane 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
A3.5 Control aeroplane at slow speeds 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
A3.6 Perform circuits and approaches 3 3 2 1 1 1 1

Issue No. 1 9
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 2 Private Pilot License Training Course
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
2.2 Planning Matrix

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
Performance Standards

Ground Operations and Orientation

Airworks,Ground Ref.Man, TOL

3 = Has received training in the element, however is not able to

Progress Check for First Solo

150 NM Cross Country Flight

consistently demonstrate competency to the standard required for

Cross Country Orientation

Airworks & Emergencies

Airworks, T-PATT, TOL

Progress Check for GHP
qualification issue

Traffic Pattern, TOL

Traffic Pattern, TOL
2 = Demonstrates a developing level of proficiency, and is deemed
safe to conduct solo practice under direct supervision *

Total hours
Solo Area Out
Re-solo Flight
1 = Achieves competency to the standard required for qualification

First SOLO
Airworks
issue.

Airworks
Flight
*Solo operations for authorised sequences only
Dual day 2.0 2. 2. 2.0 2.0 2.0 2. 1. 5. 20.
0 0 0 0 0 0
Solo day .2 2. 6. 2. 4.7 5. 20.
5 0 0 0 5 0 0
Instrument flight time
Aeronautical knowledge examinations PPLA 40.
0
A3.7 Local area airspace 3 3 2 1 1 1 1
A4 Land aeroplane
A4.1 Land aeroplane 3 3 2 2 2 1 1 1
A4.2 Land aeroplane in a crosswind 3 2 2 2 1 1 1
A4.3 Conduct a Go-Around 2 2 1 1 1
A4.4 Perform recovery from missed landing 2 2 1 1 1
A4.5 Short landing 3 3 2 2 2 1 1 1
A5 Aeroplane advanced manoeuvres
A5.1 Enter and recover from stall 2 2 1
A5.2 Recover from incipient spin 2 2 1
A5.3 Turn aeroplane steeply 2 2 1
A5.4 Sideslip aeroplane (where flight manual permits) 2 2 1
A6 Manage abnormal situations – single-engine aeroplanes
A6.1 Manage engine failure - take-off (simulated) 2 2 1 1
A6.2 Manage engine failure in the circuit area (simulated) 2 2 1 1
A6.3 Perform forced landing (simulated) 2 2 1 1
A6.4 Conduct precautionary search and landing (simulated condition) 2 2 1 1
A6.5 Manage other abnormal situations (simulated) 2 2 1 1
A6.6 Recover from unusual flight attitudes 2 2 1 1
IFF Full instrument panel manoeuvres
IFF.1 Determine and monitor the serviceability of flight instruments and 2 2 1
instrument power sources
IFF.2 Perform manoeuvres using full instrument panel 2 2 1

Issue No. 1 10
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 2 Private Pilot License Training Course
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
2.3 Training Course Syllabus
LICENSES AND RATINGS

2.3 Training Course Syllabus

2.3.1 Training Curriculum

A. Training Curriculum (incl. Time Scale and Scale in Weeks)

(41.0 hours Actual Flight Time & ** 5.0 hours Synthetic Flight Trainer Time / 10-16 weeks)
a. Private Pilot Ground Training (**130.0-hours, 4 weeks)
b. Private Pilot Flight Training (40.0 hours, 7 weeks)
1. Synthetic Flight Trainer (5.0 hours, 3-5 Days)**
2. Pre-Solo, First Solo, and General Handling Phase (15.25 hours, 3 weeks)
3. Cross-Country and Solo Phase (24.75 hours, 3-4 weeks)
c. CAAP Checkride (1.0-hour, 1 day)

2.3.2 Ground Training Subjects Covered

SUBJECT **HOURS
Air Law 12.0
Aircraft General Knowledge 16.0
Flight Performance and Planning 16.0
Human Performance 8.0
Meteorology 12.0
Navigation 18.0
Operational Procedures 10.0
Principles of Flight 14.0
Threat and Error Management 4.0
Radiotelephony 12.0
Equipment Qualification Course 8.0
TOTAL HOURS 130.0
**Recommended hours only

1. LESSON 1
LESSON NAME: AIR LAW (PCAR 2.3.3.2 (b)(1)(i))

GROUND SCHOOL 12.0 HOURS

LESSON DESCRIPTION:

(i) Relevant parts of ICAO Convention and Annexes 2, 7, 8, 11 and 14

LESSON DESCRIPTION:

(i) Relevant parts of ICAO Annex 6, Part II; Annex 12, 13 and 16 (relevant parts), Contravention of aviation
regulations

LESSON OBJECTIVES:
To provide the student with an awareness of the international guidelines in general aviation.

8. LESSON 8
LESSON NAME: PRINCIPLES OF FLIGHT (PCAR 2.3.3.2 (b)(1)(viii)

GROUND SCHOOL 14.0 HOURS

LESSON DESCRIPTION:

(i) The atmosphere, Airflow around a body, sub-sonic, Airflow about a two-dimensional aerofoil; Three-
dimensional flow about an aerofoil; Distribution of the four forces, Flying controls, Trimming controls, Flaps
and slats, The stall, Avoidance of spins, Stability, Load factor and maneuvers, Stress loads on the ground

LESSON OBJECTIVES:
Provide the students with a fundamental understanding of aerodynamic principles and forces.

9. LESSON 9
LESSON NAME: THREAT AND ERROR MANAGEMENT (Resource Booklet 8 Threat and Error
Management, Australian Government: Civil Aviation Safety Authority)

GROUND SCHOOL 4.0 HOURS

LESSON OBJECTIVES:
Providing students the relevant limitations of human performance and adherence to correct procedures.
Emphasizing the importance of situational awareness.

10. LESSON 10
LESSON NAME: COMMUNICATIONS (PCAR 2.3.3.2 (b)(1)(ix))
GROUND SCHOOL 12.0 HOURS

HOURS LESSON DESCRIPTION:

(i) Radio telephony and communications, Departure procedures, En-route procedures, Arrival and traffic
pattern procedures, Communications failure, Distress and urgency procedures

LESSON OBJECTIVES:
Provide students with a fundamental knowledge of communicating that is required for flight.

11. LESSON 11
LESSON NAME: EQUIPMENT QUALIFICATION COURSE

GROUND SCHOOL 8.0 HOURS

LESSON OBJECTIVES:
Provide the student with a thorough knowledge of the aircraft specifications, including the normal and
emergency procedures outlined for a particular aircraft.

2.3.3 Flight Time Breakdown

PRIVATE PILOT FLIGHT TIME BREAKDOWN

TRAINING PHASE LOCAL CROSS COUNTRY TOTAL
DUAL SOLO DUAL SOLO
**SYNTHETIC **(5+00)
FLIGHT TRAINER
PRE-SOLO, FIRST 15+00 0+15 15+15
SOLO AND
GENERAL
HANDLING PHASE
CROSS-COUNTRY 14+45 5+00 5+00 24+45
AND SOLO PHASE
CAAP CHECKRIDE 1+00 1+00
GRAND TOTAL (including **) 46+00
**Recommended only

2.3.4 Competency Based Syllabus

2.3.4.1 Part I Pre-Solo, First Solo, and General Handling Phase

LESSON NO. EXERCISE DUAL SOLO TOTAL

TIME TIME TIME
1 Ground Operations and Orientation Flight 2.0 2.0
2 Airworks 2.0 2.0
3 Airworks 2.0 2.0
4 Airworks and Emergencies 2.0 2.0
5 Airworks, Ground Reference Maneuvers, Take-off and 2.0 2.0
Landings
6 Traffic Pattern, Take-off and Landings 2.0 2.0
7 Traffic Pattern, Take-off and Landings 2.0 2.0
8 Progress Check for First Solo 1.0 2.0
9 First Solo Flight .25 .25
TOTAL 15.0 .25 15.25

Phase Objective: After completion of this phase, the Student should be able to:

 Safely conduct his/her first solo flight

 Perform all the necessary maneuvers within the required allowable limits for the issuance
of the Private Pilot License

LESSON 1
Ground Operations and Orientation Flight (IS 2.3.3.2)
A. Objective
The applicant should –
1. Be introduced to and become familiarized with preflight inspections and checklist
operations, starting and taxi procedures, and the function and use of the airplane controls.

B. Completion Standards (AC 02-007)

This Lesson is complete when the applicant has -
1. Competently conducted the preflight with minimum assistance, properly use all checklists,
start the airplane, taxi and operate the controls.
2. Adequately performed maneuvers within the allowable limits of
a. Altitude - +/- 100 feet
b. Airspeed - +/- 10 knots
c. Heading – +/- 10 degrees

LESSON 2
Airworks (IS 2.3.3.2)
A. Objective
The applicant will —
1. Become proficient with the four basics of flight: Straight and Level, Climbs, Turns,
Descents, and collision avoidance procedures.

B. Completion Standards (AC 02-007)

This Lesson is complete when the applicant has –
1. Adequately performed maneuvers within the allowable limits of
a. Altitude - +/- 100 feet
b. Airspeed - +/- 10 knots

c. Heading – +/- 10 degrees

d. Touchdown on landing: First 1/3 of the runway
2. Competently demonstrated understanding of the four basics of flight and collision avoidance
procedures.

LESSON 3
Airworks (IS 2.3.3.2)
A. Objective
The applicant will —
1. Be introduced to become proficient in postflight and trimming procedures.
2. Be introduced to Slow Flight and their related human factors.
3. Be oriented with different training areas and demonstrate good situational awareness.

B. Completion Standards (AC 02-007)

This Lesson is complete when the applicant has —
1. Demonstrated with proficiency in the art of trimming and postflight operations.
2. Adequately performed maneuvers within the allowable limits of
a. Altitude - +/- 100 feet
b. Airspeed - +/- 10 knots
c. Heading – +/- 10 degrees
3. Competently demonstrated good situational awareness when oriented to different training
areas, and be familiarized with Slow Flight and its related human factors.

LESSON 4
Airworks and Emergencies (IS 2.3.3.2)
A. Objective
The applicant will —
1. Be introduced to Power-on Stalls, Power-off stalls, Steep Turns, and spin awareness and its
related human factors.
2. Be oriented to and asked to perform on ground and in-flight emergencies
3. Be introduced to and demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management, and
decision-making.

B. Completion Standards (AC 02-007)

This Lesson is complete when the applicant has —
1. Been proficiently introduced to Power-on and Power-off Stalls, Steep turns, and spin
awareness and its related human factors.
2. Adequately performed maneuvers within the allowable limits of
a. Altitude - +/- 100 feet
b. Airspeed - +/- 10 knots
c. Heading – +/- 10 degrees
3. Competently demonstrated good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision
making when performing on ground and in-flight emergencies.

LESSON 5
Airworks, Ground Reference Maneuvers, Take-off and Landings (IS 2.3.3.2(a)(6))

A. Objective
The applicant will —
1. Become proficient in the previous maneuvers discussed.
2. Be introduced to S-turns, Turns around a Point, Radio communications, and Collision

avoidance and its related Human Factors.

3. Be able to demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management, and decision
making.

B. Completion Standards (AC 02-007)

This Lesson is complete when the applicant has —
1. Demonstrated proficiency in all the previous maneuvers discussed.
2. Competently demonstrated S-turns, Turns around a point, radio communications, and
Collision Avoidance and its related human factors.
3. Adequately demonstrated proficiency, general handling skills, and performed maneuvers
within the allowable limits of
a. Altitude - +/- 100 feet
b. Airspeed - +/- 10 knots
c. Heading – +/- 10 degrees
4. Competently demonstrated good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision
making.

LESSON 6
Traffic Pattern, Take-off and Landings (IS 2.3.3.2)
A. Objective
The applicant will —
1. Be introduced to the Rectangular Course and traffic-pattern operations, with normal and
crosswind takeoffs and landings, and its related human factors.
2. Be able to demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management, and decision-
making.

B. Completion Standards (AC 02-007)

This Lesson is complete when the applicant has —
1. Been proficiently introduced to the Rectangular Course and traffic-pattern operations, with
normal and crosswind takeoffs and landings and its related human factors.
2. Adequately performed maneuvers within the allowable limits of
a. Altitude - +/- 100 feet
b. Airspeed - +/- 10 knots
c. Heading – +/- 10 degrees
3. Competently demonstrated good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision
making.

LESSON 7
Traffic Pattern, Take-off and Landings (IS 2.3.3.2)
A. Objective
The applicant will —
3. Be introduced to Go-arounds, Aborted takeoff procedures, Power-off approaches, Slips to
landings, and its related human factors.
4. Become proficient with normal and crosswind take-offs and landings.
5. Be able to demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management, and decision-
making.

B. Completion Standards (AC 02-007)

This Lesson is complete when the applicant has —
4. Proficiently demonstrated traffic pattern operations, aborted take-off procedures, Forward
Slips, and its related human factors.

5. Demonstrated the ability to take off and land being the sole manipulator of the controls.
6. Adequately performed maneuvers within the allowable limits of
a. Altitude - +/- 100 feet
b. Airspeed - +/- 10 knots
c. Heading – +/- 10 degrees
7. Competently demonstrated good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision
making when performing on ground and in-flight emergencies in all phases of flight.

LESSON 8
Progress Check for First Solo
A. Objective
The applicant will —
1. Undergo a Progress check with the CFI or FI designated by the CFI to determine his/her
ability to safely conduct his/her first solo flight.
2. Be able to demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management, and decision-
making.

B. Completion Standards (AC 02-007)

This Lesson is complete when the applicant has —
1. Demonstrated with proficiency his/her ability to safely conduct his/her first solo flight.
2. Adequately performed maneuvers within the allowable limits of
a. Altitude - +/- 100 feet
b. Airspeed - +/- 10 knots
c. Heading – +/- 10 degrees
3. Competently demonstrated good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision
making when performing the first solo flight.
LESSON 9
First Solo Flight
A. Objective
The applicant will —
1. Be able to demonstrate one normal take-off, traffic pattern, approach, and landing to a full
stop as the sole manipulator of the aircraft.
2. Be able to demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management, and decision
making.

B. Completion Standards (AC 02-007)

This Lesson is complete when the applicant has —
4. Demonstrated with proficiency one normal take-off, traffic pattern, approach, and landing to
a full stop as the sole manipulator of the aircraft.
5. Adequately performed maneuvers within the allowable limits of
a. Altitude - +/- 100 feet
b. Airspeed - +/- 10 knots
c. Heading – +/- 10 degrees
6. Competently demonstrated good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision
making when performing the first solo flight.

2.3.4.2 Part II Cross-Country and Solo Phase

LESSON NO. EXERCISE DUAL SOLO TOTAL

TIME TIME TIME
1 Re-solo flight 2.0 2.0
2 Airworks, Traffic Pattern, Take-off and Landings 6.0 6.0
3 Progress check for Basic General Handling Phase 2.0 2.0
4 Solo Area Out 4.75 4.75
5 Cross Country Orientation 5.0 5.0
6 150 NM Cross Country Flight 5.0 5.0
TOTAL 5.0 19.75 24.75

Phase Objective: After completion of this phase, the Student should be able to:
 Fly solo in and outside the traffic pattern and cross-country routes.
 Develop good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision making flying as the
sole occupant of the aircraft.
 Perform one 150 NM distance cross country flight in the course of which full-stop landings
at two different aerodromes are made

LESSON 1
Re-solo flight
A. Objective
The applicant will –
1. Demonstrate his/her re-solo flight by performing a series of take-offs and landings to a full
stop.
2. Be able to demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management, and decision
making.

B. Completion Standards (AC 02-007)

This Lesson is complete when the applicant has –
1. Demonstrated proficiency in performing a series of take-offs and landings to a full stop as
his/her re-solo flight.
2. Adequately performed maneuvers within the allowable limits of
a. Altitude - +/- 100 feet
b. Airspeed - +/- 10 knots
c. Heading – +/- 10 degrees
3. Competently demonstrated good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision
making.

LESSON 2
Airworks, Traffic Pattern, Take-off and Landings (IS 2.3.3.2)
A. Objective
The applicant will –
1. Be introduced to Short-field and Soft-field take-offs and landings.
2. Demonstrate proficiency and skill in simulated emergency situations and performing all
private pilot maneuvers previously discussed.

B. Completion Standards (AC 02-007)

This Lesson is complete when the applicant has –
1. Demonstrated proficiency in Short-field and Soft-field take-offs and landings, and in private
pilot maneuvers previously discussed.
2. Adequately performed maneuvers within the allowable limits of

a. Altitude - +/- 100 feet

b. Airspeed - +/- 10 knots
c. Heading – +/- 10 degrees.

LESSON 3
Progress Check for General Handling Phase
A. Objective
The applicant will –
1. Undergo a Progress check with the CFI or FI designated by the CFI to determine his/her
proficiency in General Handling.
2. Be able to demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management, and decision-
making.

B. Completion Standards (AC 02-007)

This Lesson is complete when the applicant has –
1. Demonstrated his/her proficiency in the maneuvers associated with General Handling.
2. Adequately performed maneuvers within the allowable limits of
a. Altitude - +/- 100 feet
b. Airspeed - +/- 10 knots
c. Heading – +/- 10 degrees
3. Competently demonstrated good situational awareness, cockpit management, and decision-
making.

LESSON 4
Solo area out
A. Objective
The applicant will –
1. Be able to perform correct Traffic Exit procedures, perform private pilot maneuvers within
an available training area, and perform correct traffic entry procedures.
2. Be able to demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management, and decision-
making.

B. Completion Standards (AC 02-007)

This Lesson is complete when the applicant has –
1. Demonstrated the knowledge and skills needed to fly to an assigned training area outside the
aerodrome, and land back safely flying as the sole occupant of the aircraft.
2. Adequately performed maneuvers within the allowable limits of
a. Altitude - +/- 100 feet
b. Airspeed - +/- 10 knots
c. Heading – +/- 10 degrees
3. Competently demonstrated good situational awareness, cockpit management, and decision-
making.

LESSON 5
Cross-Country Flight Orientation (IS 2.3.3.2 (a)(7))
A. Objective
The applicant will –
1. Be introduced to at least two cross-country VFR routes and learn necessary aeronautical
knowledge and skills to fly solo in cross-country flights and their related human factors.
2. Gain experience in cross-country flight planning, Air Traffic Services Procedures, Pilotage
and Dead Reckoning, radio navigation (GPS, VOR, and ADF) and radar services, diversion,

and lost procedures.

B. Completion Standards
This Lesson is complete when the applicant has –
1. Demonstrated the knowledge and skills needed to fly solo in cross-country flights.
2. Adequately performed proficiency in navigation using pilotage, Dead Reckoning, and radio
navigation.
3. Competently explained and demonstrated diversion and lost procedures and their related
human factors.

LESSON 6
150 NM Cross-Country Flight (2.3.3.2(c)(2))
A. Objective
The applicant will —
1. Be able to fly solo in a 150NM Distance flight in which full-stop landings at two different
aerodromes should be made (excluding departure aerodrome).
2. Be able to demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision
making.

B. Completion Standards
This Lesson is complete when the applicant has —
1. Adequately performed the 150NM flight as the sole occupant of the aircraft.
2. Competently demonstrated good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision
making.

2.3.4.3 **Part III Synthetic Flight Trainer (Recommended Only)

LESSON NO. EXERCISE DUAL SOLO TOTAL

TIME TIME TIME
(synthetic) (synthetic)
1 Ground Operations and Orientation Flight 1.0 1.0
2 Airworks 4.0 4.0
TOTAL 5.0 5.0

Phase Objective: After completion of this phase, the Student should be able to:
 Understand the basic foundation on how to fly an airplane using a synthetic flight trainer.
 Demonstrate flight by reference solely to instruments.
 Learn and perform the maneuvers for the issuance of the Private Pilot’s license.

LESSON 1
Ground Operations and Orientation Flight
A. Objective
The applicant will –
1. Be oriented and introduced to Ground Operations, Basic ground maneuvers, and the effects
of controls and their proper usage.

B. Completion Standards (AC 02-007)

This Lesson is complete when the applicant has -
1. Adequately demonstrated proficiency in Ground Operations, Basic ground maneuvers, and
the effects of controls and their proper usage.

Issue No. 1 11
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 2 Private Pilot License Training Course
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
2.3 Training Course Syllabus
LICENSES AND RATINGS

LESSON 2
Airworks
A. Objective
The applicant should –
1. Be able to perform maneuvers previously introduced by the instructor.
2. Be introduced and demonstrate proficiency in Basic Maneuvers namely: Climbs, Descents,
Turns, and Straight-and-Level flight.
3. Demonstrate flight by reference solely to instruments.
4. Be introduced and demonstrate proficiency in Private Pilot Maneuvers (Stalls, Slow Flight,
Ground-Reference Maneuvers, Emergency Procedures) as applicable.

B. Completion Standards (AC 02-007)

This Lesson is complete when the applicant has -
1. Adequately performed the lessons assigned by the FI and performed Basic Private Pilot
Maneuvers with proficiency.
2. Demonstrated maneuvers within the allowable limits of
a. Altitude - +/- 100 feet
b. Airspeed - +/- 10 knots
c. Heading – +/- 10 degrees

Issue No. 1 12
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 3 Commercial Pilot License Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
3.1 Introduction

3 Commercial Pilot License Training Course

3.1 Introduction

3.1.1 Overview

This syllabus describes the flight training and assessment activities to be undertaken during the commercial
pilot license aeroplane category rating training course.

The aim of the course is to provide the student with the required skills, knowledge and attitudes to safely
exercise the commercial pilot license– aeroplane category rating.

Flight training lessons include general handling and navigation exercises incorporating operations at controlled
aerodromes and in controlled airspace, basic and advanced manoeuvres, circuit operations, basic instrument
flight and procedures in the event of abnormal situations and emergencies. Human factors and non-technical
skills awareness and application are also included.

Manual propeller pitch control and retractable undercarriage design feature endorsement training is conducted
following the completion of the CPL course (for students not already holding these endorsements). Details of
this training course are contained in a separate guidance material.

The privileges and limitations of the commercial pilot license – aeroplane category rating is defined in PCAR
2.3.3.3.

3.1.2 Competency Standards

3.1.2.1 Practical Flight Competency Standards

Unit of competency
Communicating in the aviation environment
Perform pre- and post-flight actions and procedures
Operate aeronautical radio
Manage fuel
Manage passengers and cargo (Only if required)
Non-technical skills 1
Non-technical skills 2
Navigate aircraft
Control aeroplane on the ground
Take-off aeroplane
Control aeroplane in normal flight
Land aeroplane
Aeroplane advanced manoeuvres
Manage abnormal situations – single-engine aeroplanes
Instrument flight full panel
Limited instrument panel manoeuvres
Radio navigation – enroute
Operate at non-towered aerodrome
Operate in Class G airspace

Issue No. 1 1
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 3 Commercial Pilot License Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
3.1 Introduction

Operate at a controlled aerodrome

Operate in controlled airspace

3.1.2.2 Aeronautical Knowledge Standards

The knowledge required to meet the aeronautical knowledge standards prescribed by the PCAR 2.3.3.3 may be
attained through student self-study and formal training. Theory topics and content are described in the following
units of knowledge:

Unit of knowledge
CPL Air Law
CPL Aircraft General Knowledge
CPL Flight Performance and Planning
CPL Human Performance
CPL Meteorology
CPL Navigation: Air Navigation
CPL Operation Procedures
CPL Principles of Flight
CPL Radio Telephony

3.1.3 Course prerequisites

This course has been developed for students who already hold a private pilot license and aeroplane category
rating.

Students must be at least 18 years old to apply for a commercial pilot license.

3.1.4 Pre-Course Assessment Flight and Course duration

The course may be undertaken on a part-time or full-time basis.

The syllabus is based on a total flight time of 111.0 hours inclusive of the CPL aeroplane category flight test;
however, the time required to achieve competency will vary from student to student.

Prior to commencing the course, students will undertake an assessment flight with the CFI or nominated senior
instructor. A training plan will be tailored in order to meet the training needs of each student, as determined by
their level of competency and prior experience. Adjustments to this syllabus will be made to meet the training
plan, where required.

3.1.5 Course Resources

Flight training is usually undertaken in the C-172; however any ATO approved training aircraft may also be
used.

Other resources include a model aeroplane, cockpit cut-out, instrument flight hood, navigation charts and
navigation equipment.

3.1.6 Syllabus Documentation

Syllabus documentation includes:

 a planning matrix

Issue No. 1 2
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 3 Commercial Pilot License Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
3.1 Introduction

 a flight training and theory examination summary

 a lesson plan and training record for each flight

Refer to the ATO operations manual for a guide to the use of the syllabus documents.

3.1.7 Lesson Sequence and Allowable Variations

The Planning Matrix provides the sequence of flight training lessons.

Any variations to the lesson sequence are only to be made with the prior approval of the HOT or authorizing
instructor.

3.1.8 Pilot in Command

The course should include a minimum of 70 hours of Pilot-in-command time (20 hours cross-country pilot-in-
command time & 50 hours local pilot-in-command time) and 10 hours of instrument flight time (a maximum of
5 hours may be instrument ground time). For reference, this syllabus includes 90.0 hours of pilot-in-command
flight time as a prerequisite to the instrument rating training course.

Prior to authorizing a student to conduct a solo exercise, instructors must ensure the requirements of PCAR Part
2 are met. The student’s flight plan and fuel calculations must be reviewed for accuracy.

3.1.9 Non-technical Skills

Non-technical skills do not appear in the ‘lesson content’ section of every lesson plan and training record,
however apply to every flight lesson. Instructors are to continually monitor the student’s application of these
skills.

3.1.10 Aeronautical Knowledge Examinations

Successful completion of the following examinations is required prior to or during the course:

Subject Pass
standard
%
CPL Navigation 70
CPL Meteorology 70
CPL Human factors 70
CPL Flight rules and air law – aeroplane 70
CPL Aerodynamics – aeroplane 70
CPL Aircraft general knowledge – aeroplane 70
CPL Operation, performance and planning - 70
aeroplane

Aeronautical knowledge examinations are conducted in the ground examination facility. Refer to the ATO
operations manual for further information regarding the conduct of these exams.

3.1.10.1 Knowledge Deficiency Report

If a student passes any of the CPL(A) aeronautical knowledge examinations with a score of less than 100%, a
report shall be prepared about the competency standards in which the student’s knowledge is deficient (a

Issue No. 1 3
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 3 Commercial Pilot License Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
3.1 Introduction

knowledge deficiency report). Following further self-study, a senior instructor must orally assess the student’s
knowledge to ensure the deficiencies noted on the knowledge deficiency report have been addressed (i.e.
knowledge corrected to 100%).

A copy of the knowledge deficiency report for each CPL(A) examination must be provided to the flight
examiner who is to conduct the flight test.

3.1.11 Flight Test

Upon successful completion of the course students must pass the CPL aeroplane category flight test, prior to
making an application for the Commercial pilot license.

The test is conducted by a flight examiner and involves a ground component and a flight component of
approximately 1.0 hour. An assessment of general handling competencies is included in the test.

Flight test standards are contained in PCAR IS 2.3.3.3 Appendix B and must be performed within the flight
tolerances specified in the Advisory Circulars and ATO Training Manual.

3.1.12 Document Control and Access Information

This syllabus is a managed document and is uncontrolled if printed. Refer to the version number and date in the
footer to ensure that the current syllabus is being referenced.

It is available in electronic format. Paper copies are also provided for use by instructors and students.

Syllabus documentation is to be read in conjunction with the ATO’s operations manual.

Issue No. 1 4
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 3 Commercial Pilot License Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
3.2 Planning Matrix

3.2 Planning Matrix

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 1314 15 161718

Issue No. 1 5
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 3 Commercial Pilot License Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
3.2 Planning Matrix

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 1314 15 161718

Advance Performance Maneuvers

1 = Achieves competency to the standard required for

Cross-Country Flight Orientation

Progress Check for AGH Phase
Ground Reference Manuevers
qualification issue.

300 NM Cross Country Flight

Basic Instrument Orientation
Advance General Handling

Upset Recovery Exercises

Airworks, T-Pattern, TOL

Cross-Country Flight
*GRAY – LESSON PHASE

Radio Navigation

Total hours
*BLUE – PROGRESS CHECK

Dual day 2. 2. 5. 4. 6. 3. 23.0

5 5 0 0 0 0
PIC/Solo day 8. 3 2. 3 7. 90.0
0 5 0 8 0
Instrument flight time 4. 6. 10.0
0 0
Aeronautical knowledge examinations CPLA Aeronautical Knowledge Examinations
(h) correct handling techniques are applied to take into 2 2 2 1 1
account wind from all four quadrants
(i) correctly manage the engine during taxi manoeuvres 2 2 2 1 1
A2 Take-off aeroplane
A2.1 Carry out pre take-off procedures
(a) correctly identify critical airspeeds, configurations, and 2 2 2
emergency and abnormal procedures for normal and
crosswind take-offs
(b) work out a plan of action, in advance, to ensure the safest 2 2 2
outcome in the event of abnormal operations
(c) verify and correctly apply correction for the existing wind 2 2 2
component to the take-off performance
(d) perform all pre take-off and line-up checks required by 2 2 2
the aircraft checklist
(e) ensure approach path is clear of conflicting traffic and 2 2 2
other hazards before lining up for take-off
(f) align the aeroplane on the runway centreline 2 2 2
A2.2 Take off aeroplane
(a) apply the controls correctly to maintain longitudinal 2 2 2
alignment on the centreline of the runway, if appropriate,
prior to initiating and during the take-off
(b) adjust the power controls taking into account the existing 2 2 2
conditions
(c) monitor power controls, settings, and instruments during 2 2 2
take-off to ensure all predetermined parameters are
achieved and maintained
(d) adjust the controls to attain the desired pitch attitude at 2 2 2
the predetermined airspeed to attain the desired
performance
(e) perform the take-off applying the required pitch, roll and 2 2 2
yaw inputs as appropriate in a smooth, coordinated
manner
(f) trim the aeroplane accurately 2 2 2

Issue No. 1 6
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 3 Commercial Pilot License Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
3.2 Planning Matrix

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 1314 15 161718

Advance Performance Maneuvers

1 = Achieves competency to the standard required for

Cross-Country Flight Orientation

Progress Check for AGH Phase
Ground Reference Manuevers
qualification issue.

300 NM Cross Country Flight

Basic Instrument Orientation
Advance General Handling

Upset Recovery Exercises

Airworks, T-Pattern, TOL

Cross-Country Flight
*GRAY – LESSON PHASE

Radio Navigation

Total hours
*BLUE – PROGRESS CHECK

Dual day 2. 2. 5. 4. 6. 3. 23.0

5 5 0 0 0 0
PIC/Solo day 8. 3 2. 3 7. 90.0
0 5 0 8 0
Instrument flight time 4. 6. 10.0
0 0
Aeronautical knowledge examinations CPLA Aeronautical Knowledge Examinations
(g) perform gear and flap retractions, power adjustments (as 2 2 2
applicable) and other required pilot-related activities
(h) maintain flight path along the runway extended 2 2 2
centreline
(i) apply the applicable noise abatement and wake 2 2 2
turbulence avoidance procedures
(j) recognise take-off abnormalities and take appropriate 2 2 2
action to reject take-off (can be simulated)
A2.3 Take off aeroplane in a crosswind
(a) perform a take-off in an aeroplane making appropriate 2 2 2 1 1
adjustments for the crosswind conditions
(b) maintain the runway centreline and extended centreline 2 2 2 1 1
A2.4 Carry out after take-off procedures
(a) perform after take-off checklist 2 2
(b) maintain the appropriate climb segment at the nominated 2 2
heading and airspeed
(c) manoeuvre according to local and standard procedures 2 2
(d) maintain traffic separation 2 2
A2.5 Take off aeroplane from ‘short field’
(a) calculate take-off and landing performance in accordance 2 2 2 2
with the aeroplane's performance charts
(b) perform take-off aeroplane to achieve the minimum 2 2 2 2
length take-off performance
(c) perform take-off aeroplane to achieve the obstacle 2 2 2 2
clearance parameters
A3 Control aeroplane in normal flight
A3.1 Climb aeroplane
(a) operate and monitor all aircraft systems when 2 2 2
commencing, during, and completing a climbing flight
manoeuvre
(b) adjust altimeter subscale according to applicable settings 2 2 2
(c) identify and avoid terrain and traffic 2 2 2

Issue No. 1 7
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 3 Commercial Pilot License Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
3.2 Planning Matrix

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 1314 15 161718

Advance Performance Maneuvers

1 = Achieves competency to the standard required for

Cross-Country Flight Orientation

Progress Check for AGH Phase
Ground Reference Manuevers
qualification issue.

300 NM Cross Country Flight

Basic Instrument Orientation
Advance General Handling

Upset Recovery Exercises

Airworks, T-Pattern, TOL

Cross-Country Flight
*GRAY – LESSON PHASE

Radio Navigation

Total hours
*BLUE – PROGRESS CHECK

Dual day 2. 2. 5. 4. 6. 3. 23.0

5 5 0 0 0 0
PIC/Solo day 8. 3 2. 3 7. 90.0
0 5 0 8 0
Instrument flight time 4. 6. 10.0
0 0
Aeronautical knowledge examinations CPLA Aeronautical Knowledge Examinations
(d) for the following climbing manoeuvres select power,
attitude and configuration as required for the flight path,
balance and trim the aeroplane accurately, and apply
smooth, coordinated control inputs to achieve the
required flight tolerances that apply to the manoeuvre:
(i) cruise climb 2 2 2
(ii) best angle climb 2 2 2
(iii) best rate climb 2 2 2
(e) anticipate level-off altitude and achieve straight and level 2 2 2
flight
A3.2 Maintain straight and level flight
(a) operate and monitor all aircraft systems during straight 2 2 2
and level flight manoeuvres
(b) adjust altimeter subscale according to applicable settings 2 2 2
(c) identify and avoid terrain and traffic 2 2 2
(d) for the following straight and level manoeuvres select
power, attitude and configuration as required for the
flight path, balance and trim the aeroplane accurately,
and apply smooth, coordinated control inputs to achieve
the required flight tolerances that apply to the
manoeuvre:
(i) at slow speed 2 2 2
(ii) at normal cruise 2 2 2
(iii) at high-speed cruise 2 2 2
(iv) during acceleration and deceleration 2 2 2
(v) at maximum range 2 2 2
(vi) at maximum endurance 2 2 2
(vii) with flaps selected 2 2 2
A3.3 Descend aeroplane
(a) operate and monitor all aircraft systems during 2 2 2
descending flight manoeuvres

Issue No. 1 8
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 3 Commercial Pilot License Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
3.2 Planning Matrix

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 1314 15 161718

Advance Performance Maneuvers

1 = Achieves competency to the standard required for

Cross-Country Flight Orientation

Progress Check for AGH Phase
Ground Reference Manuevers
qualification issue.

300 NM Cross Country Flight

Basic Instrument Orientation
Advance General Handling

Upset Recovery Exercises

Airworks, T-Pattern, TOL

Cross-Country Flight
*GRAY – LESSON PHASE

Radio Navigation

Total hours
*BLUE – PROGRESS CHECK

Dual day 2. 2. 5. 4. 6. 3. 23.0

5 5 0 0 0 0
PIC/Solo day 8. 3 2. 3 7. 90.0
0 5 0 8 0
Instrument flight time 4. 6. 10.0
0 0
Aeronautical knowledge examinations CPLA Aeronautical Knowledge Examinations
(b) for the following descending manoeuvres select power,
attitude and configuration as required for the flight path,
balance and trim the aeroplane accurately, and apply
smooth, coordinated control inputs to achieve the
required flight tolerances that apply to the manoeuvre:
(i) glide 2 2 2
(ii) powered 2 2 2
(iii) approach configuration descent (flap and undercarriage) 2 2 2
(c) anticipate level-off altitude and achieve straight and level 2 2 2
flight
A3.4 Turn aeroplane
(a) operate and monitor all aircraft systems during turning 2 2 2
flight manoeuvres
(b) for the following turning manoeuvres select power,
attitude and configuration as required for the flight path,
balance and trim the aeroplane accurately, and apply
smooth, coordinated control inputs to achieve the
required flight tolerances that apply to the manoeuvre:
(i) level turns 2 2 2
(ii) climbing turns 2 2 2
(iii) powered descending turns 2 2 2
(iv) gliding descending turns 2 2 2
(c) complete turn manoeuvre on a nominated heading or 2 2 2
geographical feature
(d) turn aeroplane at varying rates to achieve specified tracks 2 2 2
(e) manoeuvre aeroplane over specified tracks or 2 2 2
geographical features
A3.5 Control aeroplane at slow speeds
(a) complete pre-manoeuvre checks 2 2 2
(b) operate and monitor all aircraft systems when operating 2 2 2
the aeroplane at slow speed

Issue No. 1 9
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 3 Commercial Pilot License Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
3.2 Planning Matrix

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 1314 15 161718

Advance Performance Maneuvers

1 = Achieves competency to the standard required for

Cross-Country Flight Orientation

Progress Check for AGH Phase
Ground Reference Manuevers
qualification issue.

300 NM Cross Country Flight

Basic Instrument Orientation
Advance General Handling

Upset Recovery Exercises

Airworks, T-Pattern, TOL

Cross-Country Flight
*GRAY – LESSON PHASE

Radio Navigation

Total hours
*BLUE – PROGRESS CHECK

Dual day 2. 2. 5. 4. 6. 3. 23.0

5 5 0 0 0 0
PIC/Solo day 8. 3 2. 3 7. 90.0
0 5 0 8 0
Instrument flight time 4. 6. 10.0
0 0
Aeronautical knowledge examinations CPLA Aeronautical Knowledge Examinations
(c) for the following climbing manoeuvres select power,
attitude and configuration as required for the flight path,
balance and trim the aeroplane accurately, and apply
smooth, coordinated control inputs to achieve the
required flight tolerances that apply to the manoeuvre:
(i) minimum approach speed with flaps retracted 2 2 2
(ii) minimum approach speed in approach configuration 2 2 2
(d) observe audible and visual stall warnings and recover 2 2 2
aeroplane to controlled flight
(e) recognise and respond positively to reduced effectiveness 2 2 2
of controls during slow flight manoeuvres
(f) transition from slow speed configuration using take-off 2 2 2
power to achieve nominated speed in excess of 1.5 Vs
without loss of height
A3.6 Perform circuits and approaches
(a) operate and monitor all aircraft systems when operating 22 2 2 2 2
the aeroplane in the circuit
(b) in accordance with specific local procedures, safely
perform a full circuit pattern (5 legs) by balancing and
trimming the aeroplane accurately while applying
smooth, coordinated control inputs to achieve the
required flight tolerances specified for the flight path
flown during traffic pattern manoeuvres as follows:
(i) track upwind along extended centreline to 500 ft 2 2 2 2 2 2
(ii) establish and maintain crosswind leg tracking 90° to the runway 2 2 2 2 2 2
(iii) establish and maintain downwind leg tracking parallel to, and at a 2 2 2 2 2 2
specified distance from, the runway at circuit height
(iv) establish base leg tracking 90° to the runway at a specified distance 2 2 2 2 2 2
from the runway threshold
(c) perform checks as required throughout circuit 2 2 2 2 2 2
(d) establish the approach and landing configuration 2
appropriate for the runway and meteorological
conditions, and adjust the power plant controls as
required for the following:
(i) commence and control approach descent path 2 2 2 2 2 2

Issue No. 1 10
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 3 Commercial Pilot License Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
3.2 Planning Matrix

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 1314 15 161718

Advance Performance Maneuvers

1 = Achieves competency to the standard required for

Cross-Country Flight Orientation

Progress Check for AGH Phase
Ground Reference Manuevers
qualification issue.

300 NM Cross Country Flight

Basic Instrument Orientation
Advance General Handling

Upset Recovery Exercises

Airworks, T-Pattern, TOL

Cross-Country Flight
*GRAY – LESSON PHASE

Radio Navigation

Total hours
*BLUE – PROGRESS CHECK

Dual day 2. 2. 5. 4. 6. 3. 23.0

5 5 0 0 0 0
PIC/Solo day 8. 3 2. 3 7. 90.0
0 5 0 8 0
Instrument flight time 4. 6. 10.0
0 0
Aeronautical knowledge examinations CPLA Aeronautical Knowledge Examinations
(ii) adjust descent commencement point to take account of extended 2 2 2 2 2 2
downwind leg or traffic adjustments
(iii) align and maintain aircraft on final approach flight path with specified 2 2 2 2 2 2
or appropriate runway
(iv) set and maintain approach configuration not below 500 ft AGL 2 2 2 2 2 2
(v) identify and maintain the nominated aiming point 2 2 2 2 2 2
(vi) maintain a stabilised approach angle at the nominated airspeed not 2 2 2 2 2 2
less than 1.3Vs to the round-out height
(vii) verify existing wind conditions, make proper correction for drift, and 2 2 2 2 2 2
maintain a precise ground track
(viii) apply speed allowances for wind gusts 2 2 2 2 2 2
(ix) configure aeroplane for landing 2 2 2 2 2 2
(e) maintain aircraft separation and position in the circuit 2 2 2 2 2 2
with reference to other aircraft traffic in the circuit area
A3.7 Local area airspace
(a) using an appropriate chart, for the local area and circuit
area:
(i) identify geographical features 2 2 1
(ii) identify geographical limits 2 2 1
(iii) identify restricted, controlled and uncontrolled airspace areas 2 2 1
(iv) state local airspace limits 2 2 1
(v) identify the transit route between the departure aerodrome and 2 2 1
training area
(vi) identify the geographical limits of the training area 2 2 1
(vii) identify aerodromes and landing areas within the local area 2 2 1
(b) maintain orientation and pinpoint location by using 2 2 1
geographical features and a local area chart
(c) transit from the circuit area and transit to the designated 2 2 1
training area
(d) operate safely within a transit lane (if applicable) 2 2 1
(e) remain clear of restricted, controlled and other 2 2 1
appropriately designated airspace
(f) operate safely in the vicinity of local aerodromes and 2 2 1
landing areas
(g) transit from the designated training area to the circuit 2 2 1
area

Issue No. 1 11
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 3 Commercial Pilot License Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
3.2 Planning Matrix

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 1314 15 161718

Advance Performance Maneuvers

1 = Achieves competency to the standard required for

Cross-Country Flight Orientation

Progress Check for AGH Phase
Ground Reference Manuevers
qualification issue.

300 NM Cross Country Flight

Basic Instrument Orientation
Advance General Handling

Upset Recovery Exercises

Airworks, T-Pattern, TOL

Cross-Country Flight
*GRAY – LESSON PHASE

Radio Navigation

Total hours
*BLUE – PROGRESS CHECK

Dual day 2. 2. 5. 4. 6. 3. 23.0

5 5 0 0 0 0
PIC/Solo day 8. 3 2. 3 7. 90.0
0 5 0 8 0
Instrument flight time 4. 6. 10.0
0 0
Aeronautical knowledge examinations CPLA Aeronautical Knowledge Examinations
(h) set QNH appropriately 2 2 1
(i) correctly determine which runway is to be used for 2 2 1
landing
(j) ensure runway is serviceable and available 2 2 1
(k) position aircraft for arrival into the circuit 2 2 1
A4 Land aeroplane
A4.1 Land aeroplane
(a) maintain a constant landing position aim point 2 2 2
(b) achieve a smooth, positively-controlled transition from
final approach to touchdown, including the following:
(i) control ballooning during flare 2 2 2
(ii) touchdown at a controlled rate of descent, in the specified touchdown 2 2 2
zone within tolerances
(iii) control bouncing after touchdown 2 2 2
(iv) touch down aligned with the centreline within tolerances 2 2 2
(c) ensure separation is maintained 2 2 2
(d) maintain positive directional control and crosswind 2 2 2
correction during the after-landing roll
(e) use drag and braking devices, as applicable, in such a 2 2 2
manner to bring the aeroplane to a safe stop
(f) complete the applicable after-landing checklist items in a 2 2 2
timely manner
A4.2 Land aeroplane in a crosswind
(a) verify existing wind conditions, make proper correction 2 2 2 2
for drift, and maintain a precise ground track
(b) configure the aeroplane for the crosswind conditions 2 2 2 2
(c) control the aeroplane during the transition from final 2 2 2 2
approach to touchdown and during after-landing roll to
compensate for the crosswind conditions
A4.3 Conduct a missed approach
(a) recognise the conditions when a missed approach should 2 2 2 2 2
be executed

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 1314 15 161718

Advance Performance Maneuvers

1 = Achieves competency to the standard required for

Cross-Country Flight Orientation

Progress Check for AGH Phase
Ground Reference Manuevers
qualification issue.

300 NM Cross Country Flight

Basic Instrument Orientation
Advance General Handling

Upset Recovery Exercises

Airworks, T-Pattern, TOL

Cross-Country Flight
*GRAY – LESSON PHASE

Radio Navigation

Total hours
*BLUE – PROGRESS CHECK

Dual day 2. 2. 5. 4. 6. 3. 23.0

5 5 0 0 0 0
PIC/Solo day 8. 3 2. 3 7. 90.0
0 5 0 8 0
Instrument flight time 4. 6. 10.0
0 0
Aeronautical knowledge examinations CPLA Aeronautical Knowledge Examinations
(b) make the decision to execute a missed approach when it 2 2 2 2 2
is safe to do so
(c) make a smooth, positively-controlled transition from 2 2
approach to missed approach, including the following:
(i) select power, attitude and configuration to safely control aeroplane 2 2 2 2 2
(ii) manoeuvre aeroplane clear of the ground and conduct after take-off 2 2 2 2 2
procedures
(iii) make allowance for wind velocity during go-around 2 2 2 2 2
(iv) avoid wake turbulence 2 2 2 2 2
A4.4 Perform recovery from missed landing
(a) recognise when a missed landing is occurring and when it 2 2 2 2 2 2
is appropriate to take recovery action
(b) make the decision to execute recovery from a missed 2 2 2 2 2 2
landing only when it is safe to do so
(c) make a smooth, positively-controlled transition from a
missed landing to missed approach, including the
following:
(i) select power, attitude and configuration to safely control aeroplane 2 2 2 2 2 2
(ii) manoeuvre aeroplane clear of the ground and conduct after take-off 2 2 2 2 2 2
procedures
(iii) make allowance for wind velocity during go-around 2 2 2 2 2 2
(iv) avoid wake turbulence 2 2 2 2 2 2
A4.5 Short landing
(a) land aeroplane at nominated touchdown point at 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
minimum speed
(b) control ballooning during flare 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
(c) control bouncing after touchdown 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
(d) maintain direction after touchdown 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
(e) apply maximum braking without locking up wheels 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
(f) stops aircraft within landing distance available 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
A5 Aeroplane advanced manoeuvres
A5.1 Enter and recover from stall
(a) perform pre-manoeuvre checks for stalling 2 2 2 2 2
(b) recognise stall signs and symptoms 2 2 2 2 2

Issue No. 1 13
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 3 Commercial Pilot License Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
3.2 Planning Matrix

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 1314 15 161718

Advance Performance Maneuvers

1 = Achieves competency to the standard required for

Cross-Country Flight Orientation

Progress Check for AGH Phase
Ground Reference Manuevers
qualification issue.

300 NM Cross Country Flight

Basic Instrument Orientation
Advance General Handling

Upset Recovery Exercises

Airworks, T-Pattern, TOL

Cross-Country Flight
*GRAY – LESSON PHASE

Radio Navigation

Total hours
*BLUE – PROGRESS CHECK

Dual day 2. 2. 5. 4. 6. 3. 23.0

5 5 0 0 0 0
PIC/Solo day 8. 3 2. 3 7. 90.0
0 5 0 8 0
Instrument flight time 4. 6. 10.0
0 0
Aeronautical knowledge examinations CPLA Aeronautical Knowledge Examinations
(c) control the aeroplane by applying the required pitch, roll
and yaw inputs as appropriate in a smooth, coordinated
manner, trim aeroplane accurately to enter and recover
from the following manoeuvres:
(i) incipient stall 2 2 2 2 2
(ii) stall with full power applied 2 2 2 2 2
(iii) stall without power applied 2 2 2 2 2
(iv) stall under the following conditions:

(A) straight and level flight 2 2 2 2 2

(B) climbing 2 2 2 2 2
(C) descending 2 2 2 2 2
(D) approach to land configuration 2 2 2 2 2
(E) turning 2 2 2 2 2
(d) perform stall recovery as follows:
(i) positively reduce angle of attack 2 2 2 2
(ii) use power available and excess height to increase the aircraft energy 2 2 2 2 2
state
(iii) minimise height loss for simulated low altitude condition 2 2 2 2 2
(iv) re-establish desired flight path and aircraft control 2 2 2 2 2
(e) recover from stall in simulated partial and complete 2 2 2 2 2
engine failure configurations
A5.2 Recover from incipient spin
(a) perform pre-manoeuvre checks for an incipient spin 2 2 2 2 2
(b) recognise an incipient spin 2 2 2 2 2
(c) use the aeroplane's attitude and power controls to
execute an incipient spin manoeuvre from the following
flight conditions and, using correct recovery technique,
regain straight and level flight with height loss
commensurate with the available altitude (simulated
ground base height may be set):
(i) straight and level flight 2 2 2 2
(ii) climbing 2 2 2 2
(iii) turning 2 2 2 2

Issue No. 1 14
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 3 Commercial Pilot License Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
3.2 Planning Matrix

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 1314 15 161718

Advance Performance Maneuvers

1 = Achieves competency to the standard required for

Cross-Country Flight Orientation

Progress Check for AGH Phase
Ground Reference Manuevers
qualification issue.

300 NM Cross Country Flight

Basic Instrument Orientation
Advance General Handling

Upset Recovery Exercises

Airworks, T-Pattern, TOL

Cross-Country Flight
*GRAY – LESSON PHASE

Radio Navigation

Total hours
*BLUE – PROGRESS CHECK

Dual day 2. 2. 5. 4. 6. 3. 23.0

5 5 0 0 0 0
PIC/Solo day 8. 3 2. 3 7. 90.0
0 5 0 8 0
Instrument flight time 4. 6. 10.0
0 0
Aeronautical knowledge examinations CPLA Aeronautical Knowledge Examinations
A5.3 Turn aeroplane steeply
(a) pre-manoeuvre checks for steep turning 2 2 2 2 2 2
(b) steep level turn using a nominated bank angle, ending on 2 2 2 2 2 2
a nominated heading or geographical feature, without
altitude change
(c) steep descending turn using a nominated bank angle, 2 2 2 2 2 2
ending on a nominated heading or geographical feature
ending on a nominated altitude
(d) aeroplane operating limits are not exceeded 2 2 2 2 2 2
A5.4 Sideslip aeroplane (where flight manual permits)
(a) straight sideslip:
(i) induce slip to achieve increased rate of descent while maintaining 2 2 2 2
track and airspeed
(ii) adjust rate of descent by coordinating angle of bank and applied 2 2 2 2
rudder
(b) sideslipping turn by adjusting the bank angle to turn 2 2 2 2
through minimum heading change of 90° at constant
airspeed using sideslip, and exiting the turn on a specified
heading or geographical feature, within tolerance
(c) recover from a sideslip and return the aeroplane to 2 2 2 2
balanced flight
A6 Manage abnormal situations – single-engine aeroplanes
A6.1 Manage engine failure - take-off (simulated)
(a) correctly identify an engine failure after take-off 2 2
(b) apply the highest priority to taking action to control the 2 2
aeroplane
(c) maintain control of the aeroplane 2 2
(d) perform recall actions 2 2
(e) perform emergency actions as far as time permits 2 2
(f) manoeuvre the aeroplane to achieve the safest possible 2 2
outcome
(g) ensure passengers adopt brace position 2 2
(h) advise others such as ATS and other aircraft of intentions 2 2
if time permits

Issue No. 1 15
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 3 Commercial Pilot License Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
3.2 Planning Matrix

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 1314 15 161718

Advance Performance Maneuvers

1 = Achieves competency to the standard required for

Cross-Country Flight Orientation

Progress Check for AGH Phase
Ground Reference Manuevers
qualification issue.

300 NM Cross Country Flight

Basic Instrument Orientation
Advance General Handling

Upset Recovery Exercises

Airworks, T-Pattern, TOL

Cross-Country Flight
*GRAY – LESSON PHASE

Radio Navigation

Total hours
*BLUE – PROGRESS CHECK

Dual day 2. 2. 5. 4. 6. 3. 23.0

5 5 0 0 0 0
PIC/Solo day 8. 3 2. 3 7. 90.0
0 5 0 8 0
Instrument flight time 4. 6. 10.0
0 0
Aeronautical knowledge examinations CPLA Aeronautical Knowledge Examinations
A6.2 Manage engine failure in the circuit area (simulated)
(a) correctly identify an engine failure during flight 2 2 2 2
(b) apply the highest priority to taking action to control the 2 2 2 2
aeroplane
(c) perform recall actions 2 2 2 2
(d) select a suitable landing area within gliding distance, on 2 2 2 2
the aerodrome or elsewhere
(e) perform emergency procedures and land the aeroplane if 2 2 2 2
the engine cannot be restarted as time permits
(f) advise ATS or other agencies capable of providing 2 2 2 2
assistance of situation and intentions
(g) re-brief passengers about flight situation, brace position 2 2 2 2
and harness security
(h) land the aeroplane ensuring safest outcome if an engine 2 2 2 2
restart is not achieved
A6.3 Perform forced landing (simulated)
(a) after a simulated complete engine failure has occurred,
without prior indications, carry out the following:

(i) identify complete power failure condition and control aeroplane 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

(ii) perform immediate actions 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
(iii) formulate and describe a recovery plan, including selecting the most 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
suitable landing area
(iv) establish optimal gliding flight path to position the aeroplane for a 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
landing on the selected landing area
(v) perform emergency procedures and land the aeroplane if the engine 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
cannot be restarted as time permits
(vi) advise ATS or other agencies capable of providing assistance of 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
situation and intentions
(vii) re-brief passengers about flight situation, brace position and harness 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
security
(viii) land the aeroplane ensuring safest outcome if an engine restart is 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
not achieved
(b) after a simulated partial engine failure has occurred,
without prior indications, carry out the following:
(i) identify partial power failure condition 2 2 2 2 2 2
(ii) perform recall actions 2 2 2 2 2 2

Issue No. 1 16
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 3 Commercial Pilot License Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
3.2 Planning Matrix

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 1314 15 161718

Advance Performance Maneuvers

1 = Achieves competency to the standard required for

Cross-Country Flight Orientation

Progress Check for AGH Phase
Ground Reference Manuevers
qualification issue.

300 NM Cross Country Flight

Basic Instrument Orientation
Advance General Handling

Upset Recovery Exercises

Airworks, T-Pattern, TOL

Cross-Country Flight
*GRAY – LESSON PHASE

Radio Navigation

Total hours
*BLUE – PROGRESS CHECK

Dual day 2. 2. 5. 4. 6. 3. 23.0

5 5 0 0 0 0
PIC/Solo day 8. 3 2. 3 7. 90.0
0 5 0 8 0
Instrument flight time 4. 6. 10.0
0 0
Aeronautical knowledge examinations CPLA Aeronautical Knowledge Examinations
(iii) adjust flight controls to re-establish flight path that maximises 2 2 2 2 2 2
performance for partial power condition and maintain a safe airspeed
margin above stall speed
(iv) establish radio communications where possible 2 2 2 2 2 2
(v) perform partial engine failure actions 2 2 2 2 2 2
(vi) formulate a plan to recover aeroplane to a safe landing area or 2 2 2 2 2 2
aerodrome, taking into account that partial failure might lead to a full
power failure at any time
(vii) manoeuvre the aeroplane to a selected landing area or aerodrome 2 2 2 2 2 2
using the remaining power to establish an optimal aircraft position for a
safe landing
(viii) advise ATS or other agencies capable of providing assistance of 2 2 2 2 2 2
situation and intentions
(ix) re-brief passengers about flight situation, brace position and harness 2 2 2 2 2 2
security
(x) maintain a contingency plan for coping with a full power failure 2 2 2 2 2 2
throughout the manoeuvre
(xi) when a safe landing position is established, shut down and secure 2 2 2 2 2 2
engine and aeroplane
A6.4 Conduct precautionary search and landing (simulated
condition)
(a) assess flight circumstances and make an appropriate 2 2 2 2
decision when to perform precautionary landing
(b) configure aeroplane for conditions 2 2 2 2
(c) perform precautionary search procedure 2 2 2 2
(d) select landing area, carry out an inspection and assess its
suitability for landing, taking into account:
(i) unobstructed approach and overshoot paths 2 2 2 2
(ii) landing area length adequate for landing 2 2 2 2
(iii) landing area surface is suitable for aeroplane type and clear of 2 2 2 2
hazards
(e) maintain orientation and visual contact with the landing 2 2 2 2
area
(f) advise ATS or other agencies capable of providing 2 2 2 2
assistance of situation and intentions
(g) re-brief passengers about flight situation, brace position 2 2 2 2
and harness security
(h) land and secure aircraft and manage passengers 2 2 2 2
A6.5 Manage other abnormal situations (simulated)

Issue No. 1 17
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 3 Commercial Pilot License Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
3.2 Planning Matrix

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 1314 15 161718

Advance Performance Maneuvers

1 = Achieves competency to the standard required for

Cross-Country Flight Orientation

Progress Check for AGH Phase
Ground Reference Manuevers
qualification issue.

300 NM Cross Country Flight

Basic Instrument Orientation
Advance General Handling

Upset Recovery Exercises

Airworks, T-Pattern, TOL

Cross-Country Flight
*GRAY – LESSON PHASE

Radio Navigation

Total hours
*BLUE – PROGRESS CHECK

Dual day 2. 2. 5. 4. 6. 3. 23.0

5 5 0 0 0 0
PIC/Solo day 8. 3 2. 3 7. 90.0
0 5 0 8 0
Instrument flight time 4. 6. 10.0
0 0
Aeronautical knowledge examinations CPLA Aeronautical Knowledge Examinations
(a) correctly identify the situation and maintain safe control 2 2 2
of the aeroplane at all times
(b) manage abnormal and emergency situations in 2 2 2
accordance with relevant emergency procedures and
regulatory requirements
(c) follow appropriate emergency procedures while 2 2 2
maintaining control of the aeroplane
(d) identify and conduct flight with an unreliable airspeed 2 2 2
indication
(e) correctly identify when an emergency evacuation of an 2 2 2
aeroplane is required
(f) execute a simulated emergency evacuation of an 2 2 2
aeroplane
(g) advise ATS or other agencies capable of providing 2 2 2
assistance of situation and intentions
A6.6 Recover from unusual flight attitudes
(a) identify nose-high or nose-low unusual attitude flight 2 2 2 2 2
condition
(b) recover from nose-low or nose-high unusual attitudes by 2 2 2 2 2
adjusting pitch, bank and power to resume controlled and
balanced flight
(c) apply controlled corrective action while maintaining 2 2 2 2 2
aircraft performance within limits
IFF Full instrument panel manoeuvres
IFF.1 Determine and monitor the serviceability of flight
instruments and instrument power sources
(a) determine serviceability of flight and navigational 2 2 2
instruments
(b) perform functional checks of flight and navigational 2 2 2
instruments where applicable prior to take-off
(c) monitor flight instrument and instrument power sources 2 2 2
and react to any warnings, unserviceability or erroneous
indications
IFF.2 Perform manoeuvres using full instrument panel

Issue No. 1 18
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 3 Commercial Pilot License Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
3.2 Planning Matrix

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 1314 15 161718

Advance Performance Maneuvers

1 = Achieves competency to the standard required for

Cross-Country Flight Orientation

Progress Check for AGH Phase
Ground Reference Manuevers
qualification issue.

300 NM Cross Country Flight

Basic Instrument Orientation
Advance General Handling

Upset Recovery Exercises

Airworks, T-Pattern, TOL

Cross-Country Flight
*GRAY – LESSON PHASE

Radio Navigation

Total hours
*BLUE – PROGRESS CHECK

Dual day 2. 2. 5. 4. 6. 3. 23.0

5 5 0 0 0 0
PIC/Solo day 8. 3 2. 3 7. 90.0
0 5 0 8 0
Instrument flight time 4. 6. 10.0
0 0
Aeronautical knowledge examinations CPLA Aeronautical Knowledge Examinations
(a) interpret flight instrument indications and apply 2 2 2
procedures and techniques to achieve and maintain a
specified flight path using the aircraft's full instrument
panel
(b) set and maintain power and attitude by reference to the 2
full instrument panel to achieve the following:
(i) straight and level performance during normal cruise within the flight 2 2 2
tolerances
(ii) nominated climb performance within the flight tolerances 2 2 2
(iii) descent performance within the flight tolerances 2 2 2
(c) set and maintain power and attitude by reference to the 2 2 2
full instrument panel to establish a rate 1 turn onto a
nominated heading within the flight tolerances
IFF.3 Recover from upset situations and unusual attitudes
(a) correctly identify upset situations and unusual attitudes 2 2 2
under simulated IMC
(b) recover to controlled flight from upset situations and
unusual attitudes under simulated IMC from any
combination of the following aircraft states:
(i) high and low-nose attitudes 2 2 2
(ii) varying angles of bank 2 2 2
(iii) various power settings 2 2 2
(iv) various aircraft configurations 2 2 2
(v) unbalanced flight 2 2 2
IFL Limited instrument panel manoeuvres
IFL.1 Recognise failure of attitude indicator and stabilised
heading indicator
(a) monitor flight instruments and instrument power sources 3
and recognise warning indicators or erroneous instrument
indications
(b) transition from a full instrument panel to a limited 3
instrument panel
IFL.2 Perform manoeuvres – limited panel
(a) interpret and respond appropriately to instrument 3
indications

Issue No. 1 19
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 3 Commercial Pilot License Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
3.2 Planning Matrix

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 1314 15 161718

Advance Performance Maneuvers

1 = Achieves competency to the standard required for

Cross-Country Flight Orientation

Progress Check for AGH Phase
Ground Reference Manuevers
qualification issue.

300 NM Cross Country Flight

Basic Instrument Orientation
Advance General Handling

Upset Recovery Exercises

Airworks, T-Pattern, TOL

Cross-Country Flight
*GRAY – LESSON PHASE

Radio Navigation

Total hours
*BLUE – PROGRESS CHECK

Dual day 2. 2. 5. 4. 6. 3. 23.0

5 5 0 0 0 0
PIC/Solo day 8. 3 2. 3 7. 90.0
0 5 0 8 0
Instrument flight time 4. 6. 10.0
0 0
Aeronautical knowledge examinations CPLA Aeronautical Knowledge Examinations
(b) apply power and attitude settings to achieve straight and
level performance during:
(i) normal cruise 3
(ii) approach configuration with flaps (when fitted) and undercarriage 3
down
(c) apply power and attitude settings to achieve:
(i) nominated climb performance 3
(ii) nominated descent performance 3
(iii) during climb, descent and straight and level flight, rate 1 turns onto a 3
nominated heading
(d) trim (as applicable) and balance aircraft 3
(e) establish level flight at a nominated altitude, from a climb 3
or descent during straight or turning flight
IFL.3 Recover from upset situations and unusual attitudes –
limited panel
(a) correctly identify upset situations and unusual attitudes 2 3
under simulated IMC
(b) recover to stabilised straight and level flight using
approved techniques from upset situations and unusual
attitudes under simulated IMC from any combination of
the following aircraft states:
(i) high and low-nose attitudes 2 3
(ii) varying angles of bank 2 3
(iii) various power settings 2 3
(iv) various aircraft configurations 2 3
(v) unbalanced flight 2 3
IFL.4 Re-establish visual flight
(a) transition from visual flight conditions to instrument flight 2 3
conditions while maintaining control of the aircraft
(b) perform a manoeuvre to re-establish visual flight 2 3
(c) implement a plan that ensures the flight continues in VMC 2 3
NTS1 Non-technical skills 1
NTS1 Maintain effective lookout
.1

Issue No. 1 20
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 3 Commercial Pilot License Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
3.2 Planning Matrix

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 1314 15 161718

Advance Performance Maneuvers

1 = Achieves competency to the standard required for

Cross-Country Flight Orientation

Progress Check for AGH Phase
Ground Reference Manuevers
qualification issue.

300 NM Cross Country Flight

Basic Instrument Orientation
Advance General Handling

Upset Recovery Exercises

Airworks, T-Pattern, TOL

Cross-Country Flight
*GRAY – LESSON PHASE

Radio Navigation

Total hours
*BLUE – PROGRESS CHECK

Dual day 2. 2. 5. 4. 6. 3. 23.0

5 5 0 0 0 0
PIC/Solo day 8. 3 2. 3 7. 90.0
0 5 0 8 0
Instrument flight time 4. 6. 10.0
0 0
Aeronautical knowledge examinations CPLA Aeronautical Knowledge Examinations
(a) maintain traffic separation using a systematic visual scan 1
technique at a rate determined by traffic density, visibility
and terrain
(b) maintain radio listening watch and interpret 1
transmissions to determine traffic location and intentions
(c) perform airspace-cleared procedure before commencing 1
any manoeuvre
NTS1 Maintain situational awareness
.2
(a) monitor all aircraft systems using a systematic scan 2
technique
(b) collect information to facilitate ongoing system 2
management
(c) monitor flight environment for deviations from planned 2
operations
(d) collect flight environment information to update planned 2
operations
NTS1 Assess situations and make decisions
.3
(a) identify problems 2
(b) analyse problems 2 2
(c) identify solutions 2 2
(d) assess solutions and risks 2 2
(e) decide on a course of action 2 2
(f) communicate plans of action (if appropriate) 2 2
(g) allocate tasks for action (if appropriate) 2 2
(h) take actions to achieve optimum outcomes for the 2 2
operation
(i) monitor progress against plan 2 2
(j) re-evaluate plan to achieve optimum outcomes 2 2
NTS1 Set priorities and manage tasks
.4
(a) organise workload and priorities to ensure optimum 2 2
outcome of the flight

Issue No. 1 21
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 3 Commercial Pilot License Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
3.2 Planning Matrix

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 1314 15 161718

Advance Performance Maneuvers

1 = Achieves competency to the standard required for

Cross-Country Flight Orientation

Progress Check for AGH Phase
Ground Reference Manuevers
qualification issue.

300 NM Cross Country Flight

Basic Instrument Orientation
Advance General Handling

Upset Recovery Exercises

Airworks, T-Pattern, TOL

Cross-Country Flight
*GRAY – LESSON PHASE

Radio Navigation

Total hours
*BLUE – PROGRESS CHECK

Dual day 2. 2. 5. 4. 6. 3. 23.0

5 5 0 0 0 0
PIC/Solo day 8. 3 2. 3 7. 90.0
0 5 0 8 0
Instrument flight time 4. 6. 10.0
0 0
Aeronautical knowledge examinations CPLA Aeronautical Knowledge Examinations
(b) plan events and tasks to occur sequentially 2 2
(c) anticipate events and tasks to ensure sufficient 2 2
opportunity for completion
(d) use technology to reduce workload and improve cognitive 2 2
and manipulative activities
NTS1 Maintain effective communications and interpersonal
.5 relationships
(a) establish and maintain effective and efficient 2 2
communications and interpersonal relationships with all
stakeholders to ensure the optimum outcome of the flight
(b) define and explain objectives to stakeholders 2 2
(c) demonstrate a level of assertiveness that ensures the 2 2
optimum completion of the flight
NTS2 Non-technical skills 2
NTS2 Recognise and manage threats
.1
(a) identify relevant environmental or operational threats 2 2
that are likely to affect the safety of the flight
(b) identify when competing priorities and demands may 2 2
represent a threat to the safety of the flight
(c) develop and implement countermeasures to manage 2 2
threats
(d) monitor and assess flight progress to ensure a safe 2 2
outcome, or modify actions when a safe outcome is not
assured
NTS2 Recognise and manage errors
.2
(a) apply checklists and standard operating procedures to 2 2
prevent aircraft handling, procedural or communication
errors
(b) identify committed errors before safety is affected or the 2 2
aircraft enters an undesired state
(c) monitor the following to collect and analyse information
to identify potential or actual errors:
(i) aircraft systems using a systematic scan technique 2 2

Issue No. 1 22
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 3 Commercial Pilot License Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
3.2 Planning Matrix

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 1314 15 161718

Advance Performance Maneuvers

1 = Achieves competency to the standard required for

Cross-Country Flight Orientation

Progress Check for AGH Phase
Ground Reference Manuevers
qualification issue.

300 NM Cross Country Flight

Basic Instrument Orientation
Advance General Handling

Upset Recovery Exercises

Airworks, T-Pattern, TOL

Cross-Country Flight
*GRAY – LESSON PHASE

Radio Navigation

Total hours
*BLUE – PROGRESS CHECK

Dual day 2. 2. 5. 4. 6. 3. 23.0

5 5 0 0 0 0
PIC/Solo day 8. 3 2. 3 7. 90.0
0 5 0 8 0
Instrument flight time 4. 6. 10.0
0 0
Aeronautical knowledge examinations CPLA Aeronautical Knowledge Examinations
(ii) the flight environment 2 2
(iii) other crew 2 2
(d) implement countermeasures to prevent errors or take 2 2
action in the time available to correct errors before the
aircraft enters an undesired state
NTS2 Recognise and manage undesired aircraft state
.3
(a) recognise an undesired aircraft state 2 2
(b) prioritise tasks to ensure an undesired aircraft state is 2 2
managed effectively
(c) apply corrective actions to recover an undesired aircraft 2 2
state in a safe and timely manner
NAV Navigate aircraft
NAV. Prepare documents and flight plan
1
(a) select and prepare appropriate navigation charts for the 2 1
intended flight
(b) select a suitable route and altitude considering weather, 2
terrain, airspace, NOTAMs and alternate landing areas
(c) obtain and interpret meteorological forecasts, NOTAMs 2
and operational information applicable to the planned
flight
(d) determine whether the planned flight can be conducted 2
under the applicable flight rules and taking account of the
beginning and end of daylight times
(e) calculate and document critical point (CP) and point of no 1 1
return (PNR) locations
(f) complete a flight plan to the planned destination and 2
alternates
(g) lodge suitable flight notification for search and rescue 2
(SAR) purposes
NAV. Comply with airspace procedures while navigating
2
(a) identify airspace restrictions and dimensions applicable to 2
the flight

Issue No. 1 23
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 3 Commercial Pilot License Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
3.2 Planning Matrix

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 1314 15 161718

Advance Performance Maneuvers

1 = Achieves competency to the standard required for

Cross-Country Flight Orientation

Progress Check for AGH Phase
Ground Reference Manuevers
qualification issue.

300 NM Cross Country Flight

Basic Instrument Orientation
Advance General Handling

Upset Recovery Exercises

Airworks, T-Pattern, TOL

Cross-Country Flight
*GRAY – LESSON PHASE

Radio Navigation

Total hours
*BLUE – PROGRESS CHECK

Dual day 2. 2. 5. 4. 6. 3. 23.0

5 5 0 0 0 0
PIC/Solo day 8. 3 2. 3 7. 90.0
0 5 0 8 0
Instrument flight time 4. 6. 10.0
0 0
Aeronautical knowledge examinations CPLA Aeronautical Knowledge Examinations
(b) obtain and comply with air traffic clearances, if applicable 2
(c) comply with airspace procedures applicable to the 2
airspace classification throughout the flight
NAV. Conduct departure procedures
3
(a) organise cockpit to ensure charts, documentation and 2
navigational calculator are accessible from the control
seat
(b) comply with all departure procedures, clearances and 2
noise abatement requirements
(c) establish planned track on departure within 5 nm of 2
airfield or apply alternative procedure if required
(d) calculate estimated time of arrival (ETA) for first waypoint 2
NAV. Navigate aircraft enroute
4
(a) maintain a navigation cycle that ensures accurate 2
tracking, and apply track correctional techniques to re-
establish track prior to waypoint or destination
(b) maintain heading to achieve a nominated track 2
(c) maintain and revise ETAs (±2 minutes) for waypoint or 2
destination
(d) maintain track in accordance with published flight path 2
tolerances in controlled airspace
(e) navigate using accepted map-reading techniques 2
(f) maintain navigation and fuel log to monitor tracking, ETAs 2
and fuel status
(g) use appropriate techniques to obtain a positive fix at 2
suitable intervals
(h) maintain awareness of route, enroute terrain, enroute 2
and destination weather, and react appropriately to
changing weather conditions
(i) perform pre-descent and turning point checks 2
(j) maintain appropriate radio communication and listening 2
watch with ATS and other aircraft if radio is fitted and
used

Issue No. 1 24
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 3 Commercial Pilot License Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
3.2 Planning Matrix

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 1314 15 161718

Advance Performance Maneuvers

1 = Achieves competency to the standard required for

Cross-Country Flight Orientation

Progress Check for AGH Phase
Ground Reference Manuevers
qualification issue.

300 NM Cross Country Flight

Basic Instrument Orientation
Advance General Handling

Upset Recovery Exercises

Airworks, T-Pattern, TOL

Cross-Country Flight
*GRAY – LESSON PHASE

Radio Navigation

Total hours
*BLUE – PROGRESS CHECK

Dual day 2. 2. 5. 4. 6. 3. 23.0

5 5 0 0 0 0
PIC/Solo day 8. 3 2. 3 7. 90.0
0 5 0 8 0
Instrument flight time 4. 6. 10.0
0 0
Aeronautical knowledge examinations CPLA Aeronautical Knowledge Examinations
(k) configure the aircraft as required for the following
environmental and operational conditions:
(i) turbulence 2 2
(ii) holding 2 2
(iii) maximum range 2 2
(l) maintain awareness of search and rescue times 2
(SARTIME) and revise as required
(m) monitor aircraft systems, manage fuel and engine to 2
ensure aircraft is operated to achieve flight plan
objectives
NAV. Navigate at low level and in reduced visibility
5
(a) configure the aircraft as required for the following
environmental and operational conditions:
(i) reduced visibility 2 2 2 2
(ii) low cloud base 2 2 2 2
(b) navigate aeroplane at minimum heights (not below 500 ft 2 2 2 2
AGL, clear of built-up areas) and remain in VMC
(c) maintain separation from terrain, obstacles, allowing for 2 2 2 2
wind and turbulence at low level
(d) avoid noise sensitive areas 2 2 2 2
(e) operate appropriately in the vicinity of aerodromes and 2 2 2 2
landing areas
NAV. Perform lost procedure
6
(a) acknowledge positional uncertainty in a timely manner 2 2
(b) configure aircraft for range and endurance as required 2 2
(c) apply recognised method to re-establish aircraft position 2 2
(d) fix position 2 2
(e) use radio to request assistance, if applicable 2 2
(f) plan a timely precautionary search and landing if unable 2 2
to complete flight safely to suitable aerodrome
NAV. Perform diversion procedure
7

Issue No. 1 25
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 3 Commercial Pilot License Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
3.2 Planning Matrix

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 1314 15 161718

Advance Performance Maneuvers

1 = Achieves competency to the standard required for

Cross-Country Flight Orientation

Progress Check for AGH Phase
Ground Reference Manuevers
qualification issue.

300 NM Cross Country Flight

Basic Instrument Orientation
Advance General Handling

Upset Recovery Exercises

Airworks, T-Pattern, TOL

Cross-Country Flight
*GRAY – LESSON PHASE

Radio Navigation

Total hours
*BLUE – PROGRESS CHECK

Dual day 2. 2. 5. 4. 6. 3. 23.0

5 5 0 0 0 0
PIC/Solo day 8. 3 2. 3 7. 90.0
0 5 0 8 0
Instrument flight time 4. 6. 10.0
0 0
Aeronautical knowledge examinations CPLA Aeronautical Knowledge Examinations
(a) make timely decision to divert 2 2 2 2
(b) identify an acceptable alternate aerodrome 2 2 2 2
(c) select a suitable route and cruising level 2 2 2 2
(d) revise flight plan considering weather, terrain, airspace 2 2 2 2
and fuel available
(e) advise ATS of an intention to divert 2 2 2 2
NAV. Use instrument navigation systems
8
(a) initialise navigation system (as applicable) 2 2
(b) conduct navigation system validity check (as applicable) 2 2
(c) conduct RAIM check if required 2 2
(d) select, load, check and activate the flight plan (as 2 2
applicable)
(e) operate instrument navigation systems correctly 2 2
(f) use instrument navigation systems to assist with 2 2
navigation
(g) confirm waypoints and fixes using instrument navigation 2 2
systems
NAV. Execute arrival procedures
9
(a) obtain updated relevant aerodrome information 2
(b) determine landing direction and aerodrome suitability 2
(c) conduct arrival 2
(d) identify and avoid all traffic 2
(e) observe local and published noise abatement 2
requirements and curfews
RNE Radio navigation – enroute
RNE. Operate and monitor radio navigation aids and systems
1
(a) select and operate navigation aids and systems 2 2
(b) monitor and take appropriate action in relation to the 2 2
integrity of navigation aid systems information
RNE. Navigate the aircraft using navigation aids and systems
2

Issue No. 1 26
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 3 Commercial Pilot License Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
3.2 Planning Matrix

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 1314 15 161718

Advance Performance Maneuvers

1 = Achieves competency to the standard required for

Cross-Country Flight Orientation

Progress Check for AGH Phase
Ground Reference Manuevers
qualification issue.

300 NM Cross Country Flight

Basic Instrument Orientation
Advance General Handling

Upset Recovery Exercises

Airworks, T-Pattern, TOL

Cross-Country Flight
*GRAY – LESSON PHASE

Radio Navigation

Total hours
*BLUE – PROGRESS CHECK

Dual day 2. 2. 5. 4. 6. 3. 23.0

5 5 0 0 0 0
PIC/Solo day 8. 3 2. 3 7. 90.0
0 5 0 8 0
Instrument flight time 4. 6. 10.0
0 0
Aeronautical knowledge examinations CPLA Aeronautical Knowledge Examinations
(a) determine aircraft position fix solely with reference to 2 2
navigation aids and systems
(b) intercept tracks to and from navigation aids and systems 2 2
(c) maintain tracks within specified tolerances 2 2
(d) record, assess and revise timings as required 2 2
(e) recognise station passage 2 2
ONT Operate at non-towered aerodromes
A
ONT Non-towered aerodrome – pre-flight preparation
A.1
(a) interpret the extracted information 2
(b) identify all special aerodrome procedures 2
(c) check current weather forecast and local observations 2
(d) identify all relevant radio and navigation aid frequencies 2
ONT Taxi aircraft at a non-towered aerodrome or landing area
A.2
(a) refer to aerodrome or landing area chart (if available) 2
(b) set local QNH or area QNH 2
(c) broadcast intentions on appropriate frequency 2
(d) obtain and interpret traffic information 2
(e) maintain lookout for, and separation from, other aircraft, 2
wildlife and other obstructions
(f) recognise ground markings during taxi and take 2
appropriate action
(h) taxi aircraft to holding point 2
(i) use strobes when crossing any runway 2
ONT Perform departure at a non-towered aerodrome or landing
A.3 area
(a) check and ensure runway approach is clear prior to 2
entering a runway
(b) correctly set transponder code and mode prior to 2
entering runway for take-off
(c) confirm runway approaches clear in all directions prior to 2
entering runway

Issue No. 1 27
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 3 Commercial Pilot License Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
3.2 Planning Matrix

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 1314 15 161718

Advance Performance Maneuvers

1 = Achieves competency to the standard required for

Cross-Country Flight Orientation

Progress Check for AGH Phase
Ground Reference Manuevers
qualification issue.

300 NM Cross Country Flight

Basic Instrument Orientation
Advance General Handling

Upset Recovery Exercises

Airworks, T-Pattern, TOL

Cross-Country Flight
*GRAY – LESSON PHASE

Radio Navigation

Total hours
*BLUE – PROGRESS CHECK

Dual day 2. 2. 5. 4. 6. 3. 23.0

5 5 0 0 0 0
PIC/Solo day 8. 3 2. 3 7. 90.0
0 5 0 8 0
Instrument flight time 4. 6. 10.0
0 0
Aeronautical knowledge examinations CPLA Aeronautical Knowledge Examinations
(d) broadcast line up details 2
(f) transmit appropriate radio calls and maintain separation 2
with other aircraft
(g) advise air service provider of departure details, if required 2
(h) conduct departure 2
ONT Perform arrival and landing at a non-towered aerodrome or
A.4 landing area
(a) set correct area or local QNH 2
(b) use correct radio frequency to transmit inbound calls as 2
required
(c) maintain effective lookout 2
(d) maintain aircraft separation and avoid other traffic 2
(e) maintain tracking tolerances 2
(f) determine wind velocity 2
(g) determine landing direction 2
(h) confirm runway is serviceable for the operation 2
(i) determine circuit direction 2
(j) conduct landing area inspection (if applicable) 2
(k) position aircraft in the circuit in preparation for landing 2
and maintain separation from traffic
(l) make all necessary circuit radio calls 2
(m) verify runway is clear of other traffic, wildlife and other 2
obstructions
(n) land the aircraft 2
(o) vacate runway 2
(p) cancel SARWATCH, if applicable 2
OGA Operate in Class G airspace
OGA Operate aircraft in Class G airspace
(a) maintain tracking and altitude tolerances to remain 2
outside controlled airspace
(b) apply separation tolerances between IFR flights, and IFR 2
and VFR flights
(c) when using an aircraft radio:

Issue No. 1 28
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 3 Commercial Pilot License Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
3.2 Planning Matrix

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 1314 15 161718

Advance Performance Maneuvers

1 = Achieves competency to the standard required for

Cross-Country Flight Orientation

Progress Check for AGH Phase
Ground Reference Manuevers
qualification issue.

300 NM Cross Country Flight

Basic Instrument Orientation
Advance General Handling

Upset Recovery Exercises

Airworks, T-Pattern, TOL

Cross-Country Flight
*GRAY – LESSON PHASE

Radio Navigation

Total hours
*BLUE – PROGRESS CHECK

Dual day 2. 2. 5. 4. 6. 3. 23.0

5 5 0 0 0 0
PIC/Solo day 8. 3 2. 3 7. 90.0
0 5 0 8 0
Instrument flight time 4. 6. 10.0
0 0
Aeronautical knowledge examinations CPLA Aeronautical Knowledge Examinations
(i) monitor appropriate radio frequency 2
(ii) make appropriate radio calls 2
(iii) obtain operational information from air services provider and other 2
aircraft
(iv) use information to ensure aircraft separation is maintained 2
(v) apply loss of radio communication procedures 2 2
(d) using a suitable chart:
(i) operate clear of active aerodromes and landing areas in the vicinity of
the aircraft
(ii) identify and remain clear of controlled and restricted airspace 2
(iii) take appropriate action when operating in the vicinity of a danger 2
area
(e) perform actions in the event of abnormal operations and 2
emergencies
(f) recall transponder emergency code and communication 2
failure code
CTR Operate at a controlled aerodrome
CTR. Controlled aerodrome pre-flight preparation
1
(a) interpret the extracted information 2
(b) identify all special aerodrome procedures 2
(c) check current weather forecast and local observations 2
(d) identify all relevant radio and navigation aid frequencies 2
CTR. Taxi aircraft at a controlled aerodrome
2
(a) obtain and comply with ATC clearances 2
(b) manoeuvre aircraft to holding point as instructed and 2
take appropriate action to avoid other aircraft and
obstructions
(c) recognise ground markings during taxi and take 2
appropriate action
(d) recognise lighting signals and take appropriate action 2
(e) identify airport runway incursion hotspots 2
(f) manoeuvre aircraft to avoid jet blast hazard 2
(g) request taxi guidance if unsure of position 2

Issue No. 1 29
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 3 Commercial Pilot License Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
3.2 Planning Matrix

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 1314 15 161718

Advance Performance Maneuvers

1 = Achieves competency to the standard required for

Cross-Country Flight Orientation

Progress Check for AGH Phase
Ground Reference Manuevers
qualification issue.

300 NM Cross Country Flight

Basic Instrument Orientation
Advance General Handling

Upset Recovery Exercises

Airworks, T-Pattern, TOL

Cross-Country Flight
*GRAY – LESSON PHASE

Radio Navigation

Total hours
*BLUE – PROGRESS CHECK

Dual day 2. 2. 5. 4. 6. 3. 23.0

5 5 0 0 0 0
PIC/Solo day 8. 3 2. 3 7. 90.0
0 5 0 8 0
Instrument flight time 4. 6. 10.0
0 0
Aeronautical knowledge examinations CPLA Aeronautical Knowledge Examinations
(h) use strobes when crossing any runway 2
CTR. Perform departure from controlled aerodrome
3
(a) receive and correctly read back an airways clearance 2
(b) check and ensure runway approach is clear prior to 2
entering a runway
(c) correctly set transponder code and mode prior to 2
entering runway for take-off
(d) comply with ATC departure instructions 2
(e) advise ATC as soon as possible if unable to comply with 2
clearance
(f) contact approach with airborne report or give departure 2
call to tower
(g) maintain lookout 2
(h) avoid wake turbulence 2
(i) comply with airways clearances within tracking and 2
altitude tolerances and maintain traffic lookout until clear
of the aerodrome control zone
CTR. Perform arrival and landing at controlled aerodrome
4
(a) receive ATIS and correctly set the appropriate QNH 2
(b) request and receive ATC clearance and set correct 2
transponder code prior to entering control area
(c) advise ATC as soon as possible if unable to comply with 2
clearance
(d) maintain lookout at all times 2
(e) update QNH as required 2
(f) maintain tracking tolerances 2
(g) establish aircraft on the correct leg of the circuit in 2
preparation for landing and maintain separation from
traffic
(h) confirm clearance to land 2
(i) vacate runway and obtain taxi clearance 2
CTA Operate in controlled airspace

Issue No. 1 30
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 3 Commercial Pilot License Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
3.2 Planning Matrix

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 1314 15 161718

Advance Performance Maneuvers

1 = Achieves competency to the standard required for

Cross-Country Flight Orientation

Progress Check for AGH Phase
Ground Reference Manuevers
qualification issue.

300 NM Cross Country Flight

Basic Instrument Orientation
Advance General Handling

Upset Recovery Exercises

Airworks, T-Pattern, TOL

Cross-Country Flight
*GRAY – LESSON PHASE

Radio Navigation

Total hours
*BLUE – PROGRESS CHECK

Dual day 2. 2. 5. 4. 6. 3. 23.0

5 5 0 0 0 0
PIC/Solo day 8. 3 2. 3 7. 90.0
0 5 0 8 0
Instrument flight time 4. 6. 10.0
0 0
Aeronautical knowledge examinations CPLA Aeronautical Knowledge Examinations
CTA. Operate aircraft in controlled airspace
1
(a) comply with airways clearance requirements for 2
operating in all classes of airspace, including lead time
required for flight plan submission, contents, ‘clearance
void time’, and ‘readback’ requirement
(b) apply airways clearance requirements for entering, 2
operating in and departing from CTA and CTR, including
details that need to be provided to ATC, and what details
to expect from ATC
(c) maintain control area protection tolerances 2
(d) maintain tracking and altitude tolerances when operating 2
on an airways clearance
(e) reconfirm any clearance items when doubt exists 2
(f) advise ATC as soon as possible if unable to maintain 2
clearance due to adverse weather conditions
(g) follow ATC requirements for a change of level in CTA, 2
including in an emergency situation
(h) comply with departure, climb, transition to cruise 2
(levelling out), cruise, change of levels, descent and visual
approach procedures in CTA and CTR instructions
(i) apply separation standards between IFR flights, and IFR 2
and VFR flights in the various classes of CTA
(j) perform appropriate actions in the event of the loss of 2
radio communication in CTA and CTR
(k) perform appropriate actions in the event of abnormal 2
operations and emergency procedures in CTA and CTR
(l) operate under radar vectoring procedures, including radio 2
procedures and phraseologies
(m) maximum permissible time interval between ATC 2
transmissions during radar vectoring are not exceeded
(n) perform appropriate actions in the event of abnormal 2
operations and emergencies
(o) recall transponder emergency code and communication 2
failure code

Issue No. 1 31
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 3 Commercial Pilot License Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
3.2 Planning Matrix

Issue No. 1 32
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 3 Commercial Pilot License Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
3.3 Training Course Syllabus

3.3 Training Course Syllabus

3.3.1 Training Curriculum

A. Training Curriculum (incl. Time Scale and Scale in Weeks)

(110.0 hours Actual Flight Time & ** 5.0 hours Synthetic Flight Trainer Time / 19 weeks)
a. Commercial Pilot Ground Training (**170.0-hours, 8 weeks)
b. Commercial Pilot Flight Training (110.0 hours, 7 weeks)
1. Advanced General Handling Phase (50.0 hours, 6 weeks)
2. Advanced Cross-Country Phase (50.0 hours, 3-4 weeks)
3. Basic Flight Instrument Phase (10.0 hours, 1 week)
4. ** Synthetic Flight Trainer (5.0 hours, 3-5 Days)
c. CAAP Checkride (1.0-hour, 1 day)

3.3.2 Ground Training Subjects Covered

SUBJECT **HOURS
Air Law 20.0
Aircraft General Knowledge 20.0
Flight Performance and Planning 36.0
Human Performance 10.0
Meteorology 14.0
Navigation 30.0
Operational Procedures 10.0
Principles of Flight 18.0
Threat and Error Management 4.0
UPRT 5.0
Radiotelephony 12.0
TOTAL HOURS 179.0
*UPRT – Upset Prevention Recovery Training (See I.S. 2.3.3.3 Appendix C)

**Recommended hours only

1. LESSON 1
LESSON NAME: AIR LAW (PCAR 2.3.3.3 (b)(2)(i))

GROUND SCHOOL 20.0 HOURS

LESSON DESCRIPTION:

(i) International Agreements and Organizations: The Convention of Chicago;

Other International agreements: IATA agreement; Tokyo and Warsaw Convention; PIC authority
and responsibility regarding safety and security; Operators and pilots liabilities towards persons and
goods on the ground, in case of damage and injury caused by the operation of the aircraft,
Commercial practices and associated rules, dry and wet lease;
(ii) Relevant parts of ICAO Annexes: 1, 2, 7, 8, 9, 11 (and Doc 4444), 12, 13, 14,
15, 17;
(iii) Procedures for air navigation (PANS-OPS) - Aircraft Operations Doc 8168;
(iv) National law

LESSON OBJECTIVES:

To provide a review of the international rules of the air and national regulations that govern
airmen and Flights, with emphasis on licensing and operations. Also aims to provide the student with
a knowledge of the VFR and IFR Flight environment.

2. LESSON 2
LESSON NAME: AIRCRAFT GENERAL KNOWLEDGE (PCAR 2.3.3.3 (b)(2)(iI)

GROUND SCHOOL 20.0 HOURS

(i) General Navigation: Basics of navigation: The solar system; The earth, Time and time
conversions; Directions, Distance
(ii) Magnetism and compasses: General Principles, Aircraft magnetism, Knowledge of the
principles, standby and landing or main compasses and remote reading compasses
(iii) Charts: General properties of miscellaneous types of projections; The representation of
meridians; parallels; great circles and rhumb lines; The use of current aeronautical charts
(iv) Dead reckoning navigation (DR): Basics of dead reckoning; Use of the navigational computer;
The triangle of velocities; Determination of DR position; Measurement of DR elements; Resolution
of current DR problems; Measurements of maximum range, radius of action and point-of-safe-return
and point-of-equal-time
(v) In-flight navigation: Use of visual observations and application to in-flight navigation;
Navigation in climb and descent: Navigation in cruising flight, use of fixes to revise navigation data;
Flight log (including navigation records);

(vi) Radio Navigation: Radio aids: Ground D/F (including classification of bearings); ADF
(including associated beacons and use of the radio magnetic indicator); VOR and Doppler-VOR
(including the use of the radio magnetic indicator); DME (distance measuring equipment); Basic
radar principles: SSR (secondary surveillance radar and transponder); Self-contained and external
referenced navigation systems: Satellite assisted navigation: GPS/GLONASS/DGPS

LESSON OBJECTIVES:
Enabling students to learn more about the different methods of navigations and develop the skills
in reading and using aeronautical charts, usage of flight computer and other navigational aids for
cross-country flight planning and route navigation.

7. LESSON 7
LESSON NAME: OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES (PCAR 2.3.3.3 (b)(2)(vii)
GROUND SCHOOL 10.0 HOURS

LESSON DESCRIPTION:

(i) ICAO Annex 6 Parts I, II and III (as applicable)

(ii) Special operational procedures and hazards: Minimum equipment list; Ground icing; Bird strike
risk and avoidance; Noise abatement; Fire/smoke; Decompression of pressurized cabin; Winds-
shear, microburst; Wake turbulence; Security; Emergency and precautionary landings; Fuel
jettisoning;
Transport of dangerous goods; Contaminated runways;

LESSON OBJECTIVES:
Informing students about operating procedures and special procedures.

8. LESSON 8
LESSON NAME: PRINCIPLES OF FLIGHT (PCAR 2.3.3.3 (b)(2)(viii)
GROUND SCHOOL 18.0 HOURS

LESSON DESCRIPTION:

(i) Basics; laws and definitions; The two-dimensional airflow about an aerofoil: The
coefficients; The three-dimensional airflow about an airplane; The total drag; The ground
effect; The relation between the lift coefficient and the speed for constant lift; The stall;
Climax augmentation; Means to decrease the CLCD ratio, increasing drag; The boundary
layer;
(ii) Stability: Condition of equilibrium in stable horizontal flight; Methods of achieving balance;
Longitudinal stability; Static directional stability; Static lateral stability; Dynamic lateral
stability;
(iii) Control: General; Pitch control; Yaw control; Roll control; Interaction in different planes
(yaw/roll); Means to reduce control forces; Mass balance; Trimming;
(iv) Limitations: Operating limitations; Maneuvering envelope; Gust envelope;
(v) Propellers: Conversion of engine torque to thrust; Engine failure or engine stop; Design
feature for power absorption; Moments and couples due to propeller operation;
(vi) Flight mechanics: Forces acting on an airplane; Asymmetric thrust; Emergency descent;
Wind-shear;

LESSON OBJECTIVES:
Provide students a review of the principles and theories of flight. Describing the reactions of
aircraft to various control inputs.

9. LESSON 9
LESSON NAME: THREAT AND ERROR MANAGEMENT (Resource Booklet 8 Threat and
Error Management, Australian Government: Civil Aviation Safety Authority)

GROUND SCHOOL 4.0 HOURS

LESSON OBJECTIVES:
Providing students the relevant limitations of human performance and adherence to correct
procedures. Emphasizing the importance of situational awareness.

10. LESSON 10

LESSON NAME: UPSET PREVENTION AND RECOVERY TRAINING (UPRT) (PCAR

2.3.3.3(d)(2)(iii))
GROUND SCHOOL 5.0 HOURS

LESSON DESCRIPTION:

Develop the necessary competence and resilience to be able to apply appropriate recovery
techniques during upsets --- understanding how to cope with physiological and psychological aspects
of dynamic upsets in aeroplanes.

i) Aerodynamics
ii) Causes of and Contributing factors to upsets
iii) Safety review of accidents and incidents relating to aeroplane upsets
iv) G-load management
v) Energy Management
vi) Flight path management
vii) Recognition
viii) System Malfunction (including immediate handling and subsequent operational
considerations, as applicable)
ix) Additional exercises, Flight path management, manual control

LESSON OBJECTIVES:
Acquiring the knowledge to recognize and how to avoid upset situations. Learning to take
appropriate, timely and perform recoveries from upsets.
LESSON STANDARDS:
Be able to:
(1.a.i.1.a) manage and stay within the defined aircraft limits during recovery
(1.a.i.1.b) recognize and announce excessive control inputs
(1.a.i.1.c) apply the correct recovery strategy timely and effectively
(1.a.i.1.d) manage stress response during the maneuver.

11. LESSON 11
LESSON NAME: RADIOTELEPHONY (PCAR 2.3.3.3 (b)(2)(ix))
GROUND SCHOOL 12.0 HOURS

LESSON DESCRIPTION:

(i) VFR Communications: Definitions; General operating procedures; Relevant weather information
terms (VFR); Action required to be taken in case of communication failure; distress and urgency
procedures; General principles of VHF propagation and allocation of frequencies;
(ii) Morse code.

LESSON OBJECTIVES:
Enabling students to effectively communicate through knowledge of terminology, frequencies
and communication facilities.

3.3.3 Flight Time Breakdown

COMMERCIAL PILOT FLIGHT TIME BREAKDOWN

TRAINING PHASE LOCAL CROSS COUNTRY TOTAL
DUAL SOLO/ DUAL SOLO/
PIC PIC
**FLIGHT SIMULATOR (5+00)
ADVANCED GENERAL **05+00 **45+00 **50+00
HANDLING PHASE
ADVANCED CROSS- 5+00 45+00 50+00
COUNTRY PHASE
BASIC INSTRUMENT 10+00 10+00
PHASE
UPSET PREVENTION 3+00
RECOVERY TRAINING
(UPRT)
CAAP CHECKRIDE 1+00 1+00
GRAND TOTAL 111+00
**Recommended only

3.3.4 Competency Based Syllabus

3.3.4.1 Part I Advanced General Handling Phase

LESSON NO. EXERCISE DUA PIC TOTA

L TIM L
TIM E TIME
E
1 Airworks, Traffic Pattern, Take-off and Landings 8.0 8.0
(PPL Review)
2 Airworks (Advanced Performance Maneuvers) 2.5 2.5
3 Airworks (Ground-Reference Maneuvers) 2.5 2.5
4 Airworks, Traffic Pattern, Take-off and Landings 35.0 35.0
5 Progress Check for Advanced General Handling 2.0 2.0
Phase
TOTAL 5.0 37.0 50.0

Phase Objective: After completion of this phase, the Student should be able to:
 Perform maneuvers within the required allowable limits for Commercial Pilots

LESSON 1
Airworks, Traffic Pattern, Take-off and Landings (IS 2.3.3.3)
A. Objective
The applicant should –
1. Be able to practice, gain additional experience and be proficient in the review of private
pilot maneuvers assigned by the Flight Instructor.
2. Be able to demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision

making as pilot-in-command.

B. Completion Standards (AC 02-011)

This Lesson is complete when the applicant has -
1. Adequately performed maneuvers within the allowable limits of
a. Altitude - +/- 100 feet
b. Airspeed - +/- 10 knots
c. Heading – +/- 10 degrees
d. Touchdown on landing: First 1/3 of the runway
2. Competently demonstrated proficiency in performing Private Pilot maneuvers.
3. Demonstrated good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision making as pilot-
in-command.

LESSON 2
Airworks (Advanced Performance Maneuvers) (IS 2.3.3.3(a)(5))
A. Objective
The applicant will —
1. Be introduced to asked to perform required commercial pilot performance maneuvers
namely: Steep turns, Steep Spirals, Chandelles, and Lazy Eights and their related human
factors.
2. Be able to demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision
making as pilot-in-command.

B. Completion Standards (AC 02-011)

This Lesson is complete when the applicant has –
1. Adequately performed maneuvers within the allowable limits of
a. Altitude - +/- 100 feet
b. Airspeed - +/- 10 knots
c. Heading – +/- 10 degrees
d. Touchdown on landing: First 1/3 of the runway
2. Competently demonstrated proficiency in performing Commercial Pilot maneuvers and their
corresponding human factors.

LESSON 3
Airworks (Ground-Reference Maneuvers) (IS 2.3.3.3(a)(6))
A. Objective
The applicant will —
1. Be introduced to asked to perform commercial pilot ground-reference maneuver of Eights-
on-Pylons and be introduced to spin awareness and their related human factors.
2. Be able to demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision
making as pilot-in-command.

B. Completion Standards
This Lesson is complete when the applicant has —
1. Demonstrated with proficiency commercial pilot the ground-reference maneuver of Eights-
on-Pylons and its related human factors.
2. Adequately performed maneuvers within the allowable limits of
a. Altitude - +/- 100 feet
b. Airspeed - +/- 10 knots
c. Heading – +/- 10 degrees

3. Competently demonstrated good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision

making as pilot-in-command.

LESSON 4
Airworks, Traffic Pattern, Take-off and Landings (IS 2.3.3.3)
A. Objective
The applicant will —
1. Gain additional proficiency in Takeoffs and Landings, Go-around procedures, Steep Turns,
Slow Flight, Stalls, Chandelles, Lazy Eights, Eights-on-Pylons, and the Power-Off 180
accuracy approach and landing and their related human factors.
2. Be able to demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management, and decision
making as pilot-in-command

B. Completion Standards
This Lesson is complete when the applicant has —
1. Demonstrated proficiency in Takeoffs and Landings, Go-around procedures, Steep Turns,
Slow Flight, Stalls, Chandelles, Lazy Eights, Eights-on-Pylons, and the Power-Off 180
accuracy approach and landing and their related human factors.
2. Adequately performed maneuvers within the allowable limits of
a. Altitude - +/- 100 feet
b. Airspeed - +/- 10 knots
c. Heading – +/- 10 degrees
3. Competently demonstrated good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision
making as pilot-in-command.

LESSON 5
Progress Check for Advanced General Handling Phase
A. Objective
The applicant will —
1. Review all commercial pilot maneuvers with emphasis on Takeoffs and Landings, Go-around
procedures, Steep Turns, Slow Flight, Stalls, Chandelles, Lazy Eights, Eights-on-Pylons, and
the Power-Off 180 accuracy approach and landing and their related human factors.
2. Undergo a Progress Check with the CFI (or a designated FI) to demonstrate proficiency and
his general handling skills in the mentioned areas according to the completion standards.
3. Be able to demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management, and decision
making as pilot-in-command.

B. Completion Standards
This Lesson is complete when the applicant has —
1. Reviewed all commercial pilot maneuvers with emphasis on Takeoffs and Landings, Go-
around procedures, Steep Turns, Slow Flight, Stalls, Chandelles, Lazy Eights, Eights-on-
Pylons, and the Power-Off 180 accuracy approach and landing and their related human
factors.
2. Adequately demonstrated proficiency, general handling skills, and performed maneuvers
within the allowable limits of
a. Altitude - +/- 100 feet
b. Airspeed - +/- 10 knots
c. Heading – +/- 10 degrees
3. Competently demonstrated good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision
making as pilot-in-command

3.3.4.2 Part II Advanced Cross-Country Phase

LESSON NO. EXERCISE DUA PIC TOTA

L TIM L
TIM E TIME
E
1 Cross-Country Flight Orientation 5.0 5.0
2 Cross-Country Flight 38.0 38.0
3 300 NM Cross Country Flight 7.0 7.0
TOTAL 5.0 45.0 50.0

Phase Objective: After completion of this phase, the Student should be able to:
 Enhance navigation skills by flying as Pilot-in-Command (PIC) in cross country flights
 Perform one 300 NM distance cross country flight with full-stop landings at two different
aerodromes

LESSON 1
Cross-Country Flight Orientation (IS 2.3.3.3 (a)(7))
A. Objective
The applicant will –
1. Be introduced to new cross-country VFR routes and learn necessary aeronautical knowledge
and skills to fly as PIC in cross-country flights and their related human factors.
2. Gain experience in cross-country flight planning, pilotage and Dead Reckoning, radio
navigation (GPS, VOR, and ADF) and radar services, diversion, and lost procedures.

B. Completion Standards
This Lesson is complete when the applicant has –
1. Demonstrated the knowledge and skills needed to fly as PIC in cross-country flights.
2. Adequately performed proficiency in navigation using pilotage, Dead Reckoning, and radio
navigation.
3. Competently explained and demonstrated diversion and lost procedures and their related
human factors.

LESSON 2
Cross-Country Flight (2.3.3.3(c)(2)(ii)))
A. Objective
The applicant will —
1. Gain additional experience and apply the aeronautical skills and knowledge need in flying as
PIC in cross-country operations.

B. Completion Standards
This Lesson is complete when the applicant has -
1. Adequately presented the knowledge and skills needed in flying as PIC in cross-country
operations.
2. Competently demonstrated good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision
making as pilot-in-command.

LESSON 3
300 NM Cross-Country Flight (2.3.3.3(c)(2)(ii)))
A. Objective
The applicant will —
1. Be able to fly as PIC in a 300NM Distance flight in which full-stop landings at two different
aerodromes should be made (excluding departure aerodrome).
2. Be able to demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision
making as pilot-in-command.

B. Completion Standards
This Lesson is complete when the applicant has —
1. Adequately performed the 300NM flight as PIC.
Competently demonstrated good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision making as pilot-in-
command.

3.3.4.3 Part III Basic Instrument Phase

LESSON NO. EXERCISE DUA PIC TOTA

L TIM L
TIM E TIME
E
1 Orientation and Basic Flight Maneuvers 4.0 2.0
2 Radio Navigation 6.0 6.0
TOTAL 10.0 10.0

Phase Objective: After completion of this phase, the Student should be able to:
 Learn basic maneuvers with reference to flight and navigational instruments only
 Learn and understand the principles of operation of radio navigational aids

LESSON 1
Orientation and Basic Flight Maneuvers
A. Objective
The applicant should –
1. Be able to learn basic maneuvers with reference to flight and navigational instruments only.
2. Be able to recover from unusual attitudes proficiently.

B. Completion Standards (AC 02-011)

This Lesson is complete when the applicant has -
1. Adequately performed maneuvers with reference to flight and navigational instruments only.
2. Competently demonstrated recovery from unusual attitudes.
3. Demonstrated maneuvers within the allowable limits of
a. Altitude - +/- 100 feet
b. Airspeed - +/- 10 knots
c. Heading – +/- 10 degrees

LESSON 2
Radio Navigation
A. Objective
The applicant should –
1. Be able to perform maneuvers with reference to flight instruments only.

2. Be able to learn the basic principles of operation of a radio navigational aid (VOR).

B. Completion Standards (AC 02-011)

This Lesson is complete when the applicant has -
1. Adequately performed maneuvers with reference to flight instruments only.
2. Competently demonstrated proficiency in the basic principles of operations of a radio
navigational aid (VOR).
3. Demonstrated maneuvers within the allowable limits of
a. Altitude - +/- 100 feet
b. Airspeed - +/- 10 knots
c. Heading – +/- 10 degrees

3.3.4.4 Part IV Upset Prevention and Recovery Training

LESSON NO. EXERCISE DUA PIC TOTA

L TIM L
TIM E TIME
E
1 Upset recovery exercises 3.0 3.0
TOTAL 3.0 3.0

Phase Objective: After completion of this phase, the Student should be able to:
 Recover from developed upsets and correspondingly build pilot resilience

LESSON 1
Upset Recovery exercises (IS 2.3.3.3 Appendix C (b))
C. Objective
The applicant should –
1. Be able to prevent airplane upsets in various configurations and scenarios

D. Completion Standards
This Lesson is complete when the applicant has -
1. Competently demonstrated proficiency in preventing airplane upsets.
2. Adequately presented good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision making
in various scenarios.

Issue No. 1 12
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 4 Instrument Rating Training Course
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
4.1 Introduction
LICENSES AND RATINGS

4 Instrument Rating Training Course

4.1 Introduction

4.1.1 Overview

This syllabus describes the flight training and assessment activities to be undertaken during the instrument
rating training course.

The aim of the course is to provide the student with the required skills, knowledge and attitudes to safely
exercise the Private Pilot License / Commercial Pilot License privileges in reference to instrument flight.

Flight training lessons include general handling and navigation exercises incorporating operations at controlled
aerodromes and in controlled airspace, basic instrument flight and procedures in the event of abnormal
situations and emergencies, instrument flight procedures (SID’s, Approaches and Navigation), and IFR flight to
other airports. Human factors and non-technical skills awareness and application are also included.

The privileges and limitations of the commercial pilot license – aeroplane category rating is defined in PCAR
2.3.3.6.

4.1.2 Competency Standards

4.1.2.1 Practical Flight Competency Standards

Synthetic and Flight training is provided to allow the student to meet the prescribed competency standards.
Student performance is assessed against these flight competency standards. The standards required for the
completion of this course and the issue of the license are captured by the following units of competency:

Unit of competency
Communicating in the aviation environment
Perform pre- and post-flight actions and procedures
Operate aeronautical radio
Instrument flight full panel
Limited instrument panel manoeuvres
Non-technical skills 1
Non-technical skills 2
Navigate aircraft
Control aeroplane on the ground
Radio navigation – enroute
Operate in controlled airspace
Conduct an IFR flight
Conduct an instrument approach 2D

4.1.2.2 Aeronautical Knowledge Standards

The knowledge required to meet the aeronautical knowledge standards prescribed by the PCAR 2.3.3.6 may be
attained through student self-study and formal training. Theory topics and content are described in the following
units of knowledge:

Unit of knowledge
IR Air Law
IR Aircraft General Knowledge

Issue No. 1 1
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 4 Instrument Rating Training Course
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
4.1 Introduction
LICENSES AND RATINGS

IR Flight Performance and Planning

IR Human Performance
IR Meteorology
IR Navigation: Air Navigation
IR Operation Procedures
IR Principles of Flight
IR Radio Telephony
Threat and Error Management

4.1.3 Course prerequisites

This course has been developed for students who already hold at least a private pilot license and aeroplane
category rating.

Students must be at least 18 years old to apply for an instrument rating.

4.1.4 Pre-Course Assessment Flight and Course duration

The course may be undertaken on a part-time or full-time basis.

The syllabus is based on a total flight and synthetic time of 42.0 hours inclusive of the IR aeroplane category
skill test; however, the time required to achieve competency will vary from student to student.

4.1.5 Course Resources

Flight training is usually undertaken in the C-172 and its appropriate Flight Synthetic Training Device; however
any ATO approved training aircraft may also be used.

Other resources include a model aeroplane, cockpit cut-out, instrument flight hood, navigation charts and
navigation equipment.

4.1.6 Syllabus Documentation

Syllabus documentation includes:

 a planning matrix
 a flight training and theory examination summary
 a lesson plan and training record for each flight

Refer to the ATO operations manual for a guide to the use of the syllabus documents.

4.1.7 Lesson Sequence and Allowable Variations

The Planning Matrix provides the sequence of flight training lessons.

Any variations to the lesson sequence are only to be made with the prior approval of the HOT or authorizing

Issue No. 1 2
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 4 Instrument Rating Training Course
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
4.1 Introduction
LICENSES AND RATINGS

instructor.

4.1.8 Pilot in Command

The course prerequisite includes a minimum of 50 hours of cross-country Pilot-in-Command time in addition to
the 40 hours instrument dual time (maximum of 30 hours instrument ground time).

4.1.9 Non-technical Skills

4.1.10 Aeronautical Knowledge Examinations

Successful completion of the following examination is required prior to or during the course:

Subject Pass
standard
%
IR Examination 70

Aeronautical knowledge examinations are conducted in the ground examination facility. Refer to the ATO
operations manual for further information regarding the conduct of these exams.

4.1.10.1 Knowledge Deficiency Report

If a student passes any of the IR(A) aeronautical knowledge examinations with a score of less than 100%, a
report shall be prepared about the competency standards in which the student’s knowledge is deficient (a
knowledge deficiency report). Following further self-study, a senior instructor must orally assess the student’s
knowledge to ensure the deficiencies noted on the knowledge deficiency report have been addressed (i.e.
knowledge corrected to 100%).

A copy of the knowledge deficiency report for each IR(A) examination must be provided to the flight examiner
who is to conduct the flight test.

4.1.11 Flight Test

Upon successful completion of the course students must pass the IR aeroplane category flight test, prior to
making an application for the Instrument Rating.

The test is conducted by a flight examiner and involves a ground component and a flight component of
approximately 2.0 hours. An assessment of general handling competencies is included in the test.

Flight test standards are contained in PCAR IS 2.3.3.6 Appendix B and must be performed within the flight
tolerances specified in the Advisory Circulars and ATO Training Manual.

4.1.12 Document Control and Access Information

This syllabus is a managed document and is uncontrolled if printed. Refer to the version number and date in the
footer to ensure that the current syllabus is being referenced.

Issue No. 1 3
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 4 Instrument Rating Training Course
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
4.1 Introduction
LICENSES AND RATINGS

It is available in electronic format. Paper copies are also provided for use by instructors and students.

Syllabus documentation is to be read in conjunction with the ATO’s operations manual.

Issue No. 1 4
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 4 Instrument Rating Training Course
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
4.2 Planning Matrix

4.2 Planning Matrix

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 1314 15 161718

Sim. Familiarization & Basic Scanning (BS)

Progress Check for Synthetic Phase

1 = Achieves competency to the standard required for

SIDs, Approaches & Emer. Proc.

Progress Check for Inst. Phase

SIDs, STARs, and Approaches
qualification issue.

IFR Flight to another airport

BS, Partial and Full Panel
*Blue: Progress Check

Radio Navigation

Total hours
*Gray: Lesson Phase

Dual (day) 2. 2. 12 12 2. 5. 2. 2. 40.0

0 0 .0 .0 0 0 5 5
Synthetic time (day) 2. 2. 12 12 2. 30.0
0 0 .0 .0 0
Instrument flight time 5. 2. 2. 10.0
0 5 5
Aeronautical knowledge examinations IR(A) Aeronautical Knowledge Examinations
Units, Elements and Performance Criteria
C1 Communicating in the aviation environment
C1.1 Communicating face-to-face
(a) pronounces words clearly, using an accent that does not 2 1 1 1 1 1
cause difficulties in understanding
(b) conveys information in clearly structured sentences 2 1 1 1 1 1
without confusion or ambiguity
(c) uses an extensive vocabulary to accurately communicate 2 1 1 1 1 1
on general and technical topics, without excessive use of
jargon, slang or colloquial language
(d) speaks fluently without long pauses, repetition or 2 1 1 1 1 1
excessive false starts
(e) responds to communications with actions that 2 1 1 1 1 1
demonstrate that the information has been received and
understood
(f) exchanges information clearly in a variety of situations 2 1 1 1 1 1
with both expert and non-expert English speakers while
giving and receiving timely and appropriate responses
(g) uses appropriate techniques to validate communications 2 1 1 1 1 1
C1.2 Operational communication using an aeronautical radio
(a) maintain effective communication with others on 2 2 1 1 1
operational matters
(b) communicate effectively in unfamiliar, stressful or non- 2 2 1 1 1
standard situations
(c) apply the phonetic alphabet 2 2 1 1 1
(d) transmit numbers 2 2 1 1 1
(e) make appropriate transmissions using standard aviation 2 2 1 1 1
phraseology
(f) use plain English effectively when standard phraseology is 2 2 1 1 1
inadequate
(g) receive appropriate responses to transmissions 2 2 1 1 1

(h) respond to transmissions and take appropriate action 2 2 1 1 1

(i) recognise and manage communication errors and 2 2 1 1 1
misunderstandings effectively
(j) seek clarification in the time available if a message is 2 2 1 1 1
unclear or uncertainty exists
(k) react appropriately to a variety of regional accents 2 2 1 1 1
(l) communicate effectively in unexpected, stressful or non- 2 2 1 1 1
standard situations using standard phraseology or plain
English
C2 Perform pre- and post-flight actions and procedures
C2.1 Pre-flight actions and procedures
(a) complete all required pre-flight administration 2 1 1
documentation
(b) obtain, interpret and apply information contained in the 1
required pre-flight operational documentation, including
the following:
(i) minimum equipment list (MEL) 2 1 1
(ii) maintenance release 2 1 1
(iii) weather forecasts 2 1 1
(iv) local observations 2 1 1
(v) Notice to Airmen (NOTAM) 2 1 1
(vi) Aeronautical Information Package (AIP) 2 1 1
(c) identify special aerodrome procedures 2 1 1
(d) identify all relevant radio and navigation aid facilities to 2 1 1
be used during the flight (if applicable)
(e) determine the suitability of the current and forecast 2 1 1
weather conditions for the proposed flight
(f) using the aircraft documents, calculate the following for a 1 1
given set of environmental and operational conditions:
(i) weight and balance 2 1 1
(iii) take-off and landing performance 2 1 1
(iv) fuel requirements 2 1 1
(g) determine whether the aircraft is serviceable for the 2 1 1
proposed flight
C2.2 Perform pre-flight inspection
(a) identify and secure equipment and documentation that is 2 1 1
required for the flight
(b) complete an internal and external check of the aircraft 2 1 1
(c) identify all defects or damage to the aircraft 2 1 1
(d) report to, and seek advice from, qualified personnel to 2 1 1
determine the action required in relation to any identified
defects or damage
(e) ensure all aircraft locking and securing devices, covers 2 1 1
and bungs are removed and stowed securely
(f) certify the aircraft flight technical log entering any defects 2 1 1
or endorsements to permissible unserviceabilities as
appropriate
(g) complete and certify the daily inspection (if authorised to 2 1 1
do so)
C2.3 Post-flight actions and procedures
(a) shut down aircraft 2 1 1 1
(b) conduct post-flight inspection and secure the aircraft (if 2 1 1 1
applicable)

(c) complete all required post-flight administration 2 1 1 1

documentation
C3 Operate aeronautical radio
C3.1 Operate radio equipment
(a) confirm serviceability of radio equipment 2 1 1 1
(b) conduct transmission and receipt of radio 2 1 1 1
communications using appropriate procedures and
phraseology
(c) maintain a listening watch and respond appropriately to 2 1 1 1
applicable transmissions
(d) conduct appropriate emergency and urgency 2 1 1 1
transmissions
C3.2 Manage R/T equipment malfunctions
(a) perform radio failure procedures 11
(b) use fault finding procedures and perform corrective 11
actions
IFF Full instrument panel manoeuvres
IFF.1 Determine and monitor the serviceability of flight
instruments and instrument power sources
(a) determine serviceability of flight and navigational 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
instruments
(b) perform functional checks of flight and navigational 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
instruments where applicable prior to take-off
(c) monitor flight instrument and instrument power sources 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1
and react to any warnings, unserviceability or erroneous
indications
IFF.2 Perform manoeuvres using full instrument panel
(a) interpret flight instrument indications and apply 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1
procedures and techniques to achieve and maintain a
specified flight path using the aircraft's full instrument
panel
(b) set and maintain power and attitude by reference to the
full instrument panel to achieve the following:
(i) straight and level performance during normal cruise within the flight 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1
tolerances
(ii) nominated climb performance within the flight tolerances 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1
(iii) descent performance within the flight tolerances 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1
(c) set and maintain power and attitude by reference to the 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1
full instrument panel to establish a rate 1 turn onto a
nominated heading within the flight tolerances
IFF.3 Recover from upset situations and unusual attitudes
(a) correctly identify upset situations and unusual attitudes 2 1 2 1
under simulated IMC
(b) recover to controlled flight from upset situations and
unusual attitudes under simulated IMC from any
combination of the following aircraft states:
(i) high and low-nose attitudes 2 1 2 1
(ii) varying angles of bank 2 1 2 1
(iii) various power settings 2 1 2 1
(iv) various aircraft configurations 2 1 2 1
(v) unbalanced flight 2 1 2 1
IFL Limited instrument panel manoeuvres
IFL.1 Recognise failure of attitude indicator and stabilised
heading indicator

(a) monitor flight instruments and instrument power sources 3 2 1 1 1

and recognise warning indicators or erroneous instrument
indications
(b) transition from a full instrument panel to a limited 3 2 1 1 1
instrument panel
IFL.2 Perform manoeuvres – limited panel
(a) interpret and respond appropriately to instrument 3 2 1 1
indications
(b) apply power and attitude settings to achieve straight and
level performance during:
(i) normal cruise 3 2 1 1
(ii) approach configuration with flaps (when fitted) and undercarriage 3 2 1 1
down
(c) apply power and attitude settings to achieve:
(i) nominated climb performance 3 2 1 1
(ii) nominated descent performance 3 2 1 1
(iii) during climb, descent and straight and level flight, rate 1 turns onto a 3 2 1 1
nominated heading
(d) trim (as applicable) and balance aircraft 3 2 1 1
(e) establish level flight at a nominated altitude, from a climb 3 2 1 1
or descent during straight or turning flight
IFL.3 Recover from upset situations and unusual attitudes –
limited panel
(a) correctly identify upset situations and unusual attitudes 3 2 1 1
under simulated IMC
(b) recover to stabilised straight and level flight using
approved techniques from upset situations and unusual
attitudes under simulated IMC from any combination of
the following aircraft states:
(i) high and low-nose attitudes 3 2 1 1
(ii) varying angles of bank 3 2 1 1
(iii) various power settings 3 2 1 1
(iv) various aircraft configurations 3 2 1 1
(v) unbalanced flight 3 2 1 1
IFL.4 Re-establish visual flight
(a) transition from visual flight conditions to instrument flight 2 1 3
conditions while maintaining control of the aircraft
(b) perform a manoeuvre to re-establish visual flight 2 1 3
(c) implement a plan that ensures the flight continues in VMC 2 1 3
NTS1 Non-technical skills 1
NTS1 Maintain effective lookout
.1
(a) maintain traffic separation using a systematic visual scan 2 1 1
technique at a rate determined by traffic density, visibility
and terrain
(b) maintain radio listening watch and interpret 2 1 1
transmissions to determine traffic location and intentions
(c) perform airspace-cleared procedure before commencing 2 1 1
any manoeuvre
NTS1 Maintain situational awareness
.2
(a) monitor all aircraft systems using a systematic scan 2 1
technique
(b) collect information to facilitate ongoing system 2 1
management

(c) monitor flight environment for deviations from planned 2 1

operations
(d) collect flight environment information to update planned 2 1
operations
NTS1 Assess situations and make decisions
.3
(a) identify problems 2 1
(b) analyse problems 2 1
(c) identify solutions 2 1
(d) assess solutions and risks 2 1
(e) decide on a course of action 2 1
(f) communicate plans of action (if appropriate) 2 1
(g) allocate tasks for action (if appropriate)
(h) take actions to achieve optimum outcomes for the 2 1
operation
(i) monitor progress against plan 2 1
(j) re-evaluate plan to achieve optimum outcomes 2 1
NTS1 Set priorities and manage tasks
.4
(a) organise workload and priorities to ensure optimum 2
outcome of the flight
(b) plan events and tasks to occur sequentially 2
(c) anticipate events and tasks to ensure sufficient 2
opportunity for completion
(d) use technology to reduce workload and improve cognitive 2 1
and manipulative activities
NTS1 Maintain effective communications and interpersonal
.5 relationships
(a) establish and maintain effective and efficient 2 1 1
communications and interpersonal relationships with all
stakeholders to ensure the optimum outcome of the flight
(b) define and explain objectives to stakeholders 2 1 1
(c) demonstrate a level of assertiveness that ensures the 2 1 1
optimum completion of the flight
NTS2 Non-technical skills 2
NTS2 Recognise and manage threats
.1
(a) identify relevant environmental or operational threats 2 2 1 1
that are likely to affect the safety of the flight
(b) identify when competing priorities and demands may 2 2 1 1
represent a threat to the safety of the flight
(c) develop and implement countermeasures to manage 2 2 1 1
threats
(d) monitor and assess flight progress to ensure a safe 2 2 1 1
outcome, or modify actions when a safe outcome is not
assured
NTS2 Recognise and manage errors
.2
(a) apply checklists and standard operating procedures to 2 2 1 1
prevent aircraft handling, procedural or communication
errors
(b) identify committed errors before safety is affected or the 2 2 1 1
aircraft enters an undesired state
(c) monitor the following to collect and analyse information
to identify potential or actual errors:

Issue No. 1 5
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 4 Instrument Rating Training Course
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
4.2 Planning Matrix

(i) aircraft systems using a systematic scan technique 2 2 1 1

(ii) the flight environment 2 2 1 1
(iii) other crew 2 2 1 1
(d) implement countermeasures to prevent errors or take 2 2 1 1
action in the time available to correct errors before the
aircraft enters an undesired state
NTS2 Recognise and manage undesired aircraft state
.3
(a) recognise an undesired aircraft state 2 2 1
(b) prioritise tasks to ensure an undesired aircraft state is 2 2 1
managed effectively
(c) apply corrective actions to recover an undesired aircraft 2 2 1
state in a safe and timely manner
NAV Navigate aircraft
NAV. Prepare documents and flight plan
1
(a) select and prepare appropriate navigation charts for the 2 2 1 1 1
intended flight
(b) select a suitable route and altitude considering weather, 2 2 1 1 1
terrain, airspace, NOTAMs and alternate landing areas
(c) obtain and interpret meteorological forecasts, NOTAMs 2 2 1 1 1
and operational information applicable to the planned
flight
(d) determine whether the planned flight can be conducted 2 2 1 1 1
under the applicable flight rules and taking account of the
beginning and end of daylight times
(e) calculate and document critical point (CP) and point of no 2 2 1 11
return (PNR) locations
(f) complete a flight plan to the planned destination and 2 2 1 1 1
alternates
(g) lodge suitable flight notification for search and rescue 2 2 1 1 1
(SAR) purposes
NAV. Comply with airspace procedures while navigating
2
(a) identify airspace restrictions and dimensions applicable to 3 2 2 1 1
the flight
(b) obtain and comply with air traffic clearances, if applicable 3 2 2 1 1
(c) comply with airspace procedures applicable to the 3 2 2 1 1
airspace classification throughout the flight
NAV. Conduct departure procedures
3
(a) organise cockpit to ensure charts, documentation and 3 2 2 1 1 1
navigational calculator are accessible from the control
seat
(b) comply with all departure procedures, clearances and 3 2 2 1 1 1
noise abatement requirements
(c) establish planned track on departure within 5 nm of
airfield or apply alternative procedure if required
(d) calculate estimated time of arrival (ETA) for first waypoint 3 2 2
NAV. Navigate aircraft enroute
4
(a) maintain a navigation cycle that ensures accurate 3 2 2 2 1 1
tracking, and apply track correctional techniques to re-
establish track prior to waypoint or destination
(b) maintain heading to achieve a nominated track 3 2 2 2 1 1
(c) maintain and revise ETAs (±2 minutes) for waypoint or 2 2 2 1

Issue No. 1 6
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 4 Instrument Rating Training Course
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
4.2 Planning Matrix

destination
(d) maintain track in accordance with published flight path 2 2 2 1 1
tolerances in controlled airspace
(e) navigate using accepted map-reading techniques 2 2 2 1 1
(f) maintain navigation and fuel log to monitor tracking, ETAs 2 2 2 1
and fuel status
(g) use appropriate techniques to obtain a positive fix at 2 2 2 1
suitable intervals
(h) maintain awareness of route, enroute terrain, enroute 2 2 2 1 1
and destination weather, and react appropriately to
changing weather conditions
(i) perform pre-descent and turning point checks 2 2 2 1 1
(j) maintain appropriate radio communication and listening 3 2 2 2 1 1
watch with ATS and other aircraft if radio is fitted and
used
(k) configure the aircraft as required for the following
environmental and operational conditions:
(i) turbulence 3 2
(ii) holding 3 2
(iii) maximum range 3 2
(l) maintain awareness of search and rescue times 2 2
(SARTIME) and revise as required
(m) monitor aircraft systems, manage fuel and engine to 3 2 2 2
ensure aircraft is operated to achieve flight plan
objectives
NAV. Perform lost procedure
6
(a) acknowledge positional uncertainty in a timely manner 2 1
(b) configure aircraft for range and endurance as required 2 1
(c) apply recognised method to re-establish aircraft position 2 1
(d) fix position 2 1
(e) use radio to request assistance, if applicable 2 1
(f) plan a timely precautionary search and landing if unable 2 1
to complete flight safely to suitable aerodrome
NAV. Perform diversion procedure
7
(a) make timely decision to divert 3 2 2 1 1
(b) identify an acceptable alternate aerodrome 3 2 2 1 1
(c) select a suitable route and cruising level 3 2 2 1 1
(d) revise flight plan considering weather, terrain, airspace 3 2 2 1 1
and fuel available
(e) advise ATS of an intention to divert 3 2 2 1 1
NAV. Use instrument navigation systems
8
(a) initialise navigation system (as applicable) 3 2 2 2 2 1
(b) conduct navigation system validity check (as applicable)
(c) conduct RAIM check if required
(d) select, load, check and activate the flight plan (as 3 2 2 2 2 1
applicable)
(e) operate instrument navigation systems correctly 3 2 2 2 2 1
(f) use instrument navigation systems to assist with 3 2 2 2 2 1
navigation
(g) confirm waypoints and fixes using instrument navigation 3 2 2 2 2 1
systems

Issue No. 1 7
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 4 Instrument Rating Training Course
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
4.2 Planning Matrix

NAV. Execute arrival procedures

9
(a) obtain updated relevant aerodrome information 2 2 2 1 1 1
(b) determine landing direction and aerodrome suitability 2 2 2 1 1 1
(c) conduct arrival 2 2 2 1 1 1
(d) identify and avoid all traffic 2 2 2 1 1 1
(e) observe local and published noise abatement 2 2 2 1 1 1
requirements and curfews
RNE Radio navigation – enroute
RNE. Operate and monitor radio navigation aids and systems
1
(a) select and operate navigation aids and systems 2 2 2 1 1 1
(b) monitor and take appropriate action in relation to the 2 2 2 1 1 1
integrity of navigation aid systems information
RNE. Navigate the aircraft using navigation aids and systems
2
(a) determine aircraft position fix solely with reference to 3 2 2 1 1 1
navigation aids and systems
(b) intercept tracks to and from navigation aids and systems 3 2 2 1 1 1
(c) maintain tracks within specified tolerances 3 2 2 1 1 1
(d) record, assess and revise timings as required 3 2 2 1 1 1
(e) recognise station passage 3 2 2 1 1 1
CTR Operate at a controlled aerodrome
CTR. Controlled aerodrome pre-flight preparation
1
(a) interpret the extracted information 2 2 2
(b) identify all special aerodrome procedures 2 2 2
(c) check current weather forecast and local observations 2 2 2
(d) identify all relevant radio and navigation aid frequencies 2 2 2
CTR. Taxi aircraft at a controlled aerodrome
2
(a) obtain and comply with ATC clearances 2
(b) manoeuvre aircraft to holding point as instructed and 2
take appropriate action to avoid other aircraft and
obstructions
(c) recognise ground markings during taxi and take 2
appropriate action
(d) recognise lighting signals and take appropriate action 2
(e) identify airport runway incursion hotspots 2
(f) manoeuvre aircraft to avoid jet blast hazard 2
(g) request taxi guidance if unsure of position 2
(h) use strobes when crossing any runway 2
CTR. Perform departure from controlled aerodrome
3
(a) receive and correctly read back an airways clearance 2
(b) check and ensure runway approach is clear prior to 2
entering a runway
(c) correctly set transponder code and mode prior to 2
entering runway for take-off
(d) comply with ATC departure instructions 2
(e) advise ATC as soon as possible if unable to comply with 2
clearance
(f) contact approach with airborne report or give departure 2
call to tower

Issue No. 1 8
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 4 Instrument Rating Training Course
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
4.2 Planning Matrix

(g) maintain lookout 2

(h) avoid wake turbulence 2
(i) comply with airways clearances within tracking and 2
altitude tolerances and maintain traffic lookout until clear
of the aerodrome control zone
CTR. Perform arrival and landing at controlled aerodrome
4
(a) receive ATIS and correctly set the appropriate QNH 2
(b) request and receive ATC clearance and set correct 2
transponder code prior to entering control area
(c) advise ATC as soon as possible if unable to comply with 2
clearance
(d) maintain lookout at all times 2
(e) update QNH as required 2
(f) maintain tracking tolerances 2
(g) establish aircraft on the correct leg of the circuit in 2
preparation for landing and maintain separation from
traffic
(h) confirm clearance to land 2
(i) vacate runway and obtain taxi clearance 2
CTA Operate in controlled airspace
CTA. Operate aircraft in controlled airspace
1
(a) comply with airways clearance requirements for 3 2 2 2 1
operating in all classes of airspace, including lead time
required for flight plan submission, contents, ‘clearance
void time’, and ‘readback’ requirement
(b) apply airways clearance requirements for entering, 3 2 2 2 1
operating in and departing from CTA and CTR, including
details that need to be provided to ATC, and what details
to expect from ATC
(c) maintain control area protection tolerances
(d) maintain tracking and altitude tolerances when operating 3 2 2 2 1
on an airways clearance
(e) reconfirm any clearance items when doubt exists 3 2 2 2 1
(f) advise ATC as soon as possible if unable to maintain 3 2 2 2 1
clearance due to adverse weather conditions
(g) follow ATC requirements for a change of level in CTA,
including in an emergency situation
(h) comply with departure, climb, transition to cruise 3 2 2 2 1
(levelling out), cruise, change of levels, descent and visual
approach procedures in CTA and CTR instructions
(i) apply separation standards between IFR flights, and IFR 3 2 2 2 1
and VFR flights in the various classes of CTA
(j) perform appropriate actions in the event of the loss of 3 2 2 2 1
radio communication in CTA and CTR
(k) perform appropriate actions in the event of abnormal 3 2 2 2 1
operations and emergency procedures in CTA and CTR
(l) operate under radar vectoring procedures, including radio 3 2 2 2 1
procedures and phraseologies
(m) maximum permissible time interval between ATC 3 2 2 2 1
transmissions during radar vectoring are not exceeded
(n) perform appropriate actions in the event of abnormal 3 2 2 2 1
operations and emergencies
(o) recall transponder emergency code and communication 3 2 2 2 1

Issue No. 1 9
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 4 Instrument Rating Training Course
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
4.2 Planning Matrix

failure code
CIR Conduct an IFR flight
CIR.1 Plan a flight under the IFR
(a) determine aircraft is properly equipped and serviceable 3 2 2 2 1 1
for IFR flight;
(b) possess and use all the required documentation that is 3 2 2 2 1 1
current to plan an IFR flight;
(c) prepare an accurate flight plan that ensures all applicable 3 2 2 2 1 1
operational requirements are met;
(d) make flight notification; 3 2 2 2 1 1
(e) check navigation system database is current; 3 2 2 2 1 1
(f) conduct RAIM check if required;
CIR.2 Perform an instrument departure
(a) prepare aircraft and aircraft systems for departure; 3 2 2 2 1 1
(b) demonstrate consideration of and planning for non- 3 2 2 2 1 1
normal and emergencies during departure;
(c) demonstrate adequate knowledge of both of published 3 2 2 2 1 1
and cleared and non-published and non-cleared
instrument departures;
(d) establish lowest take-off minima required considering 3 2 2 2 1 1
aircraft performance, aerodrome, available instrument
approaches and environmental conditions;
(e) conduct instrument departure to comply with obstacle 3 2 2 2 1 1
clearance requirements.
CIR.3 Conduct a published instrument departure (all engines)
(a) perform a SID or other published departure; 3 2 2 2 1
(b) maintain assigned SID, including all tracks, headings, 3 2 2 2 1
altitudes and speeds;
(c) perform a cleared departure safely and maintain tracks, 3 2 2 2 1
headings, altitudes and speeds within specified
tolerances.
CIR.4 Conduct a published instrument departure (one-engine
inoperative)
(a) for single-engine aircraft instrument endorsements: 3 2 2 2 1
(i) following engine failure establish optimum flight path and manoeuvres 3 2 2 2 1
aircraft towards most suitable terrain considering conditions;
(ii) time permitting conduct checklists and radio calls. 3 2 2 2 1
CIR.6 Perform a descent and arrival under the IFR
(a) demonstrate adequate knowledge of the published 3 2 2 2 1
procedures for the conduct of a descent and arrival to an
aerodrome;
(b) perform a descent and published arrival procedure to an 3 2 2 2 1
aerodrome.
CIR.7 Perform a published holding procedure
(a) demonstrate adequate knowledge of a published holding 3 2 2 2 2 1
procedure;
(b) track aircraft to the holding fix and performs holding 3 2 2 2 2 1
procedure (entry, full holding pattern and exit) safely.
CIR.8 Perform an instrument approach 2D
(a) demonstrate adequate knowledge of published 3 2 2 2 1
procedures associated with an instrument approach;
(b) perform an instrument approach unique to the 3 2 2 2 1
instrument approach type;
(c) maintain a stabilised flight path within specified 3 2 2 2 1

Issue No. 1 10
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 4 Instrument Rating Training Course
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
4.2 Planning Matrix

tolerances during the approach procedure.

CIR.10 Perform visual approach operations (includes visual circling where
applicable)
(a) demonstrate adequate knowledge of published 3 2 2 2 1
procedures for the conduct of a visual approach;
(b) conduct a visual circling approach requiring at least a 3 2 2 2 1
90o change of heading to establish the aircraft onto the
final approach leg to the specified runway whilst
maintaining a stabilised flight path.
IAP2 Conduct an instrument approach 2D
IAP2.1 Prepares for approach
(a) review latest available information for destination; 3 2 2 2 1
(b) conduct navigation system validity check (as applicable); 3 2 2 2 1
(c) conduct RAIM check if required;
(d) select and brief current approach chart for the approach 3 2 2 2 1
to be flown;
(e) check and confirm navigation aid required for the 3 2 2 2 1
approach is serviceable
IAP2.2 Conducts initial approach
(a) set altimeter QNH correctly; 3 2 2 2 1
(b) manoeuvre aircraft to the holding fix. 3 2 2 2 1
IAP2.3 Conducts a holding pattern
(a) from the holding fix enter and perform a holding pattern; 3 2 2 2 1
(b) fly aircraft in accordance with procedure. 3 2 2 2 1
IAP2.4 Conducts an approach
(a) update and set Altimeter QNH; 3 2 2 2 1
(b) approach performed correctly and within published 3 2 2 2 1
tolerances;
(c) navigation aid signal integrity monitored during approach; 3 2 2 2 1
(d) from the final approach fix to minima aircraft is flown to a 3 2 2 2 1
stabilised descent profile;
(e) after establishing visual reference, a visual circling or 3 2 2 2 1
runway approach is conducted for a landing on the
selected runway.
IAP2.5 Conducts a missed approach
(a) conditions requiring a missed approach are recognised 3 2 2 2 1
and missed approach is initiated;
(b) aircraft is manoeuvred to MAPt; 3 2 2 2 1
(c) missed approach procedure is conducted in accordance 3 2 2 2 1
with the IAL chart;
(d) obstacle clearance in IMC or simulated IMC is maintained. 3 2 2 2 1

Issue No. 1 11
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 4 Instrument Rating Training Course
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
4.3 Training Course Syllabus
LICENSES AND RATINGS

4.3 Training Course Syllabus

4.3.1 Training Curriculum

A. Training Curriculum (incl. Time Scale and Scale in Weeks)

(10.0 hours Actual Flight Time & ** 30.0 hours Synthetic Flight Trainer Time / 10 weeks)
Pre-entry requirements: 50.0 hours cross-country PIC time;
a. Instrument Rating Ground Training (**150.0-hours, 5 weeks)
b. Instrument Rating Flight Training (40.0 hours, 5 weeks)
1. Synthetic Flight Trainer Phase (30.0 hours, 3 weeks)
2. Instrument Flying Phase (10.0 hours, 1-2 weeks)
c. CAAP Checkride (2.0-hours, 1 day)

4.3.2 Ground Training Subjects Covered

SUBJECT **HOURS
Air Law 20.0
Aircraft General Knowledge 16.0
Flight Performance and Planning 14.0
Human Performance 10.0
Meteorology 14.0
Navigation 48.0
Operational Procedures 8.0
Radiotelephony 16.0
Threat and Error Management 4.0
TOTAL HOURS 150.0

**Recommended hours only

1. LESSON 1
LESSON NAME: AIR LAW (PCAR 2.3.3.6 (b)(1)(i))

GROUND SCHOOL 20.0 HOURS

LESSON DESCRIPTION:

(i) International Agreements and Organizations: The Convention of Chicago;

Other International agreements: IATA agreement, Tokyo and Warsaw Convention; PIC authority and
responsibility regarding safety and security, Operators and pilots liabilities towards persons and goods on the
ground, in case of damage and injury caused by the operation of the aircraft, Commercial practices and
associated rules: dry and wet lease
(ii) Relevant parts of ICAO Annexes: 1. 2. 7; 8, 9, 11 (and Doc 4444), 12, 13, 14,15;
(iii) Procedures for air navigation (PANS-OPS) - Aircraft Operations Doc 8168;
(iv) National law

LESSON OBJECTIVES:
To inform students of the rules of the air and regulations relevant to flight under IFR: related air traffic
services and procedures.

2. LESSON 2
LESSON NAME: AIRCRAFT GENERAL KNOWLEDGE PCAR 2.3.3.6 (b)(1)(ii))

GROUND SCHOOL 16.0 HOURS

LESSON DESCRIPTION:

(i) Airframe and systems, electrics, powerplant, emergency equipment

(A) Airframe and systems: Air driven systems (piston engines only), Air driven systems (turbo propeller
and jet aircraft), Non-pneumatic operated de-ice and anti-ice systems, Fuel systems
(B) Electrics: Direct Current (DC), Basic radio propagation theory
(C) Flight instruments: Air data instruments, Gyroscopic instruments, Magnetic Compass, Radio
Altimeter; Electronic Flight Instrument System (EFTS), Flight Management System (FMS)
(D) Automatic flight control system: Flight director; Autopilot; Yaw damper/Stability augmentation
system;
(E) Warning and recording equipment: Warnings general; Stall warning;

LESSON OBJECTIVES:
To inform students of the use, limitation and serviceability of avionics and instruments necessary for the
control and navigation of airplanes under IFR and in instrument meteorological conditions.

3. LESSON 3
LESSON NAME: FLIGHT PERFORMANCE AND PLANNING(PCAR 2.3.3.6 (b)(1)(iii))

GROUND SCHOOL 14.0 HOURS

LESSON DESCRIPTION:

(i) Flight planning and flight monitoring:

(A) Flight plan for cross country flights: Navigation plan, Fuel plan, Flight monitoring and in-flight re-
planning, Radio communication and navigation aids;
(B) ICAO ATC flight plan: Types of flight plan, Completing the flight plan, Filling the flight plan,
Closing the flight plan, Adherence to flight plan
(C) Practical flight planning: Chart preparation; Navigation plans; Simple fuel plans, Radio planning
practice
(D) IFR (airways) flight planning: Meteorological considerations, Selection of routes to destination and
alternates, General flight planning tasks,
(E) Practical completion of a flight plan (flight plan, flight log, nay log, ATC plan, etc.): Extraction of
data

LESSON OBJECTIVES:
To inform students of the pre-flight preparations and checks appropriate to flight under IFR.

4. LESSON 4
LESSON NAME: HUMAN PERFORMANCE (PCAR 2.3.3.6 (b)(1)(iv))
GROUND SCHOOL 10.0 HOURS

LESSON DESCRIPTION:

(i) Human factors basic concepts: Human factors in aviation, Accident statistics, Flight safety concepts
(ii) Basic aviation physiology: Basics of flight physiology, Man and environment: the sensory system;
Health and Hygiene;
(iii) Basic aviation psychology: Human information processing; Human error and reliability; Decision
making; Avoiding and managing errors: cockpit management; Personality; Human overload and
underload, Advanced cockpit automation

LESSON OBJECTIVES:
To inform students of the human performance relevant to instrument flight in airplanes.

5. LESSON 5
LESSON NAME: METEOROLOGY (PCAR 2.3.3.6 (b)(2)(v))

GROUND SCHOOL 14.0 HOURS

LESSON DESCRIPTION:

(i) The atmosphere: Composition, extent, vertical division; Temperature; Atmospheric pressure; Atmospheric
density; Altimetry;
(ii) Wind: Definition and measurement: General circulation; Turbulence: Variation of wind with height; Local
winds; Standing waves;
(iii) Thermodynamics: Humidity; Change of state of aggregation; Adiabatic processes
(iv) Clouds and Fog: Cloud formation and description; Fog, mist, haze
(v) Precipitation: Development and types of precipitation;
(vi) Airmasses and fronts: Types of airmasses; Fronts;
(vii) Pressure systems: Location of the principal pressure areas, Anticyclone, Non frontal depressions;
(viii) Climatology: Typical weather situations in mid-latitudes; Local seasonal weather and wind
(ix) Flight hazards: Icing, Turbulence; Wind-shear; Thunderstorms; Low and high level inversions; Hazards in
mountainous areas;
(x) Meteorological information: Observation, Weather charts, Information for flight planning

LESSON OBJECTIVES:
To inform students of the application of aeronautical meteorology related to IFR flight.

6. LESSON 6
LESSON NAME: NAVIGATION (PCAR 2.3.3.6 (b)(2)(vi))

GROUND SCHOOL 48.0 HOURS

LESSON DESCRIPTION:

(i) General Navigation:

(ii) Charts: The use of current aeronautical charts
(iii) Radio Navigation: Radio aids: Ground D/F (including classification of bearings); ADF (including
associated beacons and use of the radio magnetic indicator); VOR and Doppler-VOR (including the use of the
radio magnetic indicator); DME (distance measuring equipment); ILS (instrument landing
(iv) system); MLS (Microwave landing system);
(v) Basic radar principles: Pulse techniques and associated terms; Ground radar; Airborne weather radar; SSR
(secondary surveillance radar and transponder); Use of radar observations and application to in-flight
navigation;
(vi) Area navigation systems: General philosophy; Typical flight deck equipment and operation; Instrument
indications; Types of area navigation system inputs; VOR/DME area navigation (RNAV);
(vii) Self-contained and external-referenced navigation systems: Satellite assisted navigation:
GPS/GLONASS/DGPS

LESSON OBJECTIVES:
To inform students of the use, accuracy, and reliability of navigation systems used in departure, enroute,
approach and landing phases of flight relevant to IFR flight.

7. LESSON 7
LESSON NAME: OPERATIONAL PROCEDURES (PCAR 2.3.3.6 (b)(2)(vii)
GROUND SCHOOL 8.0 HOURS

LESSON DESCRIPTION:

(i) General
(ii) Special operational procedures and hazards: General

LESSON OBJECTIVES:
To inform students of the interpretation and use of aeronautical documentation such as AIP, NOTAM, and

instrument procedure charts for departure, en-route, descent and approach relevant to IFR flight.

8. LESSON 8
LESSON NAME: RADIOTELEPHONY PCAR 2.3.3.6 (b)(1)(viii))
GROUND SCHOOL 16.0 HOURS

LESSON DESCRIPTION:

(i) IFR Communications: Definitions; General operating procedures; Action required to be taken in case of
communication failure; distress and urgency procedures; General principles of VHF propagation and
allocation of frequencies; Morse code.

LESSON OBJECTIVES:
To inform students of radiotelephony procedures and phraseology as applied to aircraft operations under IFR,
action to be taken in case of communication failure.

9. LESSON 9
LESSON NAME: THREAT AND ERROR MANAGEMENT (Resource Booklet 8 Threat and Error
Management, Australian Government: Civil Aviation Safety Authority)

GROUND SCHOOL 4.0 HOURS

LESSON OBJECTIVES:
To provide students the relevant limitations of human performance and adherence to correct procedures.
Emphasizing the importance of situational awareness.

4.3.3 Flight Time Breakdown

INSTRUMENT RATING FLIGHT TIME BREAKDOWN

TRAINING SYNTHETIC LOCAL CROSS TOTAL
PHASE TIME COUNTRY
DUAL SOLO/ DUAL SOLO/
PIC PIC
SYNTHETIC 30+00 30+00
FLIGHT
TRAINER
PHASE
INSTRUMENT 10+00** 10+00
FLIGHT PHASE
CAAP 2+00 2+00 2+00
CHECKRIDE
GRAND TOTAL 42+00

**Recommended minimums only

4.3.4 Competency Based Syllabus

4.3.4.1 Part I Synthetic Flight Trainer Phase

LESSON NO. EXERCISE SYNTHETIC TOTAL

(DUAL) TIME TIME

1 Simulator Familiarization & Basic Scanning 2.0 2.0

2 Basic Scanning, Partial and Full Panel 2.0 2.0

3 Radio Navigation 12.0 12.0

4 SID’s, Approaches, and Emergency Procedures 12.0 12.0
5 Progress Check for Synthetic Flight Trainer Phase 2.0 2.0
TOTAL 30.0 30.0

Phase Objective: After completion of this phase, the Student should be able to:
 Learn and understand the principles of operation of different radio navigational aids.
 Perform Instrument Departures and Approaches, Emergency Procedures, and other
elements of IFR Flight.

LESSON 1
Simulator Familiarization & Basic Scanning (IS 2.3.3.6)
A. Objective
The applicant should –
1. Be acquainted with the aircraft systems related to IFR operations.
2. Be able to perform basic maneuvers with reference to flight instruments.
3. Be able to demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision
making.
B. Completion Standards (AC 02-010)
This Lesson is complete when the applicant has -
1. Competently demonstrated proficiency in performing basic maneuvers with reference solely
to flight instruments.
2. Adequately performed maneuvers within the allowable limits of
a. Altitude - +/- 100 feet
b. Airspeed - +/- 10 knots
c. Heading – +/- 10 degrees
3. Adequately shown familiarity and understanding of the aircraft systems related to IFR
operations.
4. Demonstrated good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision making.

LESSON 2
Basic Scanning, Partial and Full panel (IS 2.3.3.6(a)(7)(iv))
A. Objective
The applicant will —
1. Be introduced to partial panel flight and tasked to fly the airplane with inoperative flight
instruments.
2. Be proficient in recovery from unusual flight attitudes and partial panel flight and its related
human factors.
3. Be able to demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision
making.

B. Completion Standards (AC 02-010)

This Lesson is complete when the applicant has –
1. Competently demonstrated proficiency in flying partial panel and recovering from unusual
attitudes and its related human factors.
2. Adequately performed maneuvers within the allowable limits of
a. Altitude - +/- 100 feet
b. Airspeed - +/- 10 knots
c. Heading – +/- 10 degrees
3. Demonstrated good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision making.

LESSON 3
Radio Navigation (IS 2.3.3.6)
A. Objective
The applicant will —
1. Be able to perform lessons/maneuvers with reference to flight instruments.
2. Be introduced to and demonstrate proficiency in ADF/NDB, VOR, and DME operations
(homing, interception, navigation, tracking).
3. Be introduced to and demonstrate proficiency in cross-fixing, holding, and entry procedures.
4. Be able to demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision
making.

B. Completion Standards (AC 02-010)

This Lesson is complete when the applicant has —
1. Demonstrated with proficiency ADF/NDB, VOR, and DME operations (homing,
interception, navigation, tracking).
2. Adequately demonstrated cross-fixing, holding, and entry procedures.
3. Adequately performed maneuvers within the allowable limits of
a. Altitude - +/- 100 feet
b. Airspeed - +/- 10 knots
c. Heading – +/- 10 degrees
d. Tracks a course, radial, or bearing within ¾ scale deflection of the CDI
4. Competently demonstrated good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision
making.

LESSON 4
SID’s, Approaches, and Emergency Procedures (IS 2.3.3.6)
A. Objective
The applicant will —
1. Be oriented to procedures required for IFR flight.
2. Be able to interpret and perform SID and Approach (Non-precision, Precision (ILS), Missed,
Circling, and landing from a straight-in or circling) charts.
3. Be oriented and conduct IFR radio communications and procedures.
4. Be able to demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management, and decision
making.

B. Completion Standards (AC 02-010)

This Lesson is complete when the applicant has —
1. Competently interpreted and performed SID and Approach (Non-precision, Precision (ILS),
Missed, Circling, and landing from a straight-in or circling) charts.
2. Adequately performed maneuvers within the allowable limits of
a. Altitude - +/- 100 feet
b. Airspeed - +/- 10 knots
c. Heading – +/- 10 degrees
d. Tracks a course, radial or bearing within ¾ scale deflection of the CDI
3. Proficiently conducted IFR radio communications and procedures.
4. Competently demonstrated good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision
making as pilot-in-command.

LESSON 5
Progress Check for Synthetic Flight Training Phase

A. Objective
The applicant will —
1. Undergo a Progress Check with the CFI (or a designated FI) to demonstrate proficiency in
IFR operations (Radio navigation, SIDs, Approaches, and Emergency Procedures) in the
mentioned areas according to the completion standards.
2. Be able to demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management, and decision
making.

B. Completion Standards (AC 02-010)

This Lesson is complete when the applicant has —
1. Demonstrated with proficiency in IFR operations (Radio navigation, SIDs, Approaches, and
Emergency Procedures) in the mentioned areas according to the completion standards.
2. Performed maneuvers within the allowable limits of
a. Altitude - +/- 100 feet
b. Airspeed - +/- 10 knots
c. Heading – +/- 10 degrees
d. Tracks a course, radial or bearing within ¾ scale deflection of the CDI
3. Competently demonstrated good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision
making.

4.3.4.2 Part II Actual Instrument Flight Phase

LESSON NO. EXERCISE SYNTHETIC SYNTHETIC TOTAL

(DUAL) TIME (PIC) TIME TIME

1 SIDs, STARs, and Approaches 5.0 5.0

2 IFR flight to other airport 2.5 2.5
3 Progress Check for Instrument Flight Phase 2.5 2.5
4 CAAP Checkride 2.0 2.0
TOTAL 10.0 2.0 12.0

Phase Objective: After completion of this phase, the Student should be able to:
 Demonstrate proficiency in ground operations, taxiing, take-offs, normal traffic pattern
procedures, and landings at an airport with an operating control tower.
 Perform Instrument Departures and Approaches, Emergency Procedures, and other
elements of IFR Flight.
 Conduct IFR radio communications and procedures.

LESSON 1
SIDs, STARs, and Approaches (IS 2.3.3.6 (a)(6))
A. Objective
The applicant will –
1. Perform lessons/maneuvers previously discussed with reference to flight instruments only.
2. Be re-oriented and should demonstrate understanding of normal and emergency procedures
required for IFR flight.
3. Be oriented to and demonstrate proficiently knowledge on SIDs, STARs, and precision and
non-precision approaches.

B. Completion Standards (AC 02-010)

This Lesson is complete when the applicant has –
1. Competently performed lessons/maneuvers previously discussed with reference to flight

instruments within the allowable limits of

a. Altitude - +/- 100 feet
b. Airspeed - +/- 10 knots
c. Heading – +/- 10 degrees
d. Tracks a course, radial or bearing within ¾ scale deflection of the CDI
2. Adequately performed proficiency in normal and emergency procedures required for IFR
flight.
3. Competently demonstrated proficiency in knowledge and skill on SIDs, STARs, and
precision and non-precision approaches.

LESSON 2
IFR flight to other airport
A. Objective
The applicant will —
1. Perform lessons/ maneuvers with reference to flight instruments.
2. Review instrument departure, approach, and radar vector procedures.
3. Be oriented to IFR flight to another airport.

B. Completion Standards (AC 02-010)

This Lesson is complete when the applicant has —
1. Competently performed lessons/maneuvers previously discussed with reference to flight
instruments within the allowable limits of
a. Altitude - +/- 100 feet
b. Airspeed - +/- 10 knots
c. Heading – +/- 10 degrees
d. Tracks a course, radial or bearing within ¾ scale deflection of the CDI
2. Adequately performed an IFR flight to another airport.
3. Demonstrated proficiency in instrument departure, approach, and radar vector procedures.
4. Competently demonstrated good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision
making as pilot-in-command.

LESSON 3
Progress Check for Instrument flight phase
A. Objective
The applicant will —
1. Undergo a Progress Check with the CFI (or a designated FI) to demonstrate proficiency in
IFR operations (Radio navigation, SIDs, Approaches, and Emergency Procedures) in the
mentioned areas according to the completion standards.
2. Be able to demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management, and decision
making.

B. Completion Standards (AC 02-010)

This Lesson is complete when the applicant has —
1. Demonstrated with proficiency in IFR operations (Radio navigation, SIDs, Approaches, and
Emergency Procedures) in the mentioned areas according to the completion standards.
2. Adequately demonstrated flight with reference to flight and navigational instruments only.
3. Performed maneuvers within the allowable limits of
a. Altitude - +/- 100 feet
b. Airspeed - +/- 10 knots
c. Heading – +/- 10 degrees
d. Tracks a course, radial or bearing within ¾ scale deflection of the CDI

4. Competently demonstrated good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision

making.

Issue No. 1 9
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 5 Flight Instructor License Training Course
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
5.1 Introduction
LICENSES AND RATINGS

5 Flight Instructor License Training Course

5.1 Introduction

5.1.1 Overview

This syllabus provides guidance on flight instructor rating training and addresses the grant of flight instructor
ratings. It also provides guidance on the training requirements for training endorsements. The documents will be
of interest to the applicant for a flight instructor rating or a training endorsement, flight training operators who
conduct training for flight instructor ratings and training endorsements, and flight instructors rating instructors
who will deliver the training.

The syllabus consists of chapters and supporting annexes. Each chapter addresses a particular aspect of the
training, training for the rating, or training for a training endorsement.

The privileges and limitations of the Flight Instructor license – aeroplane category rating is defined in PCAR
2.3.3.11

5.1.2 Competency Standards

5.1.2.1 Practical Flight Competency Standards

Flight training is provided to allow the student to meet the prescribed competency standards. Instructor
performance is assessed against these flight competency standards. The standards required for the completion of
this course and the issue of the license are captured by the following units of competency:

Unit of competency
Pre-Flight Procedures
Aerodrome Operations
Take-Off, Go-Around, Landing
Fundamentals of Flight
Performance Maneuvers
Ground Reference Maneuvers
Slow Flight, Stalls, and Spins
Basic Instrument Maneuvers
Emergency Operations

5.1.2.2 Aeronautical Knowledge Standards

The knowledge required to meet the aeronautical knowledge standards prescribed by the PCAR 2.3.3.11 may be
attained through student self-study and formal training. Theory topics and content are described in the following
units of knowledge:

Unit of knowledge
Theoretical Knowledge
Assessment of Student Performance
Learning Process
Teaching Process
Training Philosophies and Evaluation
Training Program Development
Lesson Planning
Teaching Methods

Issue No. 1 1
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 5 Flight Instructor License Training Course
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
5.1 Introduction
LICENSES AND RATINGS

Use of Training Aids

Analysis and Correction of Student Errors
Human Performance
Threat and Error Management

5.1.3 Course prerequisites

This course has been developed for students who already hold a commercial pilot license and aeroplane
category rating.

The applicant for a flight instructor rating (FI) shall not be less than 18 years of age and shall have met the
knowledge requirements for the issue of a CPL as specified in Subparts 2.3.3.3 and 2.3.3.7, as applicable.

5.1.4 Pre-Course Assessment Flight and Course duration

The syllabus is based on a total flight time of 25.0 hours. The time required to achieve competency will vary
from student to student.

5.1.5 Course Resources

Flight training is usually undertaken in the C-172; however, any ATO-approved training aircraft may also be
used.

Other resources include a model airplane, cockpit cut-out, instrument flight hood, navigation charts, and
navigation equipment.

5.1.6 Syllabus Documentation

Syllabus documentation includes:

 a planning matrix
 a flight training and theory examination summary
 a lesson plan and training record for each flight

Refer to the ATO operations manual for a guide to the use of the syllabus documents.

5.1.7 Lesson Sequence and Allowable Variations

The Planning Matrix provides the sequence of flight training lessons.

Any variations to the lesson sequence are only to be made with the prior approval of the HOT or authorizing
instructor.

Issue No. 1 2
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 5 Flight Instructor License Training Course
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
5.1 Introduction
LICENSES AND RATINGS

5.1.8 Pilot in Command

The student for an instructor rating holds the license and rating necessary to act as the pilot-in-command of the
aircraft on which the instruction is given.

The applicant for an FI rating shall have completed not less than 200 hours of flight time on a single-pilot
aircraft of the appropriate category.

5.1.9 Non-technical Skills

Non-technical skills do not appear in the ‘lesson content’ section of every lesson plan and training record,
however, they apply to every flight lesson. Instructors are to continually monitor the student’s application of
these skills.

5.1.10 Aeronautical Knowledge Examinations

Successful completion of the following examinations is required prior to or during the course:

Subject Pass
standard
%
Principles of Teaching 70
Principles of Flight 70

Aeronautical knowledge examinations are conducted in the ground examination facility. Refer to the ATO
operations manual for further information regarding the conduct of these exams. Also, Take note of the Course
Prerequisite.

5.1.10.1 Knowledge Deficiency Report

If a student passes the FI(A) aeronautical knowledge examinations with a score of less than 100%, a report shall
be prepared about the competency standards in which the student’s knowledge is deficient (a knowledge
deficiency report). Following further self-study, a senior instructor must orally assess the student’s knowledge
to ensure the deficiencies noted on the knowledge deficiency report have been addressed (i.e. knowledge
corrected to 100%).

A copy of the knowledge deficiency report for the FI (A) examination must be provided to the flight examiner
who is to conduct the flight test.

5.1.11 Flight Test

Upon successful completion of the course, students must pass the FI aeroplane category flight test, prior to
making an application for the Flight Instructor license.

The test is conducted by a flight examiner and involves a ground component and a flight component for an
approximate minimum of 1 hour. An assessment of general handling competencies is included in the test.

Flight test standards are contained in PCAR IS 2.3.3.11 Appendix A or B and must be performed within the
flight tolerances specified in the Advisory Circulars.

Issue No. 1 3
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 5 Flight Instructor License Training Course
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
5.1 Introduction
LICENSES AND RATINGS

5.1.12 Document Control and Access Information

Emergency Operataions
Fundamentals of Flight
Aerodrome Operations
Pre-Flight Procedures

Total hours
*TIME DELEGATIONS ARE RECOMMENDATORY

Dual day 1. 1. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 4. 25.0

5 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
PIC/Solo day
Instrument flight time
Aeronautical knowledge examinations CPLA Aeronautical Knowledge Examinations
(b) Describes clearly and accurately, significant details of the 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
trainee’s performance and assess the trainee’s
achievement against the training outcomes for the lesson
and associated performance citeria
(c) Identify any deficiencies in performance and suggest 2 22 2 2 2 2
remedial actions and training
(d) Discuss threat and error management issues encountered 2 2
during the flight
(e) Brief the trainee on the details of the next training 22 2 22 2 2 2 2
exercises
FIR1. Complete post-training administrations
6
(a) Record achievement, or otherwise, of competency, any 2 22 2 2 2 2
remedial training required and identify content of the
next training exercises
(b) Complete administration procedures required for issue of 2
an endorsement
(c) Inform relevant staff of the trainee’s performance and 2
results where required
(d) Review effectiveness of training and identify any 2
adjustments to deliver, presentation and content for
improvement, and discuss with appropriate stakeholders
FIR2 Range of variables
(a) Activities are performed in accordance with published 22 2 22 2 2 2 2
procedures
(b) Flight training includes training for the issue of a flight 11 1 11 1 1 1 1
crew license, rating or endorsement using suitable
training aircraft or approved flight simulation training
device
(c) Flight training includes the units and elements authorised
by the flight training endorsement(s) held by the
instructor
(d) Aeronautical knowledge training, including pre-and psot-
flight briefings, is provided to support the flight training
units and elements
(e) The training is delivered in accordance with appropriate 11 1 11 1 1 1 1
and documented lesson plan

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 1314 15 161718

Take-Off, Go-Around, Landing

Ground Reference Maneuvers

Slow Flight, Stalls, and Spins
1 = Achieves competency to the standard required for

Basic Instrument Maneuvers

qualification issue.

Performance Maneuvers

Emergency Operataions
Fundamentals of Flight
Aerodrome Operations
Pre-Flight Procedures

Total hours
*TIME DELEGATIONS ARE RECOMMENDATORY

Dual day 1. 1. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 4. 25.0

5 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
PIC/Solo day
Instrument flight time
Aeronautical knowledge examinations CPLA Aeronautical Knowledge Examinations
(f) Suitable learning resources may be used to assist the
presentation, including audio visual aids, aircraft models,
synthetic training devices, regulatory publications an
aircraft and operations manual
FIR3 Foundation of knowledge
(a) Relevant sections of Civil Aviation Safety Regulations
(b) Principles and methods of instruction
(c) The process of making an objective assessment against a
standard
(d) Provision of evidence of competency in performing as a
flight crew member
(e) Terms used in respect of the evidence used to determine
an individual’s competency against a standard
(f) The different forms of assessment and application in flight
training
(g) The requirements of assessing consistency of
performance of flight crew standards
(h) The difference in standards for consistency of
performance at different license levels
(i) The application of the range of variables in making an
assessment
(j) Performing and learning complex skills, including
cognitive and development issues and observational
learning
(k) The levels of situational awareness and methods of
developing and monitoring trainee’s situation awareness
skills
(l) Rate of learning, enforced automatically and the
foundation of expertise
(m) Instructor professionalism, including interpersonal skills,
implications of being a role model, self,reflection and self-
managed professional development
(n) Effective use of a course of training, curricula and syllabus
and lesson plans
(o) Training and assessment standards
(p) Debriefing and feedback techniques

Issue No. 1 5
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 5 Flight Instructor Rating Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
5.2 Planning Matrix

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 1314 15 161718

Take-Off, Go-Around, Landing

Ground Reference Maneuvers

Slow Flight, Stalls, and Spins
1 = Achieves competency to the standard required for

Basic Instrument Maneuvers

qualification issue.

Performance Maneuvers

Emergency Operataions
Fundamentals of Flight
Aerodrome Operations
Pre-Flight Procedures

Total hours
*TIME DELEGATIONS ARE RECOMMENDATORY

Dual day 1. 1. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 4. 25.0

5 5 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
PIC/Solo day
Instrument flight time
Aeronautical knowledge examinations CPLA Aeronautical Knowledge Examinations
(q) Transfer of control
(r) Principles of flight
(s) Crew resource management (CRM) principles
(t) Techniques for introducing task in manageable segments
to avoid overloading a trainee and principles for
integrating task segments
(u) Appropriate use of scenario-based training in flight
instruction
(v) Application of risk management principles to emergency
procedure simulations in flight
(w) Checklists for single-engine operations as applicable
(x) Common student errors and suggested suitable remedial
instruction
(y) Obstacles to learning associated wth flight training
(z) Operational concept of threat and error management in
relation to flight trainiing
(aa) Procedures and strategies for developing trainee threat
and error management skills
(bb) Task prioritisation system to assist the development of
trainee task management skills
(cc) Suitable procedures for making decisions in-flight and for
developing trainee decision-making skills
(dd) Goal fixation effects on good decision making
(ee) Stress management
(ff) Completing relevant documentation requirements

Issue No. 1 6
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 5 Flight Instructor Rating Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
5.3 Training Course Syllabus

5.3 Training Course Syllabus

5.3.1 Training Curriculum

A. Training Curriculum (incl. Time Scale and Scale in Weeks)

(**25.0 hours Actual Flight Time /5 weeks)
a. Flight Instructor Ground Training (**30.0-hours, 2 weeks)
b. Flight Instructor Flight Training (**25.0 hours, 2 weeks)
c. CAAP Check ride (1.0-hour, 1 day)

5.3.2 Ground Training Subjects Covered

Reference: PCAR 2.3.3.11; FAA FI Handbook

SUBJECT **HOURS
Fundamentals of Instruction
Theoretical Knowledge 2.0
Assessment of Student Performance 2.0
Learning Process 2.0
Teaching Process 2.0
Training Philosophies and Evaluation 4.0
Training Program Development 2.0
Lesson Planning 2.0
Teaching Methods 2.0
Use of Training Aids 2.0
Analysis and Correction of Student Errors 2.0
Human Performance 4
Threat and Error Management 4
TOTAL HOURS 30

**Recommended hours only

1. LESSON 1
LESSON NAME: THEORETICAL KNOWLEDGE (PCAR 2.3.3.11 (b)(2)(ii)(A))

GROUND SCHOOL 2.0 HOURS

LESSON DESCRIPTION:

Techniques of applied instruction:

(1.a.i.1.a) use of training aids
(1.a.i.1.b) group lectures
(1.a.i.1.c) individual briefings
(1.a.i.1.d) student participation
(1.a.i.1.e) flight environment
(1.a.i.1.f) in-flight judgment and decision making

LESSON STANDARDS:
Student shows adequate preparation
Student understands all content
Student retains sufficient knowledge

5. LESSON 5
LESSON NAME: TRAINING PHILOSOPHIES AND EVALUATION (PCAR 2.3.3.11
(b)(2)(ii)(E))

GROUND SCHOOL 4.0 HOURS

LESSON DESCRIPTION:
The learning process:
(1.a.i.1.a) value of structures course of training
(1.a.i.1.b) importance of a planned syllabus
(1.a.i.1.c) integration of theoretical knowledge and flight instruction
Familiarizes students in different types of program evaluation, including needs of assessment,
formative research, process evaluation, monitoring of outputs and outcomes and impact assessment.

LESSON STANDARDS:
Explain the major concepts:
(1.a.i.1.a) sources of data
(1.a.i.1.b) study designs
(1.a.i.1.c) types of evaluation and their purpose

6. LESSON 6
LESSON NAME: TRAINING PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT (PCAR 2.3.3.11 (b)(2)(ii)(F))

GROUND SCHOOL 2.0 HOURS

LESSON DESCRIPTION:
Human performance and limitations relevant to flight instruction:
(1.a.i.1.a) lesson planning and preparation
(1.a.i.1.b) classroom demonstration and observation

LESSON STANDARDS:
Student shows adequate preparation
Student understands all content
Student retains sufficient knowledge

HOURS LESSON DESCRIPTION:

Human performance and limitations relevant to flight instruction:
(1.a.i.1.a) situational awareness (TEM and human performance)
(1.a.i.1.b) adherence to correct procedures
(1.a.i.1.c) hazards involved in simulating system failures and malfunctions

LESSON STANDARDS:
Student shows adequate preparation
Student understands all content
Student retains sufficient knowledge

5.3.3 Flight Time Breakdown

Reference: IS 2.3.3.11; ASA Handbook (The Pilot’s Manual: FI Syllabus)

AIR EXERCISES DUAL TIME

Pre flight/Post Flight Procedures **25+00
Aerodrome Operations

Maneuver Analysis (Instructional)

Take-off, Landing, and go-around
Fundamentals of Flight
Performance Maneuvers
Ground reference maneuvers
Slow Flight, Stalls and Spins (incl.
Advanced Stalling)
Basic Instrument Maneuvers
Emergency Operations
TOTAL TIME **25+00
**Recommended only

5.3.4 Competency Based Syllabus

1. Pre-flight Procedures (IS 2.3.3.11(a)(5))

a. Objective
The applicant will —
1. Gain proficiency in the practical instruction of the knowledge and common errors related to
each of the elements for the preflight lesson.
2. Become familiar with flight operations and visual perspectives from the right seat. Demonstrate
and simultaneously explain radio communications, preflight inspections, cockpit management,
engine starting, taxiing, and before takeoff check from an instructional standpoint. Apply the
appropriate corrective action and response to simulated errors. Be able to explain human
performance (effective visual reference, etc) during flight.

b. Completion Standards
This lesson is complete when the applicant has –
1. Adequately presented preflight lesson plans for radio communications and light gun signals,
preflight inspection, cockpit management.
2. Demonstrated positive aircraft control from the right seat.
3. Competently explained and demonstrated radio communications, preflight inspections,
cockpit management, engine starting, taxiing, good look around cockpit management,
situational awareness, decision making, interpersonal communication and before-takeoff
checks from an instructional standpoint.

2. Aerodrome Operations (IS 2.3.3.11(a)(6))

a. Objective
The applicant will –
Become familiar with flight operations and visual perspectives from the right seat. Demonstrate
and simultaneously explain runway/taxiway signs, markings, and lighting, engine starting,
taxiing and before takeoff check from an instructional standpoint. Apply the appropriate
corrective action and response to simulated errors.
b. Completion Standards
This Lesson is complete when the applicant has -
1. Adequately presented preflight lesson plans for airport runway/taxiway signs, markings, and

lighting, engine starting, taxiing, and the before takeoff check.

2. Demonstrated positive aircraft control from the right seat.
3. Competently explained and demonstrated runway/taxiway signs, markings and lighting,
engine starting, taxiing and before takeoff check from an instructional standpoint.

3. Take-off, go-around and landing (IS 2.3.3.11(a)(7))

Normal and Crosswind Take-off and Landing
A1. Objective
The applicant will —
1. Gain proficiency in the practical instruction of the knowledge and common errors related to
each of the elements for the preflight lesson.
 Become familiar with flight operations and visual perspectives from the right seat. Demonstrate
and simultaneously explain traffic patterns, normal and crosswind takeoff, and landings, forward
slip to a landing, and go-around procedures from an instructional standpoint. Apply the
appropriate corrective action and response to simulated errors. Be able to demonstrate good
situational awareness, cockpit management, and decision making in the right seat.

B1. Completion Standards

This Lesson is complete when the applicant has —
1. Adequately presented preflight lesson plans for traffic patterns, normal and crosswind takeoff
and climb, normal and crosswind approach and landing, slip to a landing, and go-
around/rejected landing.
2. Demonstrated positive aircraft control and situational awareness from the right seat
3. Competently explained and demonstrated traffic patterns, normal and crosswind takeoff, and
climb, normal and crosswind approach and landing, slip to a landing, and go-around/rejected
landing from an instructional standpoint.

Maximum Performance Take-off and Landing

A2. Objective
The applicant will —
1. Gain proficiency in the practical instruction of the knowledge and common errors related to
each of the elements for the preflight lesson.
2. Become familiar with flight operations, human performance and visual perspectives from the
right seat. Demonstrate and simultaneously explain short-field operations and soft-field
operations from an instructional standpoint. Apply the appropriate corrective action and
response to simulated errors.

B2. Completion Standards

This Lesson is complete when the applicant has —
1. Adequately presented preflight lesson plans for short-field takeoff and maximum
performance climb, soft-field takeoff and climb, short-field approach and landing, and soft-
field approach and landing.
2. Demonstrated positive aircraft control from the right seat.
3. Competently explained and demonstrated, human performance, short-field and soft-field
operations from an instructional standpoint.

4. Fundamentals of Flight (IS 2.3.3.11(a)(9))

a. Objective
The applicant will —

Issue No. 1 7
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 5 Flight Instructor Rating Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
5.3 Training Course Syllabus

1. Gain proficiency in the practical instruction of the knowledge and common errors related to
each of the elements for the preflight lesson.
2. Become familiar with flight operations and visual perspectives from the right seat.
Demonstrate and simultaneously explain the fundamentals of flight from an instructional
standpoint. Apply the appropriate corrective action and response to simulated errors.

b. Completion Standards
This Lesson is complete when the applicant has —
1. Adequately presented preflight lesson plans for straight-and-level flight, level turns, straight
climbs and climbing turns, straight descents, and descending turns.
2. Demonstrated positive aircraft control from the right seat.
3. Competently explained and demonstrated fundamentals of flight from an instructional
standpoint.

5. Performance Maneuvers (IS 2.3.3.11(a)(10))

a. Objective
The applicant will —
1. Gain proficiency in the practical instruction of human performance, knowledge and common
errors related to each of the elements for the preflight lesson.
2. Become familiar with flight operations and visual perspectives from the right seat.
Demonstrate and simultaneously explain steep turns and steep spirals from an instructional
standpoint. Apply the appropriate corrective action and response to simulated errors.

b. Completion Standards
This Lesson is complete when the applicant has —
1. Adequately presented preflight lesson plans for steep turns and steep spirals.
2. Demonstrated positive aircraft control from the right seat.
3. Competently explained and demonstrated steep turns and steep spirals from an instructional
standpoint

6. Ground Reference Maneuvers (IS 2.3.3.11(a)(12))

a. Objective
The applicant will —
1. Gain proficiency in the practical instruction of the knowledge and common errors related to
each of the elements for the preflight lesson.
2. Become familiar with flight operations and visual perspectives from the right seat.
Demonstrate and simultaneously explain chandelles and lazy eights and human factors
related to the manuevers from an instructional standpoint. Apply the appropriate corrective
action and response to simulated errors.

b. Completion Standards
This Lesson is complete when the applicant has —
1. Adequately presented preflight lesson plans for rectangular course, S-turns across a road,
turns around a point, and eights on pylons. Demonstrated positive aircraft control from the
right seat.
2. Competently explained and demonstrated ground reference maneuvers and related human
factors from an instructional standpoint.

7. Slow Flight, Stalls, and Spins (IS 2.3.3.11(a)(13))

Issue No. 1 8
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 5 Flight Instructor Rating Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
5.3 Training Course Syllabus

Slow Flight and Stalling (Proficiency)

A1. Objective
The applicant will —
1. Gain proficiency in the practical instruction of the knowledge and common errors related to
each of the elements for the preflight lesson.
2. Become familiar with flight operations and visual perspectives from the right seat.
3. Demonstrate and simultaneously explain slow flight and power on/off stalls and related
human factors from an instructional standpoint. Apply the appropriate corrective action and
response to simulated errors.

B1. Completion Standards

This Lesson is complete when the applicant has —
1. Adequately presented preflight lesson plans for slow flight, power-on stall, power-off stall.
2. Demonstrated positive aircraft control from the right seat.
3. Competently explained and demonstrated slow flight, power-on, and power-off stalls from an
instructional standpoint.

Advanced Stalling (Demonstration)(IS 2.3.3.11(a)(13)(iv-vi))

A2. Objective
The applicant will —
1. Gain proficiency in the practical instruction of the knowledge and common errors related to
each of the elements for the preflight lesson.
2. Become familiar with flight operations and visual perspectives from the right seat.
Demonstrate and simultaneously explain cross-controlled, elevator trim, secondary
accelerated maneuver stalls and related human factors from an instructional standpoint.
Apply the appropriate corrective action and response to simulated errors.

B2. Completion Standards

This Lesson is complete when the applicant has —
1. Adequately presented preflight lesson plans for cross-controlled stalls, elevator trim stalls,
secondary stalls, and accelerated maneuver stalls.
2. Demonstrated positive aircraft control from the right seat.
3. Competently explained and demonstrated advanced stalls and spin awareness from an
instructional standpoint.

8. Basic Instrument Maneuvers

a. Objective
The applicant will —
1. Gain proficiency in the practical instruction of the knowledge and common errors related to
each of the elements for the preflight lesson.
2. Become familiar with basic instrument maneuvers and visual perspectives from the right seat.
Demonstrate and simultaneously explain basic instrument maneuvers and related human factors
from an instructional stand point. Apply the appropriate corrective action and response to
simulated errors.

b. Completion Standards
This Lesson is complete when the applicant has —
1. Adequately presented preflight lesson plans for straight-and-level flight, constant airspeed
climbs, constant airspeed descents, turns to a heading, and recovery from unusual attitudes,

Issue No. 1 9
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 5 Flight Instructor Rating Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
5.3 Training Course Syllabus

solely by reference to instruments.

2. Demonstrated positive aircraft control from the right seat.
3. Competently explained and demonstrated basic instrument maneuvers from an instructional
standpoint.

9. Emergency Operations
a. Objective
The applicant will —
1. Gain proficiency in the practical instruction of the knowledge and common errors related to
each of the elements for the preflight lesson.
2. Become familiar with flight operations and visual perspectives from the right seat.
Demonstrate and simultaneously explain emergency approach and landings and power-off
180 accuracy approach and landing and related human factors from an instructional
standpoint. Apply the appropriate corrective action and response to simulated errors.

b. Completion Standards
This Lesson is complete when the applicant has —
1. Adequately presented preflight lesson plans for emergency approach and landing, power-off
180° approach and landing, emergency equipment and survival gear.
2. Demonstrated positive aircraft control from the right seat.
3. Competently explained and demonstrated emergency approach and landing and power-off
180° accuracy approach and landing from an instructional standpoint.

Issue No. 1 10
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 6 Threat and Error Management Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
6.1 Introduction

6 Threat and Error Management Training Course

6.1 Introduction

6.1.1 TEM is an operational concept applied to the conduct of a flight; it is broader than the traditional
concept of airmanship as it provides pilots with a structured and pro-active approach to identifying
and managing threats and errors that may affect the safety of the flight.

6.1.2 TEM has been generally accepted in the airline industry as an effective method of improving flight
safety, and is now required by ICAO as an integral part of pilot training at all license levels through
to air transport pilot. TEM has been incorporated into the Philippine licensing system at all levels
and in all operational areas.

6.1.3 TEM uses many tools, including training, standard operating procedures (SOPs), checklists,
briefings and single-pilot Human Factors principles.

6.1.4 There is some overlap between risk management, TEM and HF, particularly at the stage of
developing and implementing plans to mitigate risks and in reviewing the conduct of a flight.

6.1.5 Generally, risk management is the process of deciding whether or not operations can be conducted to
an acceptable 'level' of risk ('go' or 'no go') safely, whereas TEM is the process applied to managing
and maintaining the safety of a particular flight.

6.1.6 The terms ‘manage’ and ‘management’ are used and defined in this part as—plan, direct and control
an operation or situation.

6.1.7 When assessing competency standards that involve management, evidence must be sought that a
plan—however small—has been developed, implemented (direct) and re-evaluated (control)
throughout the activity.

6.1.8 Managing threats and errors involves developing a plan to identify the threat or error, and
implementing counter-measures to reduce or eliminate them. Direction may, in the case of a single-
pilot aircraft, require self-direction to ensure action is taken to mitigate hazards in accordance with a
checklist, approved flight manual/pilot operating handbook procedures, SOP or other acceptable
means. Control would involve monitoring the progress of events to ensure a safe outcome. This may
require plans and actions to be amended.

6.1.9 Management also applies to correcting an undesired aircraft state.

6.1.10 The following sections provide a brief introduction to assist general aviation pilots and trainers to
apply the principles of TEM to their own operations.

6.1.11 Threats

6.1.11.1 The TEM model, as originally developed by the University of Texas, defines threats as external
events or errors that:
- occur outside the influence of the flight crew
- increase the operational complexity of the flight
- require crew attention and management if safety margins are to be maintained.

Issue No. 1 1
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 6 Threat and Error Management Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
6.1 Introduction

6.1.11.2 The threats may be anticipated, unexpected or latent within the operational system.

6.1.11.3 CAAP proposes an expanded definition that is equally applicable to general aviation: that a threat can
be defined as a situation or event that has the potential to impact negatively on the safety of a flight,
or as any influence that promotes opportunity for pilot errors. Generally, threats are considered to be
external (e.g. bad weather) or internal, such as those the pilot or trainee brings to the operation (e.g.
fatigue or complacency).

6.1.11.4 This concept expands on the original definition of threat and considers the psychological state of the
pilot and the limitations they may bring to the aircraft operation on any given day.

For example, increased levels of fatigue could result from having a young child that is not sleeping
well. The threat (in this case fatigue) has the potential to cause an increase in errors, degrade situation
awareness and contribute to poor decision-making due to physiological and/or psychological
impairment.

6.1.11.5 Pilots need good situation awareness to anticipate and recognize threats as they occur. Threats must
be managed to maintain normal flight safety margins. Some typical external threats to operations
might be:

− adverse weather
− weight and balance
− density altitude
− runway length
− other traffic
− high terrain or obstacles
− the condition of the aircraft.

6.1.11.6 Some typical internal threats to general aviation operations include:

− fatigue
− complacency
− over- or under-confidence
− lack of flight discipline
− lack of recency and proficiency
− hazardous behavior, such as impulsiveness, machismo, invulnerability, resignation or anti-
authority.

6.1.12 Errors

6.1.6.1 The TEM model accepts that it is inevitable that pilots, as human beings, will make errors. Errors are
defined as flight crew actions or inactions that:

− lead to a deviation from crew or organizational intentions or expectations

− reduce safety margins
− increase the probability of adverse operational events on the ground and during flight.

6.1.12.2 Threats can be classified as handling errors, procedural errors or communications errors.

Issue No. 1 2
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 6 Threat and Error Management Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
6.1 Introduction

6.1.12.3 While errors may be inevitable, the requirement to maintain safety of flight means that errors must be
identified and managed before flight safety margins are compromised. Typical errors in general
aviation flight might include:

− incorrect performance calculations

− inaccurate flight planning
− non-standard communications
− aircraft mishandling
− incorrect systems operation or management
− checklist errors
− failure to meet flight standards (e.g. poor airspeed control).

6.1.13 Undesired aircraft state

6.1.13.1 Threats and errors that are not detected and managed correctly can lead to an undesired aircraft state,
which could be a deviation from flight path or aircraft configuration that reduces normal safety
margins. The definition of undesired aircraft state is:

Pilot-induced aircraft position or speed deviations, misapplication of flight controls or incorrect

systems configuration associated with a reduced margin of safety.
6.1.13.2 An undesired aircraft state can still be recovered to normal flight but, if not managed
appropriately, may lead to an outcome such as an accident or incident. Safe flight in
an aircraft requires recognition and recovery from an undesired aircraft state in a
very short timeframe before an outcome eventuates (e.g. loss of control, failure to
achieve optimum performance or uncontrolled flight into terrain).

Examples of errors and an associated undesired aircraft states in general aviation aircraft might be:

• Mismanagement of aircraft systems (error) resulting in aircraft anti-ice settings not

turned on during icing conditions (state)
• Loss of directional control during a stall (error) resulting in an unusual aircraft attitude
(state)
• Inappropriate scan of aircraft instruments (error) resulting in flight below VYSE (best
single-engine rate of climb speed [blue line speed]) or VXSE (best single-engine angle
of climb speed) (state)
• Flying a final approach below appropriate threshold speed (error) resulting in excessive
deviations from specified performance (state).

6.1.13.3 Good TEM requires the pilot to plan and use appropriate countermeasures to prevent threats and
errors from progressing to an undesired aircraft state. Countermeasures used in TEM include many
standard aviation practices and may be categorized as follows:

− planning countermeasures: flight planning, briefing and contingency planning

− execution countermeasures: monitoring, cross-checking, workload and systems management
− review countermeasures: evaluating and modifying plans as the flight proceeds, and inquiry and
assertiveness to identify and address issues in a timely way.

6.1.13.4 Once an undesired aircraft state is recognized, it is important to manage the undesired state through
correct remedial action and prioritize aircraft control for return to normal flight, rather than to fixate

Issue No. 1 3
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 6 Threat and Error Management Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
6.1 Introduction

on the error that may have initiated the event.

6.1.14 TEM application

6.1.14.1 Threats and errors occur during every flight, as evidenced in the considerable database through the
LOSA (Line Oriented Safety Assessment) built up from threats and errors in flight operations
worldwide. One interesting fact revealed by this database is that around 45% of flight crew errors go
undetected or are not responded to by crew members.

6.1.14.2 TEM must be integral to every flight and include anticipation of potential threats and errors as well as
planning of countermeasures. It must include identification of potential threats, errors and
countermeasures in the self-briefing process at each stage of flight, and avoiding becoming
complacent about threats that are commonly encountered (e.g. weather, traffic and terrain)
.
6.1.14.3 Table 1 provides considerations that should assist pilots to apply TEM in general aviation operations.

Table 1: Considerations to assist pilots in applying TEM in general aviation operations

Stage Considerations
Pre-flight • Just as pilots perform a number of tasks on a regular basis in preparation for flight (e.g.
interpreting NOTAMs and MET information, checking fuel contents), they must
include TEM as part of routine pre-flight planning and preparation.
• A few minutes (or more) on the ground spent anticipating possible threats and errors
associated with each flight will provide the opportunity to plan and develop
countermeasures (e.g. action in the event of unpredicted weather changes).
• A good starting point is to ask what actions, conditions or events are likely to promote
errors, leading to the identification of internal and/or external threats applicable to that
flight. This can reduce airborne workload as the pilot may then be partially prepared to
deal with those threats and errors.
Flight  Brief (self-brief and passengers) planned procedures before take-off and prior to
commencing each significant flight sequence (e.g. approach to an unfamiliar
aerodrome, low-level operations).
 Include anticipated threats and countermeasures in briefings.
 Continuously monitor and cross-check visual and instrument indications and energy
state to maintain situational awareness.
 Prioritize tasks and manage workload to avoid being overloaded, and to maintain
situation awareness.
 Identify and manage threats and errors
 When confronted by threats and errors, the priority is to ensure the aircraft is in an
appropriate configuration to optimize the ability to maintain control of the aircraft and
flight path.
 Monitor the progress of every sequence and abort if necessary.
 Do not fixate on threat or error management to the detriment of aircraft control.
 Identify and manage any undesired aircraft state.
 Recover to planned flight and normal safety margins before dealing with other
problems.

Issue No. 1 4
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 6 Threat and Error Management Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
6.1 Introduction

Post-flight  Take a few minutes at the end of each flight to reconsider what threats, errors and/or
undesired aircraft states were encountered during the flight. Ask yourself how well
they were managed and what you would do differently to improve management of
those threats and errors.
 Record threats, errors and/or undesired aircraft states and discuss them with more
experienced pilots to assist with the development of improved TEM strategies.

Issue No. 1 5
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines 6 Threat and Error Management Training
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT Course
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
6.2 Teaching Threat Management

6.2 Teaching threat management

6.2.1 In the TEM model, threats can be defined as:

− situations or events that have the potential to impact negatively on the safety of a flight

− any influence that promotes opportunity for pilot errors.

6.2.2 Instructors should teach trainees that threats (and errors) are a part of everyday aviation operations
and must be proactively managed.

6.2.3 Instructors should stress to trainees that threats can be categorized as either anticipated or
unexpected. However, there is a third category, latent threats, that may not be observable by pilots
involved in flight operations and may need to be uncovered through safety analysis.

6.2.4 Threats may also be categorized as either environmental or organizational.

6.2.5 It is incumbent upon instructors to show trainees how to detect all types of threats and explain the
steps necessary to mitigate potential hazards.

Anticipated threats

6.2.6 Detection of anticipated threats relies mainly on the trainee’s knowledge and experience. The
instructor should inform new trainees about:

− use of MET reports and means of avoiding unfavorable conditions

− conduct in the vicinity of aircraft on the ground
− perform pre-flight inspections
− correct adjustment of flight controls and harness restraint
− a clear handover/takeover procedure
− ensuring propeller clearance before engine start
- listening before transmitting on the radio.

6.2.7 During flight training, instructors should point out meteorological observations and effects, and
question the trainee to determine his or her application of the information that is available.

6.2.8 As pilots learn (and gain experience) they will be able to predict when and where threats may occur.
Similarly, as pilots gain experience they should be expected to understand more about their own
capabilities and limitations.
6.2.9 Prior to each flight, the instructor should discuss the proposed flight with the trainee and ask them
to identify obvious threats to safety. During the early stages of training the instructor should not
necessarily expect the pilot to identify a comprehensive set of threats but, as training progresses, the
trainee’s level of knowledge should improve.
6.2.10 In a very short time, instructors should expect a trainee to manage anticipated threats as a matter of
course. As the trainee gains knowledge, experience and skills, they will learn to manage all threats
that develop.

Unexpected threats

6.2.11 Unexpected threats are most likely to occur during flight operations.

6.2.12 During flight training, the instructor should expect the trainee to identify unexpected threats such as
incorrect ATC instructions, traffic hazards or adverse weather. The instructor should point these out
if the trainee fails to identify them.

6.2.13 As unexpected threats are identified, the instructor should question the trainee to understand what
action they would take to mitigate threats and ensure the action is completed in the time available.
Again, if the trainee makes errors during threat mitigation, the instructor should identify the error
and provide advice to the pilot to minimize the effects.

6.2.14 Instructors may have to develop scenarios or 'what if' questions to further test the trainee. Typical
scenarios include practice engine failure or simulated system failure.

Latent threats

6.2.15 The instructor should inform the trainee about latent threats, such as:

− optical illusions (e.g. approaches to sloping runways)

− poor manuals
− equipment design faults (e.g. landing gear and flap levers located too close to each other)
− unnecessary pressure to get a job done.

Environmental threats

6.2.16 Environmental threats occur outside the control of the aircraft operator. Such threats include:

− weather: turbulence, ice, wind

− aerodromes: congestion, complex surface navigation, poor signage/markings
− ATC: non-standard phraseology, complex clearances, poor English language
− terrain: mountains, valleys, built up areas.

Organizational threats

6.2.17 Organizational threats, which are often latent, include:

− operational pressure: tight scheduling of training flights

− aircraft: poor serviceability
− maintenance: maintenance error or event
− documentation error: incorrect or expired charts, incomplete or erroneous maintenance release.

6.2.18 Organizational threats can be controlled by the operator or mitigated by aviation organizations.
Mitigating strategies include:

− safety management systems

− fatigue risk management systems
− standard operating procedures
− checklists
− ground handling measures (marshalls)
− operational health and safety procedures.

6.3 Teaching error management

6.3.1 Industry’s acknowledgement that errors will occur has changed the emphasis in aviation operations
from error prevention to error recognition and management. Rather than simply pointing out errors
as they occur, instructors should show trainees how to reduce the risk of errors occurring and then,
if they do happen, recognize the fact and implement strategies to manage the error.

6.3.2 The trainee should be taught the importance of ensuring that errors are recognized, acknowledged
and corrective action taken. Error management could be something as simple as recognizing a
forgotten task and completing it.

6.3.3 If time and safety permit, instructors must afford the trainee the opportunity to recognize a
committed error, rather than intervening as soon as they see an error committed. If an error is not
recognized, the instructor should then analyze why the error occurred, why the pilot did not
recognize it and what steps should be taken to prevent future occurrences.

Errors

6.3.4 In the TEM model, errors must be observable. They are classified on the basis of ‘primary
interactions’ as:
− aircraft handling error: occurs when a pilot is interacting with an aircraft’s controls, automation
or systems
− procedural error: when a pilot is using procedures such as checklists, SOPs or emergency
actions
− communication error: occurs when pilots are interacting with other people such as ATC, ground
assistants or other crew members.

6.3.5 Instructors must be familiar with these classifications so they can identify a trainee’s weaknesses
and provide guidance to address the deficiencies.

6.3.6 Additionally, instructors should be mindful of their own role in introducing errors.

For example, instructors should ask themselves “is it a communications error if I fail to clearly
communicate my message to a trainee during training?”

Mitigations

6.3.7 When teaching TEM, instructors must emphasize the application of HF skills. If the instructor
identifies that the trainee is deficient in any of the HF skills, the deficiency must be rectified or
general flying and TEM competency will be compromised.

6.3.8 The LOSA archive shows that 45% of observed errors that occur in multi-crew operations are not
detected. CAAP considers that single-pilot general aviation operations are probably more
susceptible to errors. Therefore, the trainee should be instructed that mitigations such as checklists,
SOPs and aviation regulations must be complied with.

6.3.9 Aviation regulations, SOPs, checklists and other authoritative documentation (e.g. flight manuals)
are provided to enhance safety by helping reduce errors—instructors must continually stress the
importance of using and adhering to the requirements and guidance provided. Instructors should not

permit the trainee to deviate from the application and terminology of such a document, whether it is
used from memory or read each time.

6.4 Teaching Undesired Aircraft State Management

6.4.1 During flight training, instructors will be dealing with many undesired aircraft states as trainees
develop their flying skills. Ideally, pilots should be taught to manage threats and errors before an
undesired aircraft state develops. In this context, instructors have the dual role of practicing TEM by
ensuring that undesired aircraft states are managed and then teaching trainees how to do the same.

6.4.2 Because trainees may not have the manipulative and cognitive skills of a qualified pilot, they will
often not meet specified flight tolerances or procedures.

Some typical examples of undesired aircraft state during training are:

• Taxiing too fast

• Too fast or slow on final approach
• Inability to maintain altitude or heading during straight and level flight.

6.4.3 Such examples would normally be classified as undesired aircraft states when committed by a
qualified pilot; however, they are not unusual events during flight training. The difference is that the
instructor should be aware of the threats and errors and should not let an undesired aircraft state
develop into an undesired outcome (accident or incident). Highlighting undesired aircraft states as
they occur, and providing guidance and advice on their prevention will enrich the trainee’s learning
experience.

6.4.4 Instructors should teach trainees the critical aspect of switching from error management to
undesired aircraft state management. During the error management phase, a pilot can become
fixated on determining the cause of an error and forget the requirement to aviate, navigate and
communicate. It is essential that pilots recognize when an undesired state must be managed and take
appropriate action.

For example, if a pilot becomes uncertain of his or her position on a navigation flight, a timely
decision would need to be made to perform a 'lost procedure'. The pilot may be tempted to ascertain
why they became lost and blunder on regardless (undesired aircraft state), rather than initiating a
logical procedure to re-establish their position, seek assistance from other aircraft or ATC, or plan a
precautionary landing.

6.4.5 Instructors should be on the alert for trainees becoming engrossed with error management to the
detriment of control of the aircraft or situation (undesired aircraft state). During training, it is likely
that most trainees will experience this problem; instructors must identify these situations and guide
and direct the trainee when and how to switch to undesired aircraft state management.

For example, a trainee’s lookout could be degraded due to distraction when fault-finding a
simulated aircraft system malfunction.

6.4.6 Instructors may find the following formulae to be an effective tool for teaching TEM and debriefing
after a flight:

Threat (T) – Pilot response (R) = Outcome (O)

Either inconsequential or consequential. Inconsequential means that there was no adverse outcome,
i.e. there was not an error.

Error (E) – Pilot response (R) = Outcome (O)

Either inconsequential or consequential. This time a consequential outcome may be a further error,
or an undesired state.

Undesired aircraft state (U) – Pilot response (R) = Outcome (O)

Either inconsequential or consequential. Once again, a consequential outcome may be a further
error, or an undesired state.

6.5 Assessing Threat and Error Management

6.5.1 The basic concept for TEM is simple:

a. Identify the threat, error or undesired aircraft state

b. Manage the threat, error or undesired aircraft state.

6.5.2 All elements and performance criteria specified in the standard must be met before the candidate
can be assessed as competent.

Evidence-based assessment

6.5.3 Assessors must obtain evidence to ensure that TEM is being practiced. Assessors cannot assume
that just because a pilot completed a faultless trip, competent TEM was used. The assessor should
question the trainee and observe their actions to ensure the evidence is valid, authentic, sufficient
and current.

6.5.4 It is likely that an assessor will need to create scenarios on a flight test to allow proper assessment of
TEM. A competent pilot is less likely to get into an undesired aircraft state, or would quickly correct
an undesired aircraft state (e.g. low approach speed), and it may be necessary for the assessor to
artificially create such a circumstance.

For example:

• When approaching a destination aerodrome, simulate a thunderstorm over the airfield to duplicate
both a threat and an undesired aircraft state
• Simulate a radio failure approaching a non-controlled aerodrome with a CTAF), a VFR approach
point or control zone
• Simulate precautionary search or forced landing
• Simulate instrument or display failure
• Use distraction during high workloads.

Formative assessment during flight training

6.5.5 Instructors are required to conduct formative assessments throughout flight training. Instructors will
have many more opportunities than an assessor to observe the progress of a pilot's HF and TEM
skills. Through the conduct of ab initio training, instructors will observe the trainee’s skills
improvement and would develop an understanding of the trainee’s expected rate of learning.

6.5.6 On the basis of formative assessments, the instructor may need to modify the training plan to ensure
that the trainee achieves competence. Ultimately, it is the instructor who ensures the trainee meets
the final competency standards.

Flight test assessment

6.5.7 Evaluation of competence is more difficult for an assessor as the HF and TEM assessment must
typically be determined on the basis of a single test flight. By the time the candidate performs a test
flight, they should be able to manage threats and errors—the assessor will need to develop scenarios
to ensure adequate assessment.

6.5.8 TEM must be assessed throughout the flight test.

6.5.9 During pre-flight planning, the assessor should observe and question the pilot to gain insight into the
countermeasures that the pilot applies to anticipated threats. Scrutiny of flight planning activities
will also allow the assessor to monitor some aspects of error management.

6.5.10 Throughout general flying and navigation phases of the test, simulation of systems malfunctions and
emergencies will afford the opportunity to evaluate threat, error and undesired state management
competencies.

6.5.11 The assessor will evaluate HF competencies at the same time as appraising TEM competencies.
Although a flight test involves assessment of a multitude of competencies, with proper planning and
some thought, assessors will be able to successfully assess HF and TEM on license and rating tests.
In addition, task-management, role and transfer skills can also be observed and assessed if relevant.

As an assessor, consider the list below when setting a scenario during the navigation phase that
requires a precautionary search.

• Lookout: selection of suitable landing area, weather and terrain avoidance

• Situation awareness: perception of present situation and options, action plan, potential hazard
awareness, aircraft configuration and performance

• Decision-making: decision to conduct precautionary search, assessment of landing area and

decision to land

• Task prioritization: work management and prioritization

• Communications: communications with ATC, other aircraft

• Threat management: weather, low-level operations, aircraft handling

• Error management: recognition of any errors, countermeasures, checklist use

• Undesired aircraft state: taking appropriate action to prioritize management of an undesired

aircraft state.

Issue No. 1 2
Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines ANNEX A
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
Private Pilot License Progress Checks
and Grading Sheets

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD

PPL(A) 1: GROUND OPERATIONS AND ORIENTATION FLIGHT

Flight no: PPL(A)1.____ Trainee name:

Date: Instructor:
Aircraft Aircraft type: Flight time:
registration:

Lesson Objective
 Be introduced to and become familiarized with pre flight inspections and checklist operations, starting and taxi
procedures, and the function and use of airplane controls.

PRE-FLIGHT KNOWLEDGE
Briefing: .5-1.0 hour (As required)
Content

Briefing
 Ssafety aspects in conducting ground operations
 Weather and NOTAMs
 Aircraft technical knowledge
 Ground operations procedures and checklist
 Correct usage of checklist
 Forms and documents
 Basic maneuver in Flight and on ground

Pre-flight briefing
 Review flight sequences, what to expect, see & do
 Check essential knowledge
 Reinforce threat & error management
 Reinforce significant airmanship points

Pre-flight knowledge components complete: Instructor’s signature & date

Performance Standard
3 2 1
Has received training in the element, Demonstrates a developing level of Achieves competency to the standard
however is not able to consistently proficiency, and is deemed safe to required for qualification issue
demonstrate competency to the conduct solo practice under direct
standard required for qualification issue supervision

PPL(A) 1 v1.1 June 2022 Page 1

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 1: GROUND OPERATIONS AND ORIENTATION FLIGHT

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

ONTA.1 Non-towered aerodrome – pre-flight preparation

(a) using a current ERSA and NOTAM, for the non-towered aerodrome or landing area, extract all of the relevant 3
operational information
(b) interpret the extracted information 3
(c) identify all special aerodrome procedures 3
(d) check current weather forecast and local observations 3
(e) identify all relevant radio and navigation aid frequencies 3
ONTA.2 Taxi aircraft at a non-towered aerodrome or landing area
(a) refer to aerodrome or landing area chart (if available) 3
(b) set local QNH or area QNH 3
(c) broadcast intentions on appropriate frequency 3
(d) obtain and interpret traffic information 3
(e) maintain lookout for, and separation from, other aircraft, wildlife and other obstructions 3
(f) recognise ground markings during taxi and take appropriate action 3
(h) taxi aircraft to holding point 3
(i) use strobes when crossing any runway 3
ONTA.3 Perform departure at a non-towered aerodrome or landing area
(a) check and ensure runway approach is clear prior to entering a runway 3
(b) correctly set transponder code and mode prior to entering runway for take-off 3
(c) confirm runway approaches clear in all directions prior to entering runway 3
(d) broadcast line up details 3
(f) transmit appropriate radio calls and maintain separation with other aircraft 3
(g) advise air service provider of departure details, if required 3
(h) conduct departure 3
OGA Operate aircraft in Class G airspace
(a) maintain tracking and altitude tolerances to remain outside controlled airspace 3
(b) when using an aircraft radio:
(i) monitor appropriate radio frequency 3
(ii) make appropriate radio calls 3
(iii) obtain operational information from air services provider and other aircraft 3
(iv) use information to ensure aircraft separation is maintained 3
(c) using a suitable chart:
(i) operate clear of active aerodromes and landing areas in the vicinity of the aircraft 3
(ii) identify and remain clear of controlled and restricted airspace 3
(iii) take appropriate action when operating in the vicinity of a danger area 3
ONTA.4 Perform arrival and landing at a non-towered aerodrome or landing area
(a) check NOTAM prior to entering circuit area 3
(b) set correct area or local QNH 3
(c) use correct radio frequency to transmit inbound calls as required 3

PPL(A) 1 v1.1 June 2022 Page 2

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 1: GROUND OPERATIONS AND ORIENTATION FLIGHT

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(d) maintain effective lookout 3

(e) maintain aircraft separation and avoid other traffic 3
(f) maintain tracking tolerances 3
(g) determine wind velocity 3
(h) determine landing direction 3
(i) confirm runway is serviceable for the operation 3
(j) determine circuit direction 3
(k) conduct landing area inspection (if applicable) 3
(l) position aircraft in the circuit in preparation for landing and maintain separation from traffic 3
(m) make all necessary circuit radio calls 3
(n) verify runway is clear of other traffic, wildlife and other obstructions 3
(o) land the aircraft 3
(p) vacate runway 3

CTR.1 Controlled aerodrome pre-flight preparation

(a) using a current NOTAM, for the controlled aerodrome, extract all the relevant operational information 3

(b) interpret the extracted information 3

(c) identify all special aerodrome procedures 3

(d) check current weather forecast and local observations 3

(e) identify all relevant radio and navigation aid frequencies 3

CTR.2 Taxi aircraft at a controlled aerodrome

(a) obtain and comply with ATC clearances 3

(b) manoeuvre aircraft to holding point as instructed and take appropriate action to avoid other aircraft and 3
obstructions

(d) recognise lighting signals and take appropriate action 3

(e) identify airport runway incursion hotspots 3

(f) request taxi guidance if unsure of position 3

(g) use strobes when crossing any runway 3

CTR.3 Perform departure from controlled aerodrome

(a) receive and correctly read back an airways clearance 3

(b) check and ensure runway approach is clear prior to entering a runway 3

(d) comply with ATC departure instructions 3

PPL(A) 1 v1.1 June 2022 Page 3

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 1: GROUND OPERATIONS AND ORIENTATION FLIGHT

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(e) advise ATC as soon as possible if unable to comply with clearance 3

(f) contact approach with airborne report or give departure call to tower 3

(g) maintain lookout 3

(h) avoid wake turbulence 3

(i) comply with airways clearances within tracking and altitude tolerances and maintain traffic lookout until clear of the 3
aerodrome control zone

CTR.4 Perform arrival and landing at controlled aerodrome

(a) check ERSA and NOTAM prior to entering control area and extract required operational information 3

(b) receive ATIS and correctly set the appropriate QNH 3

(d) advise ATC as soon as possible if unable to comply with clearance 3

(e) maintain lookout at all times 3

(f) update QNH as required 3

(g) maintain tracking tolerances 3

(h) establish aircraft on the correct leg of the circuit in preparation for landing and maintain separation from traffic 3

(i) confirm clearance to land 3

(j) vacate runway and obtain taxi clearance 3

CTA.1 Operate aircraft in controlled airspace

(a) comply with airways clearance requirements for operating in all classes of airspace, including lead time required for 3
flight plan submission, contents, ‘clearance void time’, and ‘readback’ requirement

(b) reconfirm any clearance items when doubt exists 3

(d) perform appropriate actions in the event of abnormal operations and emergency procedures 3

(e) recall transponder emergency code and communication failure code 3

A3.2 Maintain straight and level flight

(d) for the following straight and level manoeuvres select power, attitude and configuration as required for the flight
path, balance and trim the aeroplane accurately, and apply smooth, coordinated control inputs to achieve the
required flight tolerances that apply to the manoeuvre:

(v) at maximum range 3

(vi) at maximum endurance 3

PPL(A) 1 v1.1 June 2022 Page 4

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 1: GROUND OPERATIONS AND ORIENTATION FLIGHT

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

IFF.2 Perform manoeuvres using full instrument panel

set and maintain power and attitude by reference to the full instrument panel to achieve the following:

(i) straight and level performance during normal cruise within the flight tolerances 3

(ii) nominated climb performance within the flight tolerances 3

(iii) descent performance within the flight tolerances 3

NTS1.1 Maintain effective lookout

(a) maintain traffic separation using a systematic visual scan technique at a rate determined by traffic density, visibility 3
and terrain

(b) maintain radio listening watch and interpret transmissions to determine traffic location and intentions 3

(c) perform airspace-cleared procedure before commencing any manoeuvre 3

NTS1.2 Maintain situational awareness

(a) monitor all aircraft systems using a systematic scan technique 3

(b) collect information to facilitate ongoing system management 3

(c) monitor flight environment for deviations from planned operations 3

(d) collect flight environment information to update planned operations 3

NTS1.4 Set priorities and manage tasks

(a) organise workload and priorities to ensure optimum outcome of the flight 3

(b) plan events and tasks to occur sequentially 3

(d) use technology to reduce workload and improve cognitive and manipulative activities 3

NTS1.5 Maintain effective communications and interpersonal relationships

(a) establish and maintain effective and efficient communications and interpersonal relationships with all stakeholders 3
to ensure the optimum outcome of the flight

(b) define and explain objectives to stakeholders 3

NTS2.3 Recognise and manage undesired aircraft state

(a) recognise an undesired aircraft state 3

(b) prioritise tasks to ensure an undesired aircraft state is managed effectively 3

PPL(A) 1 v1.1 June 2022 Page 5

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 1: GROUND OPERATIONS AND ORIENTATION FLIGHT

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

C1 Communicating in the aviation environment 3

C2 Perform pre- and post-flight actions and procedures 3

C3 Operate aeronautical radio 3

C4 Manage fuel 3

A2 Take-off aeroplane 3

A3 Control aeroplane in normal flight 3

A4 Land aeroplane

A4.1 Land Aeroplane 3

A4.5 Short landing 3

*Enter the performance standard achieved if it is different to that required

Where it has not been possible to introduce performance criteria or the trainee has not achieved the required standard, the
performance criteria must be covered during the next lesson. Enter these performance criteria in the lesson record for the
subsequent lesson.

DEBRIEFING
Content
 Training review and outcomes achieved against lesson objectives and the competency standards
 Recommendations for next lesson (including any carryover/remedial training)
 Trainee preparation for next lesson
 Training record completion and sign off

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

Proceed to next training session? Yes No

Instructor’s signature & date Trainee’s signature & date

PPL(A) 1 v1.1 June 2022 Page 6

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 1: GROUND OPERATIONS AND ORIENTATION FLIGHT

PPL(A) 1 v1.1 June 2022 Page 7

Private Pilot Licence – Aeroplane Category Rating

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD

PPL(A) 2: AIRWORKS

Flight no: PPL(A)2.____ Trainee name:

Date: Instructor:
Aircraft Aircraft type: Flight time:
registration:

Lesson Objective
 Become proficient with the four basics of flight: Straight and Level, Climbs, Turns, Descents, and collision
avoidance procedures.

PRE-FLIGHT KNOWLEDGE
Briefing: .5-1.0 hour (As required)
Content

Briefing
 Safety aspects in conducting the Flight
 Forms and documents
 Review previous lesson
 New lessons

Pre-flight briefing
 Review flight sequences, what to expect, see & do
 Check essential knowledge
 Reinforce threat & error management
 Reinforce significant airmanship points

Pre-flight knowledge components complete: Instructor’s signature & date

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
MO

Ref
ere

Standard
S

PPL(A) 2 v1.1 June 2022 Page 1

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 2: AIRWORKS

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)
ONTA.1 Non-towered aerodrome – pre-flight preparation
(a) using a current ERSA and NOTAM, for the non-towered aerodrome or landing area, extract all of the relevant 3
operational information
(b) interpret the extracted information 3
(c) identify all special aerodrome procedures 3
(d) check current weather forecast and local observations 3
(e) identify all relevant radio and navigation aid frequencies 3
ONTA.2 Taxi aircraft at a non-towered aerodrome or landing area
(a) refer to aerodrome or landing area chart (if available) 3
(b) set local QNH or area QNH 3
(c) broadcast intentions on appropriate frequency 3
(d) obtain and interpret traffic information 3
(e) maintain lookout for, and separation from, other aircraft, wildlife and other obstructions 3
(f) recognise ground markings during taxi and take appropriate action 3
(h) taxi aircraft to holding point 3
(i) use strobes when crossing any runway 3
ONTA.3 Perform departure at a non-towered aerodrome or landing area
(a) check and ensure runway approach is clear prior to entering a runway 3
(b) correctly set transponder code and mode prior to entering runway for take-off 3
(c) confirm runway approaches clear in all directions prior to entering runway 3
(d) broadcast line up details 3
(f) transmit appropriate radio calls and maintain separation with other aircraft 3
(g) advise air service provider of departure details, if required 3
(h) conduct departure 3
OGA Operate aircraft in Class G airspace
(a) maintain tracking and altitude tolerances to remain outside controlled airspace 3
(b) when using an aircraft radio:
(i) monitor appropriate radio frequency 3
(ii) make appropriate radio calls 3
(iii) obtain operational information from air services provider and other aircraft 3
(iv) use information to ensure aircraft separation is maintained 3
(c) using a suitable chart:
(i) operate clear of active aerodromes and landing areas in the vicinity of the aircraft 3
(ii) identify and remain clear of controlled and restricted airspace 3
(iii) take appropriate action when operating in the vicinity of a danger area 3
ONTA.4 Perform arrival and landing at a non-towered aerodrome or landing area
(a) Check NOTAM prior to entering circuit area 3
(b) set correct area or local QNH 3
(c) use correct radio frequency to transmit inbound calls as required 3
(d) maintain effective lookout 3
(e) maintain aircraft separation and avoid other traffic 3
(f) maintain tracking tolerances 3
(g) determine wind velocity 3
(h) determine landing direction 3

PPL(A) 2 v1.1 June 2022 Page 2

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 2: AIRWORKS

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(i) confirm runway is serviceable for the operation 3

(j) determine circuit direction 3
(k) conduct landing area inspection (if applicable) 3
(l) position aircraft in the circuit in preparation for landing and maintain separation from traffic 3
(m) make all necessary circuit radio calls 3
(n) verify runway is clear of other traffic, wildlife and other obstructions 3
(o) land the aircraft 3
(p) vacate runway 3

CTR.1 Controlled aerodrome pre-flight preparation

(a) using a current NOTAM, for the controlled aerodrome, extract all the relevant operational information 3

(b) interpret the extracted information 3

(c) identify all special aerodrome procedures 3

(d) check current weather forecast and local observations 3

(e) identify all relevant radio and navigation aid frequencies 3

CTR.2 Taxi aircraft at a controlled aerodrome

(a) obtain and comply with ATC clearances 3

(b) manoeuvre aircraft to holding point as instructed and take appropriate action to avoid other aircraft and 3
obstructions

(d) recognise lighting signals and take appropriate action 3

(e) identify airport runway incursion hotspots 3

(f) request taxi guidance if unsure of position 3

(g) use strobes when crossing any runway 3

CTR.3 Perform departure from controlled aerodrome

(a) receive and correctly read back an airways clearance 3

(b) check and ensure runway approach is clear prior to entering a runway 3

(d) comply with ATC departure instructions 3

(e) advise ATC as soon as possible if unable to comply with clearance 3

(f) contact approach with airborne report or give departure call to tower 3

(g) maintain lookout 3

PPL(A) 2 v1.1 June 2022 Page 3

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 2: AIRWORKS

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(h) avoid wake turbulence 3

(i) comply with airways clearances within tracking and altitude tolerances and maintain traffic lookout until clear of the 3
aerodrome control zone

CTR.4 Perform arrival and landing at controlled aerodrome

(a) check ERSA and NOTAM prior to entering control area and extract required operational information 3

(b) receive ATIS and correctly set the appropriate QNH 3

(d) advise ATC as soon as possible if unable to comply with clearance 3

(e) maintain lookout at all times 3

(f) update QNH as required 3

(g) maintain tracking tolerances 3

(h) establish aircraft on the correct leg of the circuit in preparation for landing and maintain separation from traffic 3

(i) confirm clearance to land 3

(j) vacate runway and obtain taxi clearance 3

CTA.1 Operate aircraft in controlled airspace

(b) reconfirm any clearance items when doubt exists 3

(d) perform appropriate actions in the event of abnormal operations and emergency procedures 3

(e) recall transponder emergency code and communication failure code 3

A3.2 Maintain straight and level flight

(v) at maximum range 3

(vi) at maximum endurance 3

IFF.2 Perform manoeuvres using full instrument panel

set and maintain power and attitude by reference to the full instrument panel to achieve the following:

(i) straight and level performance during normal cruise within the flight tolerances 3

(ii) nominated climb performance within the flight tolerances 3

PPL(A) 2 v1.1 June 2022 Page 4

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 2: AIRWORKS

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(iii) descent performance within the flight tolerances 3

NTS1.1 Maintain effective lookout

(a) maintain traffic separation using a systematic visual scan technique at a rate determined by traffic density, visibility 3
and terrain

(b) maintain radio listening watch and interpret transmissions to determine traffic location and intentions 3

(c) perform airspace-cleared procedure before commencing any manoeuvre 3

NTS1.2 Maintain situational awareness

(a) monitor all aircraft systems using a systematic scan technique 3

(b) collect information to facilitate ongoing system management 3

(c) monitor flight environment for deviations from planned operations 3

(d) collect flight environment information to update planned operations 3

NTS1.4 Set priorities and manage tasks

(a) organise workload and priorities to ensure optimum outcome of the flight 3

(b) plan events and tasks to occur sequentially 3

(d) use technology to reduce workload and improve cognitive and manipulative activities 3

NTS1.5 Maintain effective communications and interpersonal relationships

(a) establish and maintain effective and efficient communications and interpersonal relationships with all stakeholders 3
to ensure the optimum outcome of the flight

(b) define and explain objectives to stakeholders 3

NTS2.3 Recognise and manage undesired aircraft state

(a) recognise an undesired aircraft state 3

(b) prioritise tasks to ensure an undesired aircraft state is managed effectively 3

PPL(A) 2 v1.1 June 2022 Page 5

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 2: AIRWORKS

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

C1 Communicating in the aviation environment 3

C2 Perform pre- and post-flight actions and procedures 3

C3 Operate aeronautical radio 3

C4 Manage fuel 3

A2 Take-off aeroplane 3

A3 Control aeroplane in normal flight 3

A4 Land aeroplane

A4.1 Land Aeroplane 3

A4.2 Land Aeroplane in a crosswind 3

A4.5 Short landing 3

NTS1.3 Assess situations and make decisions

(a) identify problems 3

(b) analyse problems 3

(c) identify solutions 3

(d) assess solutions and risks 3

(e) decide on a course of action 3

(f) communicate plans of action (if appropriate) 3

(g) allocate tasks for action (if appropriate) 3

(h) take actions to achieve optimum outcomes for the operation 3

(i) monitor progress against plan 3

(j) re-evaluate plan to achieve optimum outcomes 3

NTS2.1 Recognise and manage threats

(a) identify relevant environmental or operational threats that are likely to affect the safety of the flight 3

(b) identify when competing priorities and demands may represent a threat to the safety of the flight 3

(c) develop and implement countermeasures to manage threats 3

(d) monitor and assess flight progress to ensure a safe outcome, or modify actions when a safe outcome is not 3
assured

NTS2.2 Recognise and manage errors

(a) apply checklists and standard operating procedures to prevent aircraft handling, procedural or communication 3
errors

PPL(A) 2 v1.1 June 2022 Page 6

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 2: AIRWORKS

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(b) identify committed errors before safety is affected or the aircraft enters an undesired state 3

(i) aircraft systems using a systematic scan technique 3

(ii) the flight environment 3

(iii) other crew 3

(d) implement countermeasures to prevent errors or take action in the time available to correct errors before the 3
aircraft enters an undesired state

*Enter the performance standard achieved if it is different to that required

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

Proceed to next training session? Yes No

Instructor’s signature & date Trainee’s signature & date

PPL(A) 2 v1.1 June 2022 Page 7

Private Pilot Licence – Aeroplane Category Rating

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD

PPL(A) 3: AIRWORKS

Flight no: PPL(A)3.____ Trainee name:

Date: Instructor:
Aircraft Aircraft type: Flight time:
registration:

Lesson Objective
 Introduced to become proficient postflight and trimming procedures, slow flight
 Oriented with different training areas and demonstrate good situational awareness

PRE-FLIGHT KNOWLEDGE
Briefing: .5-1.0 hour (As required)
Content

Briefing
 Safety aspects in conducting the Flight
 Forms and documents
 Review previous lesson
 New lessons

Pre-flight briefing
 Review flight sequences, what to expect, see & do
 Check essential knowledge
 Reinforce threat & error management
 Reinforce significant airmanship points

Pre-flight knowledge components complete: Instructor’s signature & date

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
MO

Ref
ere

Standard
S

PPL(A) 3 v1.1 June 2022 Page 1

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 3: AIRWORKS

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)
ONTA.1 Non-towered aerodrome – pre-flight preparation
(a) using a current ERSA and NOTAM, for the non-towered aerodrome or landing area, extract all of the relevant 2
operational information
(b) interpret the extracted information 2
(c) identify all special aerodrome procedures 2
(d) check current weather forecast and local observations 2
(e) identify all relevant radio and navigation aid frequencies 2
ONTA.2 Taxi aircraft at a non-towered aerodrome or landing area
(a) refer to aerodrome or landing area chart (if available) 2
(b) set local QNH or area QNH 2
(c) broadcast intentions on appropriate frequency 2
(d) obtain and interpret traffic information 2
(e) maintain lookout for, and separation from, other aircraft, wildlife and other obstructions 2
(f) recognise ground markings during taxi and take appropriate action 2
(h) taxi aircraft to holding point 2
(i) use strobes when crossing any runway 2
ONTA.3 Perform departure at a non-towered aerodrome or landing area
(a) check and ensure runway approach is clear prior to entering a runway 2
(b) correctly set transponder code and mode prior to entering runway for take-off 2
(c) confirm runway approaches clear in all directions prior to entering runway 2
(d) broadcast line up details 2
(f) transmit appropriate radio calls and maintain separation with other aircraft 2
(g) advise air service provider of departure details, if required 2
(h) conduct departure 2
OGA Operate aircraft in Class G airspace
(a) maintain tracking and altitude tolerances to remain outside controlled airspace 2
(b) when using an aircraft radio:
(i) monitor appropriate radio frequency 2
(ii) make appropriate radio calls 2
(iii) obtain operational information from air services provider and other aircraft 2
(iv) use information to ensure aircraft separation is maintained 2
(c) using a suitable chart:
(i) operate clear of active aerodromes and landing areas in the vicinity of the aircraft 2
(ii) identify and remain clear of controlled and restricted airspace 2
(iii) take appropriate action when operating in the vicinity of a danger area 2
ONTA.4 Perform arrival and landing at a non-towered aerodrome or landing area
(a) check NOTAM prior to entering circuit area 2
(b) set correct area or local QNH 2
(c) use correct radio frequency to transmit inbound calls as required 2
(d) maintain effective lookout 2
(e) maintain aircraft separation and avoid other traffic 2
(f) maintain tracking tolerances 2
(g) determine wind velocity 2
(h) determine landing direction 2

PPL(A) 3 v1.1 June 2022 Page 2

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 3: AIRWORKS

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(i) confirm runway is serviceable for the operation 2

(j) determine circuit direction 2
(k) conduct landing area inspection (if applicable) 2
(l) position aircraft in the circuit in preparation for landing and maintain separation from traffic 2
(m) make all necessary circuit radio calls 2
(n) verify runway is clear of other traffic, wildlife and other obstructions 2
(o) land the aircraft 2
(p) vacate runway 2

CTR.1 Controlled aerodrome pre-flight preparation

(a) using a current NOTAM, for the controlled aerodrome, extract all the relevant operational information 2

(b) interpret the extracted information 2

(c) identify all special aerodrome procedures 2

(d) check current weather forecast and local observations 2

(e) identify all relevant radio and navigation aid frequencies 2

CTR.2 Taxi aircraft at a controlled aerodrome

(a) obtain and comply with ATC clearances 2

(b) manoeuvre aircraft to holding point as instructed and take appropriate action to avoid other aircraft and 2
obstructions

(d) recognise lighting signals and take appropriate action 2

(e) identify airport runway incursion hotspots 2

(f) request taxi guidance if unsure of position 2

(g) use strobes when crossing any runway 2

CTR.3 Perform departure from controlled aerodrome

(a) receive and correctly read back an airways clearance 2

(b) check and ensure runway approach is clear prior to entering a runway 2

(d) comply with ATC departure instructions 2

(e) advise ATC as soon as possible if unable to comply with clearance 2

(f) contact approach with airborne report or give departure call to tower 2

(g) maintain lookout 2

PPL(A) 3 v1.1 June 2022 Page 3

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 3: AIRWORKS

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(h) avoid wake turbulence 2

(i) comply with airways clearances within tracking and altitude tolerances and maintain traffic lookout until clear of the 2
aerodrome control zone

CTR.4 Perform arrival and landing at controlled aerodrome

(a) check ERSA and NOTAM prior to entering control area and extract required operational information 2

(b) receive ATIS and correctly set the appropriate QNH 2

(d) advise ATC as soon as possible if unable to comply with clearance 2

(e) maintain lookout at all times 2

(f) update QNH as required 2

(g) maintain tracking tolerances 2

(h) establish aircraft on the correct leg of the circuit in preparation for landing and maintain separation from traffic 2

(i) confirm clearance to land 2

(j) vacate runway and obtain taxi clearance 2

CTA.1 Operate aircraft in controlled airspace

(a) comply with airways clearance requirements for operating in all classes of airspace, including lead time required for 2
flight plan submission, contents, ‘clearance void time’, and ‘readback’ requirement

(b) reconfirm any clearance items when doubt exists 2

(d) perform appropriate actions in the event of abnormal operations and emergency procedures 2

(e) recall transponder emergency code and communication failure code 2

A3.2 Maintain straight and level flight

(v) at maximum range 2

(vi) at maximum endurance 2

IFF.2 Perform manoeuvres using full instrument panel

set and maintain power and attitude by reference to the full instrument panel to achieve the following:

(i) straight and level performance during normal cruise within the flight tolerances 2

(ii) nominated climb performance within the flight tolerances 2

PPL(A) 3 v1.1 June 2022 Page 4

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 3: AIRWORKS

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(iii) descent performance within the flight tolerances 2

NTS1.1 Maintain effective lookout

(a) maintain traffic separation using a systematic visual scan technique at a rate determined by traffic density, visibility 2
and terrain

(b) maintain radio listening watch and interpret transmissions to determine traffic location and intentions 2

(c) perform airspace-cleared procedure before commencing any manoeuvre 2

NTS1.2 Maintain situational awareness

(a) monitor all aircraft systems using a systematic scan technique 2

(b) collect information to facilitate ongoing system management 2

(c) monitor flight environment for deviations from planned operations 2

(d) collect flight environment information to update planned operations 2

NTS1.4 Set priorities and manage tasks

(a) organise workload and priorities to ensure optimum outcome of the flight 2

(b) plan events and tasks to occur sequentially 2

(d) use technology to reduce workload and improve cognitive and manipulative activities 2

NTS1.5 Maintain effective communications and interpersonal relationships

(a) establish and maintain effective and efficient communications and interpersonal relationships with all stakeholders 2
to ensure the optimum outcome of the flight

(b) define and explain objectives to stakeholders 2

NTS2.3 Recognise and manage undesired aircraft state

(a) recognise an undesired aircraft state 2

(b) prioritise tasks to ensure an undesired aircraft state is managed effectively 2

PPL(A) 3 v1.1 June 2022 Page 5

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 3: AIRWORKS

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

C1 Communicating in the aviation environment 2

C2 Perform pre- and post-flight actions and procedures 2

C3 Operate aeronautical radio 2

C4 Manage fuel 2

A2 Take-off aeroplane 2

A3 Control aeroplane in normal flight 2

A4 Land aeroplane

A4.1 Land Aeroplane 2

A4.2 Land Aeroplane in a crosswind 2

A4.5 Short landing 2

NTS1.3 Assess situations and make decisions

(a) identify problems 2

(b) analyse problems 2

(c) identify solutions 2

(d) assess solutions and risks 2

(e) decide on a course of action 2

(f) communicate plans of action (if appropriate) 2

(g) allocate tasks for action (if appropriate) 2

(h) take actions to achieve optimum outcomes for the operation 2

(i) monitor progress against plan 2

(j) re-evaluate plan to achieve optimum outcomes 2

NTS2.1 Recognise and manage threats

(a) identify relevant environmental or operational threats that are likely to affect the safety of the flight 2

(b) identify when competing priorities and demands may represent a threat to the safety of the flight 2

(c) develop and implement countermeasures to manage threats 2

(d) monitor and assess flight progress to ensure a safe outcome, or modify actions when a safe outcome is not 2
assured

NTS2.2 Recognise and manage errors

(a) apply checklists and standard operating procedures to prevent aircraft handling, procedural or communication 2
errors

PPL(A) 3 v1.1 June 2022 Page 6

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 3: AIRWORKS

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(b) identify committed errors before safety is affected or the aircraft enters an undesired state 2

(i) aircraft systems using a systematic scan technique 2

(ii) the flight environment 2

(iii) other crew 2

(d) implement countermeasures to prevent errors or take action in the time available to correct errors before the 2
aircraft enters an undesired state

*Enter the performance standard achieved if it is different to that required

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

Proceed to next training session? Yes No

Instructor’s signature & date Trainee’s signature & date

PPL(A) 3 v1.1 June 2022 Page 7

Private Pilot Licence – Aeroplane Category Rating

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD

PPL(A) 4: AIRWORKS & EMERGENCIES

Flight no: PPL(A)4.____ Trainee name:

Date: Instructor:
Aircraft Aircraft type: Flight time:
registration:

Lesson Objective
 Introduce to Power-On, Power-Off stalls, Steep Turns and spin awareness
 Oriented to asked and perform on ground and in-flight emergencies
 Be able to demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision-making

PRE-FLIGHT KNOWLEDGE
Briefing: .5-1.0 hour (As required)
Content

Briefing
 Safety aspects in conducting ground/flight operations
 Weather and NOTAMs
 Forms and documents
 Aircraft technical knowledge
 Review previous lesson
 New lessons

Pre-flight briefing
 Review flight sequences, what to expect, see & do
 Check essential knowledge
 Reinforce threat & error management
 Reinforce significant airmanship points

Pre-flight knowledge components complete: Instructor’s signature & date

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.0 hours dual

PPL(A) 4 v1.1 June 2022 Page 1

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 4: AIRWORKS AND EMERGENCIES

Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

ONTA.1 Non-towered aerodrome – pre-flight preparation

(a) using a current ERSA and NOTAM, for the non-towered aerodrome or landing area, extract all of the relevant 1
operational information
(b) interpret the extracted information 1
(c) identify all special aerodrome procedures 1
(d) check current weather forecast and local observations 1
(e) identify all relevant radio and navigation aid frequencies 1
ONTA.2 Taxi aircraft at a non-towered aerodrome or landing area
(a) refer to aerodrome or landing area chart (if available) 1
(b) set local QNH or area QNH 1
(c) broadcast intentions on appropriate frequency 1
(d) obtain and interpret traffic information 1
(e) maintain lookout for, and separation from, other aircraft, wildlife and other obstructions 1
(f) recognise ground markings during taxi and take appropriate action 1
(h) taxi aircraft to holding point 1
(i) use strobes when crossing any runway 1
ONTA.3 Perform departure at a non-towered aerodrome or landing area
(a) check and ensure runway approach is clear prior to entering a runway 1
(b) correctly set transponder code and mode prior to entering runway for take-off 1
(c) confirm runway approaches clear in all directions prior to entering runway 1
(d) broadcast line up details 1
(f) transmit appropriate radio calls and maintain separation with other aircraft 1
(g) advise air service provider of departure details, if required 1
(h) conduct departure 1
OGA Operate aircraft in Class G airspace
(a) maintain tracking and altitude tolerances to remain outside controlled airspace 1
(b) when using an aircraft radio:
(i) monitor appropriate radio frequency 1
(ii) make appropriate radio calls 1
(iii) obtain operational information from air services provider and other aircraft 1
(iv) use information to ensure aircraft separation is maintained 1
(v) apply loss of radio communication procedures 2
(c) using a suitable chart:
(i) operate clear of active aerodromes and landing areas in the vicinity of the aircraft 1
(ii) identify and remain clear of controlled and restricted airspace 1
(iii) take appropriate action when operating in the vicinity of a danger area 1
(d) Perform actions in the event of abnormal operations and emergencies 2
(e) Recall transponder emergency code and communication failure code 2
ONTA.4 Perform arrival and landing at a non-towered aerodrome or landing area
(a) check NOTAM prior to entering circuit area 1
(b) set correct area or local QNH 1
(c) use correct radio frequency to transmit inbound calls as required 1

PPL(A) 4 v1.1 June 2022 Page 2

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 4: AIRWORKS AND EMERGENCIES

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(d) maintain effective lookout 1

(e) maintain aircraft separation and avoid other traffic 1
(f) maintain tracking tolerances 1
(g) determine wind velocity 1
(h) determine landing direction 1
(i) confirm runway is serviceable for the operation 1
(j) determine circuit direction 1
(k) conduct landing area inspection (if applicable) 1
(l) position aircraft in the circuit in preparation for landing and maintain separation from traffic 1
(m) make all necessary circuit radio calls 1
(n) verify runway is clear of other traffic, wildlife and other obstructions 1
(o) land the aircraft 1
(p) vacate runway 1

CTR.1 Controlled aerodrome pre-flight preparation

(a) using a current NOTAM, for the controlled aerodrome, extract all the relevant operational information 1

(b) interpret the extracted information 1

(c) identify all special aerodrome procedures 1

(d) check current weather forecast and local observations 1

(e) identify all relevant radio and navigation aid frequencies 1

CTR.2 Taxi aircraft at a controlled aerodrome

(a) obtain and comply with ATC clearances 1

(b) manoeuvre aircraft to holding point as instructed and take appropriate action to avoid other aircraft and 1
obstructions

(d) recognise lighting signals and take appropriate action 1

(e) identify airport runway incursion hotspots 1

(f) request taxi guidance if unsure of position 1

(g) use strobes when crossing any runway 1

CTR.3 Perform departure from controlled aerodrome

(a) receive and correctly read back an airways clearance 1

(b) check and ensure runway approach is clear prior to entering a runway 1

(d) comply with ATC departure instructions 1

PPL(A) 4 v1.1 June 2022 Page 3

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 4: AIRWORKS AND EMERGENCIES

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(e) advise ATC as soon as possible if unable to comply with clearance 1

(f) contact approach with airborne report or give departure call to tower 1

(g) maintain lookout 1

(h) avoid wake turbulence 1

(i) comply with airways clearances within tracking and altitude tolerances and maintain traffic lookout until clear of the 1
aerodrome control zone

CTR.4 Perform arrival and landing at controlled aerodrome

(a) check ERSA and NOTAM prior to entering control area and extract required operational information 1

(b) receive ATIS and correctly set the appropriate QNH 1

(d) advise ATC as soon as possible if unable to comply with clearance 1

(e) maintain lookout at all times 1

(f) update QNH as required 1

(g) maintain tracking tolerances 1

(h) establish aircraft on the correct leg of the circuit in preparation for landing and maintain separation from traffic 1

(i) confirm clearance to land 1

(j) vacate runway and obtain taxi clearance 1

CTA.1 Operate aircraft in controlled airspace

(a) comply with airways clearance requirements for operating in all classes of airspace, including lead time required for 1
flight plan submission, contents, ‘clearance void time’, and ‘readback’ requirement

(b) reconfirm any clearance items when doubt exists 1

(d) perform appropriate actions in the event of abnormal operations and emergency procedures 1

(e) recall transponder emergency code and communication failure code 1

A3.2 Maintain straight and level flight

(v) at maximum range 1

(vi) at maximum endurance 1

PPL(A) 4 v1.1 June 2022 Page 4

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 4: AIRWORKS AND EMERGENCIES

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

IFF.2 Perform manoeuvres using full instrument panel

set and maintain power and attitude by reference to the full instrument panel to achieve the following:

(i) straight and level performance during normal cruise within the flight tolerances 1

(ii) nominated climb performance within the flight tolerances 1

(iii) descent performance within the flight tolerances 1

NTS1.1 Maintain effective lookout

(a) maintain traffic separation using a systematic visual scan technique at a rate determined by traffic density, visibility 1
and terrain

(b) maintain radio listening watch and interpret transmissions to determine traffic location and intentions 1

(c) perform airspace-cleared procedure before commencing any manoeuvre 1

NTS1.2 Maintain situational awareness

(a) monitor all aircraft systems using a systematic scan technique 1

(b) collect information to facilitate ongoing system management 1

(c) monitor flight environment for deviations from planned operations 1

(d) collect flight environment information to update planned operations 1

NTS1.4 Set priorities and manage tasks

(a) organise workload and priorities to ensure optimum outcome of the flight 2

(b) plan events and tasks to occur sequentially 2

(d) use technology to reduce workload and improve cognitive and manipulative activities 2

NTS1.5 Maintain effective communications and interpersonal relationships

(a) establish and maintain effective and efficient communications and interpersonal relationships with all stakeholders 1
to ensure the optimum outcome of the flight

(b) define and explain objectives to stakeholders 1

NTS2.3 Recognise and manage undesired aircraft state

(a) recognise an undesired aircraft state 2

(b) prioritise tasks to ensure an undesired aircraft state is managed effectively 2

PPL(A) 4 v1.1 June 2022 Page 5

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 4: AIRWORKS AND EMERGENCIES

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

C1 Communicating in the aviation environment 1

C2 Perform pre- and post-flight actions and procedures 1

C3 Operate aeronautical radio 1

C4 Manage fuel 1

A2 Take-off aeroplane 1

A3 Control aeroplane in normal flight 1

A4 Land aeroplane

A4.1 Land Aeroplane 2

A4.2 Land Aeroplane in a crosswind 2

A4.3 Conduct a Go-Around 2

S4.4 Perform recovery from missed landing 2

A4.5 Short landing 2

A5 Aeroplane advanced manoeuvres 2

A6 Manage abnormal situations – single-engine aeroplanes 2

IFF Full instrument panel manoeuvres 2

NTS1.3 Assess situations and make decisions

(a) identify problems 2

(b) analyse problems 2

(c) identify solutions 2

(d) assess solutions and risks 2

(e) decide on a course of action 2

(f) communicate plans of action (if appropriate) 2

(g) allocate tasks for action (if appropriate) 2

(h) take actions to achieve optimum outcomes for the operation 2

(i) monitor progress against plan 2

(j) re-evaluate plan to achieve optimum outcomes 2

NTS2.1 Recognise and manage threats

(a) identify relevant environmental or operational threats that are likely to affect the safety of the flight 2

PPL(A) 4 v1.1 June 2022 Page 6

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 4: AIRWORKS AND EMERGENCIES

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(b) identify when competing priorities and demands may represent a threat to the safety of the flight 2

(c) develop and implement countermeasures to manage threats 2

(d) monitor and assess flight progress to ensure a safe outcome, or modify actions when a safe outcome is not 2
assured

NTS2.2 Recognise and manage errors

(a) apply checklists and standard operating procedures to prevent aircraft handling, procedural or communication 2
errors

(b) identify committed errors before safety is affected or the aircraft enters an undesired state 2

(i) aircraft systems using a systematic scan technique 2

(ii) the flight environment 2

(iii) other crew 2

(d) implement countermeasures to prevent errors or take action in the time available to correct errors before the 2
aircraft enters an undesired state

*Enter the performance standard achieved if it is different to that required

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

PPL(A) 4 v1.1 June 2022 Page 7

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 4: AIRWORKS AND EMERGENCIES

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

Proceed to next training session? Yes No

Instructor’s signature & date Trainee’s signature & date

PPL(A) 4 v1.1 June 2022 Page 8

Private Pilot Licence – Aeroplane Category Rating

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD

PPL(A) 5: AIRWORKS, GROUND REF. MAN., TAKE-OFF AND LANDING

Flight no: PPL(A)5.____ Trainee name:

Date: Instructor:
Aircraft Aircraft type: Flight time:
registration:

Lesson Objective
 Proficient in the previous maneuvers
 Introduced to S-Turns, Turn around a point
 Demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision making

PRE-FLIGHT KNOWLEDGE
Briefing: .5-1.0 hour (As required)
Content

Briefing
 Safety aspects in conducting ground/flight operations
 Weather and NOTAMs
 Forms and documents
 Aircraft technical knowledge
 Review previous lesson
 New lessons

Pre-flight briefing
 Review flight sequences, what to expect, see & do
 Check essential knowledge
 Reinforce threat & error management
 Reinforce significant airmanship points

Pre-flight knowledge components complete: Instructor’s signature & date

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.0 hours dual

PPL(A) 5 v1.1 June 2022 Page 1

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 5: AIRWORKS, GROUND REF. MAN., TAKE-OFF AND LANDING

Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

OGA Operate aircraft in Class G airspace

(a) when using an aircraft radio:
(i) apply loss of radio communication procedures 1
(b) using a suitable chart:
(i) operate clear of active aerodromes and landing areas in the vicinity of the aircraft 1
(ii) identify and remain clear of controlled and restricted airspace 1
(iii) take appropriate action when operating in the vicinity of a danger area 1

A4 Land aeroplane

A4.1 Land Aeroplane 2

A4.2 Land Aeroplane in a crosswind 2

A4.3 Conduct a Go-Around 2

S4.4 Perform recovery from missed landing 2

A4.5 Short landing 2

A5 Aeroplane advanced manoeuvres 2

A6 Manage abnormal situations – single-engine aeroplanes 2

IFF Full instrument panel manoeuvres 2

(a) develop and implement countermeasures to manage threats 2

(b) monitor and assess flight progress to ensure a safe outcome, or modify actions when a safe outcome is not 2
assured

*Enter the performance standard achieved if it is different to that required

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

PPL(A) 5 v1.1 June 2022 Page 2

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 5: AIRWORKS, GROUND REF. MAN., TAKE-OFF AND LANDING

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

Proceed to next training session? Yes No

Instructor’s signature & date Trainee’s signature & date

PPL(A) 5 v1.1 June 2022 Page 3

Private Pilot Licence – Aeroplane Category Rating

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD

PPL(A) 6: TRAFFIC PATTERN, TAKE-OFF AND LANDING

Flight no: PPL(A)6.____ Trainee name:

Date: Instructor:
Aircraft Aircraft type: Flight time:
registration:

Lesson Objective
 Introduced to Rectangular Course and traffic pattern operations, with normal and crosswind TOL
 Be able to demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision-making

PRE-FLIGHT KNOWLEDGE
Briefing: .5-1.0 hour (As required)
Content

Briefing
 Safety aspects in conducting ground/flight operations
 Weather and NOTAMs
 Forms and documents
 Aircraft technical knowledge
 Review previous lesson

Pre-flight briefing
 Review flight sequences, what to expect, see & do
 Check essential knowledge
 Reinforce threat & error management
 Reinforce significant airmanship points

Pre-flight knowledge components complete: Instructor’s signature & date

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
MO

Ref
ere

Standard
S

PPL(A) 6 v1.1 June 2022 Page 1

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 6: TRAFFIC PATTERN, TAKE-OFF AND LANDING

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)
ONTA.1 Non-towered aerodrome – pre-flight preparation
(a) using a current ERSA and NOTAM, for the non-towered aerodrome or landing area, extract all of the relevant 1
operational information
(b) interpret the extracted information 1
(c) identify all special aerodrome procedures 1
(d) check current weather forecast and local observations 1
(e) identify all relevant radio and navigation aid frequencies 1
ONTA.2 Taxi aircraft at a non-towered aerodrome or landing area
(a) refer to aerodrome or landing area chart (if available) 1
(b) set local QNH or area QNH 1
(c) broadcast intentions on appropriate frequency 1
(d) obtain and interpret traffic information 1
(e) maintain lookout for, and separation from, other aircraft, wildlife and other obstructions 1
(f) recognise ground markings during taxi and take appropriate action 1
(h) taxi aircraft to holding point 1
(i) use strobes when crossing any runway 1
ONTA.3 Perform departure at a non-towered aerodrome or landing area
(a) check and ensure runway approach is clear prior to entering a runway 1
(b) correctly set transponder code and mode prior to entering runway for take-off 1
(c) confirm runway approaches clear in all directions prior to entering runway 1
(d) broadcast line up details 1
(f) transmit appropriate radio calls and maintain separation with other aircraft 1
(g) advise air service provider of departure details, if required 1
(h) conduct departure 1
OGA Operate aircraft in Class G airspace
(a) maintain tracking and altitude tolerances to remain outside controlled airspace 1
(b) when using an aircraft radio:
(i) monitor appropriate radio frequency 1
(ii) make appropriate radio calls 1
(iii) obtain operational information from air services provider and other aircraft 1
(iv) use information to ensure aircraft separation is maintained 1
(v) apply loss of radio communication procedures 1
(c) using a suitable chart:
(i) operate clear of active aerodromes and landing areas in the vicinity of the aircraft 1
(ii) identify and remain clear of controlled and restricted airspace 1
(iii) take appropriate action when operating in the vicinity of a danger area 1
ONTA.4 Perform arrival and landing at a non-towered aerodrome or landing area
(a) check NOTAM prior to entering circuit area 1
(b) set correct area or local QNH 1
(c) use correct radio frequency to transmit inbound calls as required 1
(d) maintain effective lookout 1
(e) maintain aircraft separation and avoid other traffic 1
(f) maintain tracking tolerances 1
(g) determine wind velocity 1

PPL(A) 5 v1.1 June 2022 Page 2

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 6: TRAFFIC PATTERN, TAKE-OFF AND LANDING

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(h) determine landing direction 1

(i) confirm runway is serviceable for the operation 1
(j) determine circuit direction 1
(k) conduct landing area inspection (if applicable) 1
(l) position aircraft in the circuit in preparation for landing and maintain separation from traffic 1
(m) make all necessary circuit radio calls 1
(n) verify runway is clear of other traffic, wildlife and other obstructions 1
(o) land the aircraft 1
(p) vacate runway 1

CTR.1 Controlled aerodrome pre-flight preparation

(a) using a current NOTAM, for the controlled aerodrome, extract all the relevant operational information 1

(b) interpret the extracted information 1

(c) identify all special aerodrome procedures 1

(d) check current weather forecast and local observations 1

(e) identify all relevant radio and navigation aid frequencies 1

CTR.2 Taxi aircraft at a controlled aerodrome

(a) obtain and comply with ATC clearances 1

(b) manoeuvre aircraft to holding point as instructed and take appropriate action to avoid other aircraft and 1
obstructions

(d) recognise lighting signals and take appropriate action 1

(e) identify airport runway incursion hotspots 1

(f) request taxi guidance if unsure of position 1

(g) use strobes when crossing any runway 1

CTR.3 Perform departure from controlled aerodrome

(a) receive and correctly read back an airways clearance 1

(b) check and ensure runway approach is clear prior to entering a runway 1

(d) comply with ATC departure instructions 1

(e) advise ATC as soon as possible if unable to comply with clearance 1

(f) contact approach with airborne report or give departure call to tower 1

(g) maintain lookout 1

PPL(A) 5 v1.1 June 2022 Page 3

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 6: TRAFFIC PATTERN, TAKE-OFF AND LANDING

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(h) avoid wake turbulence 1

(i) comply with airways clearances within tracking and altitude tolerances and maintain traffic lookout until clear of the 1
aerodrome control zone

CTR.4 Perform arrival and landing at controlled aerodrome

(a) check ERSA and NOTAM prior to entering control area and extract required operational information 1

(b) receive ATIS and correctly set the appropriate QNH 1

(d) advise ATC as soon as possible if unable to comply with clearance 1

(e) maintain lookout at all times 1

(f) update QNH as required 1

(g) maintain tracking tolerances 1

(h) establish aircraft on the correct leg of the circuit in preparation for landing and maintain separation from traffic 1

(i) confirm clearance to land 1

(j) vacate runway and obtain taxi clearance 1

CTA.1 Operate aircraft in controlled airspace

(b) reconfirm any clearance items when doubt exists 1

(d) perform appropriate actions in the event of abnormal operations and emergency procedures 1

(e) recall transponder emergency code and communication failure code 1

A3.2 Maintain straight and level flight

(v) at maximum range 1

(vi) at maximum endurance 1

IFF.2 Perform manoeuvres using full instrument panel

set and maintain power and attitude by reference to the full instrument panel to achieve the following:

(i) straight and level performance during normal cruise within the flight tolerances 1

(ii) nominated climb performance within the flight tolerances 1

PPL(A) 5 v1.1 June 2022 Page 4

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 6: TRAFFIC PATTERN, TAKE-OFF AND LANDING

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(iii) descent performance within the flight tolerances 1

NTS1.1 Maintain effective lookout

(a) maintain traffic separation using a systematic visual scan technique at a rate determined by traffic density, visibility 1
and terrain

(b) maintain radio listening watch and interpret transmissions to determine traffic location and intentions 1

(c) perform airspace-cleared procedure before commencing any manoeuvre 1

NTS2.3 Recognise and manage undesired aircraft state

(a) recognise an undesired aircraft state 2

(b) prioritise tasks to ensure an undesired aircraft state is managed effectively 2

A2 Take-off aeroplane 1

A3 Control aeroplane in normal flight 1

A4 Land aeroplane

A4.1 Land Aeroplane 1

A4.2 Land Aeroplane in a crosswind 1

A4.3 Conduct a Go-Around 1

S4.4 Perform recovery from missed landing 1

A4.5 Short landing 1

NTS2.1 Recognise and manage threats

(a) identify relevant environmental or operational threats that are likely to affect the safety of the flight 2

(b) identify when competing priorities and demands may represent a threat to the safety of the flight 2

(c) develop and implement countermeasures to manage threats 2

(d) monitor and assess flight progress to ensure a safe outcome, or modify actions when a safe outcome is not 2
assured

NTS2.2 Recognise and manage errors

(a) apply checklists and standard operating procedures to prevent aircraft handling, procedural or communication 2
errors

(b) identify committed errors before safety is affected or the aircraft enters an undesired state 2

(i) aircraft systems using a systematic scan technique 2

PPL(A) 5 v1.1 June 2022 Page 5

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 6: TRAFFIC PATTERN, TAKE-OFF AND LANDING

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(ii) the flight environment 2

(iii) other crew 2

(d) implement countermeasures to prevent errors or take action in the time available to correct errors before the 2
aircraft enters an undesired state

*Enter the performance standard achieved if it is different to that required

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

Proceed to next training session? Yes No

Instructor’s signature & date Trainee’s signature & date

PPL(A) 5 v1.1 June 2022 Page 6

Private Pilot Licence – Aeroplane Category Rating

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD

PPL(A) 7: TRAFFIC PATTERN, TAKE-OFF AND LANDING

Flight no: PPL(A)7.____ Trainee name:

Date: Instructor:
Aircraft Aircraft type: Flight time:
registration:

Lesson Objective
 Introduce to Go-arounds, Aborted takeoff procedures, Power-off approaches, slips to landings
 Become proficient with normal and crosswind take-offs and landings
 Be able to demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision-making

PRE-FLIGHT KNOWLEDGE
Briefing: .5-1.0 hour (As required)
Content

Briefing
 Safety aspects in conducting ground/flight operations
 Weather and NOTAMs
 Forms and documents
 Aircraft technical knowledge
 Review previous lesson
 New lessons

Pre-flight briefing
 Review flight sequences, what to expect, see & do
 Check essential knowledge
 Reinforce threat & error management
 Reinforce significant airmanship points

Pre-flight knowledge components complete: Instructor’s signature & date

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.0 hours dual

PPL(A) 7 v1.1 June 2022 Page 1

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 7: TRAFFIC PATTERN, TAKE-OFF AND LANDING

Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

ONTA.1 Non-towered aerodrome – pre-flight preparation

(a) using a current ERSA and NOTAM, for the non-towered aerodrome or landing area, extract all of the relevant 1
operational information
(b) interpret the extracted information 1
(c) identify all special aerodrome procedures 1
(d) check current weather forecast and local observations 1
(e) identify all relevant radio and navigation aid frequencies 1
ONTA.2 Taxi aircraft at a non-towered aerodrome or landing area
(a) refer to aerodrome or landing area chart (if available) 1
(b) set local QNH or area QNH 1
(c) broadcast intentions on appropriate frequency 1
(d) obtain and interpret traffic information 1
(e) maintain lookout for, and separation from, other aircraft, wildlife and other obstructions 1
(f) recognise ground markings during taxi and take appropriate action 1
(h) taxi aircraft to holding point 1
(i) use strobes when crossing any runway 1
ONTA.3 Perform departure at a non-towered aerodrome or landing area
(a) check and ensure runway approach is clear prior to entering a runway 1
(b) correctly set transponder code and mode prior to entering runway for take-off 1
(c) confirm runway approaches clear in all directions prior to entering runway 1
(d) broadcast line up details 1
(f) transmit appropriate radio calls and maintain separation with other aircraft 1
(g) advise air service provider of departure details, if required 1
(h) conduct departure 1
OGA Operate aircraft in Class G airspace
(a) maintain tracking and altitude tolerances to remain outside controlled airspace 1
(b) when using an aircraft radio:
(i) monitor appropriate radio frequency 1
(ii) make appropriate radio calls 1
(iii) obtain operational information from air services provider and other aircraft 1
(iv) use information to ensure aircraft separation is maintained 1
(v) apply loss of radio communication procedures
(c) using a suitable chart:
(i) operate clear of active aerodromes and landing areas in the vicinity of the aircraft 1
(ii) identify and remain clear of controlled and restricted airspace 1
(iii) take appropriate action when operating in the vicinity of a danger area 1
(d) Perform actions in the event of abnormal operations and emergencies 1
(e) Recall transponder emergency code and communication failure code 1
ONTA.4 Perform arrival and landing at a non-towered aerodrome or landing area
(a) check NOTAM prior to entering circuit area 1
(b) set correct area or local QNH 1
(c) use correct radio frequency to transmit inbound calls as required 1

PPL(A) 7 v1.1 June 2022 Page 2

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 7: TRAFFIC PATTERN, TAKE-OFF AND LANDING

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(d) maintain effective lookout 1

CTR.1 Controlled aerodrome pre-flight preparation

(a) using a current NOTAM, for the controlled aerodrome, extract all the relevant operational information 1

(b) interpret the extracted information 1

(c) identify all special aerodrome procedures 1

(d) check current weather forecast and local observations 1

(e) identify all relevant radio and navigation aid frequencies 1

CTR.2 Taxi aircraft at a controlled aerodrome

(a) obtain and comply with ATC clearances 1

(b) manoeuvre aircraft to holding point as instructed and take appropriate action to avoid other aircraft and 1
obstructions

(d) recognise lighting signals and take appropriate action 1

(e) identify airport runway incursion hotspots 1

(f) request taxi guidance if unsure of position 1

(g) use strobes when crossing any runway 1

CTR.3 Perform departure from controlled aerodrome

(a) receive and correctly read back an airways clearance 1

(b) check and ensure runway approach is clear prior to entering a runway 1

(d) comply with ATC departure instructions 1

PPL(A) 7 v1.1 June 2022 Page 3

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 7: TRAFFIC PATTERN, TAKE-OFF AND LANDING

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(e) advise ATC as soon as possible if unable to comply with clearance 1

(f) contact approach with airborne report or give departure call to tower 1

(g) maintain lookout 1

(h) avoid wake turbulence 1

(i) comply with airways clearances within tracking and altitude tolerances and maintain traffic lookout until clear of the 1
aerodrome control zone

CTR.4 Perform arrival and landing at controlled aerodrome

(a) check ERSA and NOTAM prior to entering control area and extract required operational information 1

(b) receive ATIS and correctly set the appropriate QNH 1

(d) advise ATC as soon as possible if unable to comply with clearance 1

(e) maintain lookout at all times 1

(f) update QNH as required 1

(g) maintain tracking tolerances 1

(h) establish aircraft on the correct leg of the circuit in preparation for landing and maintain separation from traffic 1

(i) confirm clearance to land 1

(j) vacate runway and obtain taxi clearance 1

CTA.1 Operate aircraft in controlled airspace

(b) reconfirm any clearance items when doubt exists 1

(d) perform appropriate actions in the event of abnormal operations and emergency procedures 1

(e) recall transponder emergency code and communication failure code 1

A3.2 Maintain straight and level flight

(v) at maximum range 1

(vi) at maximum endurance 1

PPL(A) 7 v1.1 June 2022 Page 4

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 7: TRAFFIC PATTERN, TAKE-OFF AND LANDING

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

IFF.2 Perform manoeuvres using full instrument panel

set and maintain power and attitude by reference to the full instrument panel to achieve the following:

(i) straight and level performance during normal cruise within the flight tolerances 1

(ii) nominated climb performance within the flight tolerances 1

(iii) descent performance within the flight tolerances 1

NTS1.1 Maintain effective lookout

(a) maintain traffic separation using a systematic visual scan technique at a rate determined by traffic density, visibility 1
and terrain

(b) maintain radio listening watch and interpret transmissions to determine traffic location and intentions 1

(c) perform airspace-cleared procedure before commencing any manoeuvre 1

NTS1.2 Maintain situational awareness

(a) monitor all aircraft systems using a systematic scan technique 1

(b) collect information to facilitate ongoing system management 1

(c) monitor flight environment for deviations from planned operations 1

(d) collect flight environment information to update planned operations 1

NTS1.4 Set priorities and manage tasks

(a) organise workload and priorities to ensure optimum outcome of the flight 1

(b) plan events and tasks to occur sequentially 1

(d) use technology to reduce workload and improve cognitive and manipulative activities 1

NTS1.5 Maintain effective communications and interpersonal relationships

(a) establish and maintain effective and efficient communications and interpersonal relationships with all stakeholders 1
to ensure the optimum outcome of the flight

(b) define and explain objectives to stakeholders 1

NTS2.3 Recognise and manage undesired aircraft state

(a) recognise an undesired aircraft state 1

(b) prioritise tasks to ensure an undesired aircraft state is managed effectively 1

PPL(A) 7 v1.1 June 2022 Page 5

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 7: TRAFFIC PATTERN, TAKE-OFF AND LANDING

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

A2 Take-off aeroplane 1

A3 Control aeroplane in normal flight 1

A4 Land aeroplane

A4.1 Land Aeroplane 1

A4.2 Land Aeroplane in a crosswind 1

A4.3 Conduct a Go-Around 1

S4.4 Perform recovery from missed landing 1

A4.5 Short landing 1

A6 Manage abnormal situations – single-engine aeroplanes 1

NTS1.3 Assess situations and make decisions

(a) identify problems 1

(b) analyse problems 1

(c) identify solutions 1

(d) assess solutions and risks 1

(e) decide on a course of action 1

(f) communicate plans of action (if appropriate) 1

(g) allocate tasks for action (if appropriate) 1

(h) take actions to achieve optimum outcomes for the operation 1

(i) monitor progress against plan 1

(j) re-evaluate plan to achieve optimum outcomes 1

NTS2.1 Recognise and manage threats

(a) identify relevant environmental or operational threats that are likely to affect the safety of the flight 1

(b) identify when competing priorities and demands may represent a threat to the safety of the flight 1

(c) develop and implement countermeasures to manage threats 1

(d) monitor and assess flight progress to ensure a safe outcome, or modify actions when a safe outcome is not 1
assured

NTS2.2 Recognise and manage errors

(a) apply checklists and standard operating procedures to prevent aircraft handling, procedural or communication 1
errors

(b) identify committed errors before safety is affected or the aircraft enters an undesired state 1

PPL(A) 7 v1.1 June 2022 Page 6

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 7: TRAFFIC PATTERN, TAKE-OFF AND LANDING

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(i) aircraft systems using a systematic scan technique 1

(ii) the flight environment 1

(iii) other crew 1

(d) implement countermeasures to prevent errors or take action in the time available to correct errors before the 1
aircraft enters an undesired state

*Enter the performance standard achieved if it is different to that required

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

Proceed to next training session? Yes No

Instructor’s signature & date Trainee’s signature & date

PPL(A) 7 v1.1 June 2022 Page 7

Private Pilot Licence – Aeroplane Category Rating

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD

PPL(A) 8: PROGRESS CHECK FOR FIRST SOLO

Flight no: PPL(A)8.____ Trainee name:

Date: Instructor:
Aircraft Aircraft type: Flight time:
registration:

Lesson Objective
 Determine his/her ability to safely conduct his/her first solo
 Be able to demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision-making

PRE-FLIGHT KNOWLEDGE
Briefing: .5-1.0 hour (As required)
Content

Briefing
 Safety aspects in conducting ground/flight operations
 Weather and NOTAMs
 Forms and documents
 Aircraft technical knowledge
 Lesson necessary for First Solo Flight

Pre-flight briefing
 Review flight sequences, what to expect, see & do
 Check essential knowledge
 Reinforce threat & error management
 Reinforce significant airmanship points

Pre-flight knowledge components complete: Instructor’s signature & date

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 1.0 hours dual
Performance
MO

Ref
ere

Standard
S

PPL(A) 8 v1.1 June 2022 Page 1

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 8: PROGRESS CHECK FOR FIRST SOLO

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)
ONTA.1 Non-towered aerodrome – pre-flight preparation
(a) using a current ERSA and NOTAM, for the non-towered aerodrome or landing area, extract all of the relevant 1
operational information
(b) interpret the extracted information 1
(c) identify all special aerodrome procedures 1
(d) check current weather forecast and local observations 1
(e) identify all relevant radio and navigation aid frequencies 1
ONTA.2 Taxi aircraft at a non-towered aerodrome or landing area
(a) refer to aerodrome or landing area chart (if available) 1
(b) set local QNH or area QNH 1
(c) broadcast intentions on appropriate frequency 1
(d) obtain and interpret traffic information 1
(e) maintain lookout for, and separation from, other aircraft, wildlife and other obstructions 1
(f) recognise ground markings during taxi and take appropriate action 1
(h) taxi aircraft to holding point 1
(i) use strobes when crossing any runway 1
ONTA.3 Perform departure at a non-towered aerodrome or landing area
(a) check and ensure runway approach is clear prior to entering a runway 1
(b) correctly set transponder code and mode prior to entering runway for take-off 1
(c) confirm runway approaches clear in all directions prior to entering runway 1
(d) broadcast line up details 1
(f) transmit appropriate radio calls and maintain separation with other aircraft 1
(g) advise air service provider of departure details, if required 1
(h) conduct departure 1
OGA Operate aircraft in Class G airspace
(a) maintain tracking and altitude tolerances to remain outside controlled airspace 1
(b) when using an aircraft radio:
(i) monitor appropriate radio frequency 1
(ii) make appropriate radio calls 1
(iii) obtain operational information from air services provider and other aircraft 1
(iv) use information to ensure aircraft separation is maintained 1
(c) using a suitable chart:
(i) operate clear of active aerodromes and landing areas in the vicinity of the aircraft 1
(ii) identify and remain clear of controlled and restricted airspace 1
(iii) take appropriate action when operating in the vicinity of a danger area 1
(d) Perform actions in the event of abnormal operations and emergencies 1
(e) Recall transponder emergency code and communication failure code 1
ONTA.4 Perform arrival and landing at a non-towered aerodrome or landing area
(a) check NOTAM prior to entering circuit area 1
(b) set correct area or local QNH 1
(c) use correct radio frequency to transmit inbound calls as required 1
(d) maintain effective lookout 1
(e) maintain aircraft separation and avoid other traffic 1
(f) maintain tracking tolerances 1

PPL(A) 8 v1.1 June 2022 Page 2

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 8: PROGRESS CHECK FOR FIRST SOLO

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 1.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(g) determine wind velocity 1

(h) determine landing direction 1
(i) confirm runway is serviceable for the operation 1
(j) determine circuit direction 1
(k) conduct landing area inspection (if applicable) 1
(l) position aircraft in the circuit in preparation for landing and maintain separation from traffic 1
(m) make all necessary circuit radio calls 1
(n) verify runway is clear of other traffic, wildlife and other obstructions 1
(o) land the aircraft 1
(p) vacate runway 1

CTR.1 Controlled aerodrome pre-flight preparation

(a) using a current NOTAM, for the controlled aerodrome, extract all the relevant operational information 1

(b) interpret the extracted information 1

(c) identify all special aerodrome procedures 1

(d) check current weather forecast and local observations 1

(e) identify all relevant radio and navigation aid frequencies 1

CTR.2 Taxi aircraft at a controlled aerodrome

(a) obtain and comply with ATC clearances 1

(b) manoeuvre aircraft to holding point as instructed and take appropriate action to avoid other aircraft and 1
obstructions

(d) recognise lighting signals and take appropriate action 1

(e) identify airport runway incursion hotspots 1

(f) request taxi guidance if unsure of position 1

(g) use strobes when crossing any runway 1

CTR.3 Perform departure from controlled aerodrome

(a) receive and correctly read back an airways clearance 1

(b) check and ensure runway approach is clear prior to entering a runway 1

(d) comply with ATC departure instructions 1

(e) advise ATC as soon as possible if unable to comply with clearance 1

(f) contact approach with airborne report or give departure call to tower 1

PPL(A) 8 v1.1 June 2022 Page 3

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 8: PROGRESS CHECK FOR FIRST SOLO

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 1.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(g) maintain lookout 1

(h) avoid wake turbulence 1

(i) comply with airways clearances within tracking and altitude tolerances and maintain traffic lookout until clear of the 1
aerodrome control zone

CTR.4 Perform arrival and landing at controlled aerodrome

(a) check ERSA and NOTAM prior to entering control area and extract required operational information 1

(b) receive ATIS and correctly set the appropriate QNH 1

(d) advise ATC as soon as possible if unable to comply with clearance 1

(e) maintain lookout at all times 1

(f) update QNH as required 1

(g) maintain tracking tolerances 1

(h) establish aircraft on the correct leg of the circuit in preparation for landing and maintain separation from traffic 1

(i) confirm clearance to land 1

(j) vacate runway and obtain taxi clearance 1

CTA.1 Operate aircraft in controlled airspace

(b) reconfirm any clearance items when doubt exists 1

(d) perform appropriate actions in the event of abnormal operations and emergency procedures 1

(e) recall transponder emergency code and communication failure code 1

A3.2 Maintain straight and level flight

(v) at maximum range 1

(vi) at maximum endurance 1

IFF.2 Perform manoeuvres using full instrument panel

set and maintain power and attitude by reference to the full instrument panel to achieve the following:

(i) straight and level performance during normal cruise within the flight tolerances 1

PPL(A) 8 v1.1 June 2022 Page 4

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 8: PROGRESS CHECK FOR FIRST SOLO

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 1.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(ii) nominated climb performance within the flight tolerances 1

(iii) descent performance within the flight tolerances 1

NTS1.1 Maintain effective lookout

(a) maintain traffic separation using a systematic visual scan technique at a rate determined by traffic density, visibility 1
and terrain

(b) maintain radio listening watch and interpret transmissions to determine traffic location and intentions 1

(c) perform airspace-cleared procedure before commencing any manoeuvre 1

NTS1.2 Maintain situational awareness

(a) monitor all aircraft systems using a systematic scan technique 1

(b) collect information to facilitate ongoing system management 1

(c) monitor flight environment for deviations from planned operations 1

(d) collect flight environment information to update planned operations 1

NTS1.4 Set priorities and manage tasks

(a) organise workload and priorities to ensure optimum outcome of the flight 1

(b) plan events and tasks to occur sequentially 1

(d) use technology to reduce workload and improve cognitive and manipulative activities 1

NTS1.5 Maintain effective communications and interpersonal relationships

(a) establish and maintain effective and efficient communications and interpersonal relationships with all stakeholders 1
to ensure the optimum outcome of the flight

(b) define and explain objectives to stakeholders 1

NTS2.3 Recognise and manage undesired aircraft state

(a) recognise an undesired aircraft state 1

(b) prioritise tasks to ensure an undesired aircraft state is managed effectively 1

PPL(A) 8 v1.1 June 2022 Page 5

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 8: PROGRESS CHECK FOR FIRST SOLO

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 1.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

C1 Communicating in the aviation environment 1

C2 Perform pre- and post-flight actions and procedures 1

C3 Operate aeronautical radio 1

A2 Take-off aeroplane 1

A3 Control aeroplane in normal flight 1

A4 Land aeroplane

A4.1 Land Aeroplane 1

A4.2 Land Aeroplane in a crosswind 1

A4.3 Conduct a Go-Around 1

S4.4 Perform recovery from missed landing 1

A4.5 Short landing 1

A5 Aeroplane advanced manoeuvres 1

A6 Manage abnormal situations – single-engine aeroplanes 1

IFF Full instrument panel manoeuvres 1

NTS1.3 Assess situations and make decisions

(a) identify problems 1

(b) analyse problems 1

(c) identify solutions 1

(d) assess solutions and risks 1

(e) decide on a course of action 1

(f) communicate plans of action (if appropriate) 1

(g) allocate tasks for action (if appropriate) 1

(h) take actions to achieve optimum outcomes for the operation 1

(i) monitor progress against plan 1

(j) re-evaluate plan to achieve optimum outcomes 1

NTS2.1 Recognise and manage threats

(a) identify relevant environmental or operational threats that are likely to affect the safety of the flight 1

(b) identify when competing priorities and demands may represent a threat to the safety of the flight 1

PPL(A) 8 v1.1 June 2022 Page 6

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 8: PROGRESS CHECK FOR FIRST SOLO

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 1.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(c) develop and implement countermeasures to manage threats 1

(d) monitor and assess flight progress to ensure a safe outcome, or modify actions when a safe outcome is not 1
assured

NTS2.2 Recognise and manage errors

(a) apply checklists and standard operating procedures to prevent aircraft handling, procedural or communication 1
errors

(b) identify committed errors before safety is affected or the aircraft enters an undesired state 1

(i) aircraft systems using a systematic scan technique 1

(ii) the flight environment 1

(d) implement countermeasures to prevent errors or take action in the time available to correct errors before the 1
aircraft enters an undesired state

*Enter the performance standard achieved if it is different to that required

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

Proceed to next training session? Yes No

PPL(A) 8 v1.1 June 2022 Page 7

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 8: PROGRESS CHECK FOR FIRST SOLO

Instructor’s signature & date Trainee’s signature & date

PPL(A) 8 v1.1 June 2022 Page 8

Private Pilot Licence – Aeroplane Category Rating

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD

PPL(A) 9: FIRST SOLO

Flight no: PPL(A)9 Trainee name:

Flight no: PPL(A)14.____ Trainee name:

Date: Instructor:
Aircraft Aircraft type: Flight time:
registration:

Lesson Objective
 Navigation route: [Enter navigation route]
 Cross country routes
 Pilotage, dead reckoning
 Cross country procedures, radio communications and phraseologies, diversion to alternates and lost
procedures.

PRE-FLIGHT KNOWLEDGE
Briefing: 0.5 hour
Content

Long briefing – Introduction to Flight Planning and Visual Navigation Techniques

 Navigation equipment
 Pre-flight briefing - obtaining and analysing weather forecasts, weather reports and NOTAMs
 Route selection and preparation of navigation charts
 Factors influencing choice of cruising levels
 Last light calculations and considerations
 Calculation of estimated fuel consumption, fuel reserves, operational requirements and preparation of fuel log
 Preparation and submission of flight plan
 Departure and arrival procedures/restrictions – non-towered aerodrome or landing area
 Operations in Class G airspace, airspace restrictions (prohibited, restricted and danger areas)
 Visual navigation techniques (e.g. dead reckoning, ‘time-to-map-to-ground’, the ‘one-in-sixty’ rule)
 Navigation checklist procedures, maintenance of navigation log
 Engine handling considerations, fuel management and use of fuel log
 Radio communication procedures

Pre-flight briefing
 Review flight sequences, what to expect, see & do
 Check essential knowledge
 Reinforce threat & error management
 Reinforce significant airmanship points

Pre-flight knowledge components complete: Instructor’s signature & date

PPL(A) 14 v1.1 June 2022 Page 1

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 14: CROSS COUNTRY ORIENTATION

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 5.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

NAV.1 Prepare documents and flight plan

(a) select and prepare appropriate navigation charts for the intended flight 2
(b) select a suitable route and altitude considering weather, terrain, airspace, NOTAMs and alternate landing areas 2
(c) obtain and interpret meteorological forecasts, NOTAMs and operational information applicable to the planned flight 2
(d) determine whether the planned flight can be conducted under the applicable flight rules and taking account of the 2
beginning and end of daylight times
complete a flight plan to the planned destination and alternates 2
NAV.3 Conduct departure procedures
(a) organise cockpit to ensure charts, documentation and navigational calculator are accessible from the control seat 2
(b) comply with all departure procedures, clearances and noise abatement requirements 2
(c) establish planned track on departure within 5 nm of airfield or apply alternative procedure if required 2
(d) calculate estimated time of arrival (ETA) for first waypoint 2
NAV.4 Navigate aircraft enroute
(a) maintain a navigation cycle that ensures accurate tracking, and apply track correctional techniques to re-establish 2
track prior to waypoint or destination
(b) maintain heading to achieve a nominated track 2
(c) maintain and revise ETAs (±2 minutes) for waypoint or destination 2
(d) navigate using accepted map-reading techniques 2
(e) maintain navigation and fuel log to monitor tracking, ETAs and fuel status 2
(f) use appropriate techniques to obtain a positive fix at suitable intervals 2
(g) maintain awareness of route, enroute terrain, enroute and destination weather, and react appropriately to changing 2
weather conditions
(h) perform pre-descent and turning point checks 2
(i) maintain appropriate radio communication and listening watch with ATS and other aircraft if radio is fitted and used 2
(j) monitor aircraft systems, manage fuel and engine to ensure aircraft is operated to achieve flight plan objectives 2
NAV.2 Comply with airspace procedures while navigating
(a) identify airspace restrictions and dimensions applicable to the flight 2
(b) obtain and comply with air traffic clearances, if applicable 2
(c) comply with airspace procedures applicable to the airspace classification throughout the flight 2
NAV.9 Execute arrival procedures
(a) obtain updated relevant aerodrome information 2
(b) determine landing direction and aerodrome suitability 2
(c) conduct arrival 2

PPL(A) 14 v1.1 June 2022 Page 2

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 14: CROSS COUNTRY ORIENTATION

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 5.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(d) identify and avoid all traffic 2

NAV.5 Navigate at low level and in reduced visibility

(a) configure the aircraft as required for the following environmental and operational conditions:

(i) reduced visibility 2

(ii) low cloud base 2

(b) navigate aeroplane at minimum heights (not below 500 ft AGL, clear of built-up areas) and remain in VMC 2

(d) operate appropriately in the vicinity of aerodromes and landing areas 2

NAV.6 Perform lost procedure

(a) acknowledge positional uncertainty in a timely manner 2

(b) configure aircraft for range and endurance as required 2

(c) apply recognised method to re-establish aircraft position 2

(d) fix position 2

(e) use radio to request assistance, if applicable 2

(f) plan a timely precautionary search and landing if unable to complete flight safely to suitable aerodrome 2

NAV.7 Perform diversion procedure

(a) make timely decision to divert 2

(b) identify an acceptable alternate aerodrome 2

(c) select a suitable route and cruising level 2

(d) revise flight plan considering weather, terrain, airspace and fuel available 2

(e) advise ATS of an intention to divert 2

*Enter the performance standard achieved if it is different to that required

DEBRIEFING
Content
 Training review and outcomes achieved against lesson objectives and the Part 61 MOS competency standards
 Recommendations for next lesson (including any carryover/remedial training)
 Trainee preparation for next lesson
 Training record completion and sign off

PPL(A) 14 v1.1 June 2022 Page 3

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
PPL(A) 14: CROSS COUNTRY ORIENTATION

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

Proceed to next training session? Yes No

Instructor’s signature & date Trainee’s signature & date

PPL(A) 14 v1.1 June 2022 Page 4

Private Pilot Licence – Aeroplane Category Rating

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD

PPL(A) 15: 150 NM CROSS COUNTRY FLIGHT

Flight no: PPL(A)15 Trainee name:

Date: Instructor:
Aircraft Aircraft type: Flight time:
registration:

Lesson Overview
 Student will undergo a Performance Checkride to test his/her readiness to fly Solo to a different assigned
aerodrome and to be released for solo cross country
 Navigation route: [Enter navigation route]
 Suggested flight time: 5.0 hours

Operational Limitations:

During solo flight, trainees must only be authorised to practise sequences that have been assessed to performance
standard 2 or 1, on a minimum of two separate flights.

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

Proceed to next training session? Yes No

Instructor’s signature & date Trainee’s signature & date

PPL (A) 15 v1.1 June 2022 Page 1

Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines ANNEX B
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
Commercial Pilot License Progress
Checks and Grading Sheets

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD

CPL (A) 1: ADVANCE GENERAL HANDLING

Flight no: CPL (A) 1.____ Trainee name:

Date: Instructor:
Aircraft Aircraft type: Flight time:
registration:

Lesson Objective
 Be able to practice, gain additional experience and be proficient in the review of private pilot maneuvers
assigned by the Flight Instructor.
 Be able to demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision making as pilot-in-
command.

PRE-FLIGHT KNOWLEDGE
Briefing: .5-1.0 hour (As required)
Content

Briefing
 Professionalism and competent performance as a commercial pilot– expectations, flight tolerances applicable to the
professional level
 General handling sequences and circuit operations

Pre-flight briefing
 Review flight sequences, what to expect, see & do
 Check essential knowledge
 Reinforce threat & error management
 Reinforce significant airmanship points

Pre-flight knowledge components complete: Instructor’s signature & date

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 8.0 hours PIC
Performance
MO

Ref

Standard
S

CPL (A) 1 v1.0 September 2022 Page 1

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 1: ADVANCE GENERAL HANDLING

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)
C1.1 Communicating face-to-face
(a) pronounces words clearly, using an accent that does not cause difficulties in understanding 2
(b) conveys information in clearly structured sentences without confusion or ambiguity 2
(c) uses an extensive vocabulary to accurately communicate on general and technical topics, without excessive use of 2
jargon, slang or colloquial language
(d) speaks fluently without long pauses, repetition or excessive false starts 2
(e) responds to communications with actions that demonstrate that the information has been received and understood 2
(f) exchanges information clearly in a variety of situations with both expert and non-expert English speakers while giving 2
and receiving timely and appropriate responses
(g) uses appropriate techniques to validate communications 2
C2.1 Pre-flight actions and procedures
(a) complete all required pre-flight administration documentation 2
(b) obtain, interpret and apply information contained in the required pre-flight operational documentation, including the
following:
(i) minimum equipment list (MEL) 2
(ii) maintenance release 2
(iii) weather forecasts 2
(iv) local observations 2
(v) Notice to Airmen (NOTAM) 2
(vi) Aeronautical Information Package (AIP) 2
(c) identify special aerodrome procedures 2
(d) identify all relevant radio and navigation aid facilities to be used during the flight (if applicable) 2
(e) determine the suitability of the current and forecast weather conditions for the proposed flight 2
(f) using the aircraft documents, calculate the following for a given set of environmental and operational conditions:
(i) weight and balance 2
(iii) take-off and landing performance 2
(iv) fuel requirements 2
(g) determine whether the aircraft is serviceable for the proposed flight 2
C4.1 Plan fuel requirements
(a) determine the required fuel reserves 2
(b) determine the quantity of fuel required taking into account operational requirements and relevant abnormal or 2
emergency conditions and contingencies
(c) determine the total fuel required for the flight 2
C4.2 Manage fuel system
(a) verify fuel quantity on-board aircraft prior to flight using two independent methods 2
(b) ensure the fuel caps are secured 2
(c) perform fuel quality check prior to flight 2
(d) ensure fuel drain cocks are closed 2
C2.2 Perform pre-flight inspection
(a) identify and secure equipment and documentation that is required for the flight 2
(b) complete an internal and external check of the aircraft 2
(c) identify all defects or damage to the aircraft 2
(d) report to, and seek advice from, qualified personnel to determine the action required in relation to any identified 2
defects or damage
(e) ensure all aircraft locking and securing devices, covers and bungs are removed and stowed securely 2

CPL (A) 1 v1.0 September 2022 Page 2

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 1: ADVANCE GENERAL HANDLING

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 8.0 hours PIC
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(f) certify the aircraft flight technical log entering any defects or endorsements to permissible unserviceabilities as 2
appropriate
(g) complete and certify the daily inspection (if authorised to do so) 2
A1.1 Start and stop engine
(a) perform engine start and after start actions 2
(d) considers ground surface in relation to contamination and propeller care during engine start activities 2
A1.2 Taxi aeroplane
(a) use aerodrome or landing area charts to taxi aircraft 2
(b) comply with taxiway and other aerodrome markings, right-of-way rules and ATC or marshalling instructions when 2
applicable
(c) perform applicable taxi checks, including the following:
(i) brakes and steering function normally and take appropriate action in the event of a malfunction 2
(ii) instruments for correct readings 2
(iii) altimeter setting 2
(d) maintain safe taxi speed and control of the aircraft 2
(e) maintain safe spacing from other aircraft, obstructions, and persons 2
(f) taxi the aeroplane along the centre of the taxiway 2
(g) avoid causing a hazard to other aircraft, objects or persons 2
(h) correct handling techniques are applied to take into account wind from all four quadrants 2
(i) correctly manage the engine during taxi manoeuvres 2
A2.1 Carry out pre take-off procedures
(a) correctly identify critical airspeeds, configurations, and emergency and abnormal procedures for normal and crosswind 2
take-offs
(b) work out a plan of action, in advance, to ensure the safest outcome in the event of abnormal operations 2
(c) verify and correctly apply correction for the existing wind component to the take-off performance 2
(d) perform all pre take-off and line-up checks required by the aircraft checklist 2
(e) ensure approach path is clear of conflicting traffic and other hazards before lining up for take-off 2
(f) align the aeroplane on the runway centreline 2
A2.2 Take off aeroplane
(a) apply the controls correctly to maintain longitudinal alignment on the centreline of the runway, if appropriate, prior to 2
initiating and during the take-off
(b) adjust the power controls taking into account the existing conditions 2
(c) monitor power controls, settings, and instruments during take-off to ensure all predetermined parameters are achieved 2
and maintained
(d) adjust the controls to attain the desired pitch attitude at the predetermined airspeed to attain the desired performance 2
(e) perform the take-off applying the required pitch, roll and yaw inputs as appropriate in a smooth, coordinated manner 2
(f) trim the aeroplane accurately 2
(g) perform gear and flap retractions, power adjustments (as applicable) and other required pilot-related activities 2
(h) maintain flight path along the runway extended centreline 2
(i) apply the applicable noise abatement and wake turbulence avoidance procedures 2
(j) recognise take-off abnormalities and take appropriate action to reject take-off (can be simulated) 2

CPL (A) 1 v1.0 September 2022 Page 3

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 1: ADVANCE GENERAL HANDLING

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 8.0 hours PIC
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

A2.3 Take off aeroplane in a crosswind

(a) perform a take-off in an aeroplane making appropriate adjustments for the crosswind conditions 2
(b) maintain the runway centreline and extended centreline 2
A2.5 Take off aeroplane from ‘short field’
(a) calculate take-off and landing performance in accordance with the aeroplane's performance charts 2
(b) perform take-off aeroplane to achieve the minimum length take-off performance 2
(c) perform take-off aeroplane to achieve the obstacle clearance parameters 2
A2.4 Carry out after take-off procedures
(a) perform after take-off checklist 2
(b) maintain the appropriate climb segment at the nominated heading and airspeed 2
(c) manoeuvre according to local and standard procedures 2
(d) maintain traffic separation 2
C3.3 Operate transponder
(a) operate a transponder during normal, abnormal and emergency operations 2
(b) recall transponder emergency codes 2
C3.1 Operate radio equipment
(a) confirm serviceability of radio equipment 2
(b) conduct transmission and receipt of radio communications using appropriate procedures and phraseology 2
(c) maintain a listening watch and respond appropriately to applicable transmissions 2
(d) conduct appropriate emergency and urgency transmissions 2
C1.2 Operational communication using an aeronautical radio
(a) maintain effective communication with others on operational matters 2
(b) communicate effectively in unfamiliar, stressful or non-standard situations 2
(c) apply the phonetic alphabet 2
(d) transmit numbers 2
(e) make appropriate transmissions using standard aviation phraseology 2
(f) use plain English effectively when standard phraseology is inadequate 2
(g) receive appropriate responses to transmissions 2
(h) respond to transmissions and take appropriate action 2
(i) recognise and manage communication errors and misunderstandings effectively 2
(j) seek clarification in the time available if a message is unclear or uncertainty exists 2
(k) react appropriately to a variety of regional accents 2
(l) communicate effectively in unexpected, stressful or non-standard situations using standard phraseology or plain 2
English
A3.1 Climb aeroplane
(a) operate and monitor all aircraft systems when commencing, during, and completing a climbing flight manoeuvre 2
(b) adjust altimeter subscale according to applicable settings 2
(c) identify and avoid terrain and traffic 2
(d) for the following climbing manoeuvres select power, attitude and configuration as required for the flight path, balance
and trim the aeroplane accurately, and apply smooth, coordinated control inputs to achieve the required flight
tolerances that apply to the manoeuvre:

CPL (A) 1 v1.0 September 2022 Page 4

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 1: ADVANCE GENERAL HANDLING

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 1: ADVANCE GENERAL HANDLING

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 8.0 hours PIC
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

A4.1 Land aeroplane

(a) maintain a constant landing position aim point 2
(b) achieve a smooth, positively-controlled transition from final approach to touchdown, including the following:
(i) control ballooning during flare 2
(ii) touchdown at a controlled rate of descent, in the specified touchdown zone within tolerances 2
(iii) control bouncing after touchdown 2
(iv) touch down aligned with the centreline within tolerances 2
(c) ensure separation is maintained 2
(d) maintain positive directional control and crosswind correction during the after-landing roll 2
(e) use drag and braking devices, as applicable, in such a manner to bring the aeroplane to a safe stop 2
(f) complete the applicable after-landing checklist items in a timely manner 2
A1.1 Start and stop engine
(b) perform engine shutdown and after shutdown actions 2
(d) considers ground surface in relation to contamination and propeller care during engine stop activities 2
C2.3 Post-flight actions and procedures
(a) shut down aircraft 2
(b) conduct post-flight inspection and secure the aircraft (if applicable) 2
(c) complete all required post-flight administration documentation 2

*Enter the performance standard achieved if it is different to that required

DEBRIEFING
Content
 Training review and outcomes achieved against lesson objectives and competency standards
 Recommendations for next lesson (including any carryover/remedial training)
 Trainee preparation for next lesson
 Training record completion and sign off

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

CPL (A) 1 v1.0 September 2022 Page 8

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 1: ADVANCE GENERAL HANDLING

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

Proceed to next training session? Yes No

Instructor’s signature & date Trainee’s signature & date

CPL (A) 1 v1.0 September 2022 Page 9

Commercial Pilot Licence – Aeroplane Category Rating

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD

CPL (A) 2: ADVANCE PERFORMANCE MANEUVERS

Flight no: CPL (A) 2.____ Trainee name:

Date: Instructor:
Aircraft Aircraft type: Flight time:
registration:

Lesson Objective
 Be introduced to asked to perform required commercial pilot performance maneuvers namely: Steep turns,
Steep Spirals, Chandelles, and Lazy Eights and their related human factors.
 Be able to demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision making as pilot-in-
command

PRE-FLIGHT KNOWLEDGE
Briefing: .5-1.0 hour (As required)
Content

Pre-flight briefing
 Review flight sequences, what to expect, see & do
 Check essential knowledge
 Reinforce threat & error management
 Reinforce significant airmanship points

Pre-flight knowledge components complete: Instructor’s signature & date

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.5 hours Dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard
Achieved*
Required

Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

CPL (A) 2 v1.0 September 2022 Page 1

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 2: ADVANCE PERFORMANCE MANEUVERS

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 2: ADVANCE PERFORMANCE MANEUVERS

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.5 hours Dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

A5.4 Sideslip aeroplane (where flight manual permits)

(a) straight sideslip:
(i) induce slip to achieve increased rate of descent while maintaining track and airspeed 2
(ii) adjust rate of descent by coordinating angle of bank and applied rudder 2
(b) sideslipping turn by adjusting the bank angle to turn through minimum heading change of 90° at constant airspeed 2
using sideslip, and exiting the turn on a specified heading or geographical feature, within tolerance
(c) recover from a sideslip and return the aeroplane to balanced flight 2
A6.3 Perform forced landing (simulated)
(a) after a simulated complete engine failure has occurred, without prior indications, carry out the following:
(i) identify complete power failure condition and control aeroplane 2
(ii) perform immediate actions 2
(iii) formulate and describe a recovery plan, including selecting the most suitable landing area 2
(iv) establish optimal gliding flight path to position the aeroplane for a landing on the selected landing area 2
(v) perform emergency procedures and land the aeroplane if the engine cannot be restarted as time permits 2
(vi) advise ATS or other agencies capable of providing assistance of situation and intentions 2
(vii) re-brief passengers about flight situation, brace position and harness security 2
(viii) land the aeroplane ensuring safest outcome if an engine restart is not achieved 2
C4.2 Manage fuel system
(e) monitor fuel usage during the flight 2
(f) accurately maintain fuel log 2
(g) calculate and state endurance at any point during flight 2
(h) perform fuel tank changes correctly 2
(i) maintain fuel load within aircraft limits 2
(j) operate the fuel cross-feed system correctly (if fitted) 2
(k) operate fuel pumps and engine controls correctly 2
A3.3 Descend aeroplane
(a) operate and monitor all aircraft systems during descending flight manoeuvres 2
(b) for the following descending manoeuvres select power, attitude and configuration as required for the flight path,
balance and trim the aeroplane accurately, and apply smooth, coordinated control inputs to achieve the required flight
tolerances that apply to the manoeuvre:
(i) glide 2
(ii) powered 2
(iii) approach configuration descent (flap and undercarriage) 2
(c) anticipate level-off altitude and achieve straight and level flight 2
A3.6 Perform circuits and approaches
(a) operate and monitor all aircraft systems when operating the aeroplane in the circuit 2
(b) in accordance with specific local procedures, safely perform a full circuit pattern (5 legs) by balancing and trimming the
aeroplane accurately while applying smooth, coordinated control inputs to achieve the required flight tolerances
specified for the flight path flown during traffic pattern manoeuvres as follows:
(i) track upwind along extended centreline to 500 ft 2
(ii) establish and maintain crosswind leg tracking 90° to the runway 2

CPL (A) 2 v1.0 September 2022 Page 6

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 2: ADVANCE PERFORMANCE MANEUVERS

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.5 hours Dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(iii) establish and maintain downwind leg tracking parallel to, and at a specified distance from, the runway at circuit 2
height
(iv) establish base leg tracking 90° to the runway at a specified distance from the runway threshold 2
(c) perform checks as required throughout circuit 2
(d) establish the approach and landing configuration appropriate for the runway and meteorological conditions, and adjust
the power plant controls as required for the following:
(i) commence and control approach descent path 2
(ii) adjust descent commencement point to take account of extended downwind leg or traffic adjustments 2
(iii) align and maintain aircraft on final approach flight path with specified or appropriate runway 2
(iv) set and maintain approach configuration not below 500 ft AGL 2
(v) identify and maintain the nominated aiming point 2
(vi) maintain a stabilised approach angle at the nominated airspeed not less than 1.3Vs to the round-out height 2
(vii) verify existing wind conditions, make proper correction for drift, and maintain a precise ground track 2
(viii) apply speed allowances for wind gusts 2
(ix) configure aeroplane for landing 2
(e) maintain aircraft separation and position in the circuit with reference to other aircraft traffic in the circuit area 2
A4.3 Conduct a missed approach
(a) recognise the conditions when a missed approach should be executed 2
(b) make the decision to execute a missed approach when it is safe to do so 2
(c) make a smooth, positively-controlled transition from approach to missed approach, including the following:
(i) select power, attitude and configuration to safely control aeroplane 2
(ii) manoeuvre aeroplane clear of the ground and conduct after take-off procedures 2
(iii) make allowance for wind velocity during go-around 2
(iv) avoid wake turbulence 2
A4.4 Perform recovery from missed landing
(a) recognise when a missed landing is occurring and when it is appropriate to take recovery action 2
(b) make the decision to execute recovery from a missed landing only when it is safe to do so 2
(c) make a smooth, positively-controlled transition from a missed landing to missed approach, including the following:
(i) select power, attitude and configuration to safely control aeroplane 2
(ii) manoeuvre aeroplane clear of the ground and conduct after take-off procedures 2
(iii) make allowance for wind velocity during go-around 2
(iv) avoid wake turbulence 2
A4.2 Land aeroplane in a crosswind
(a) verify existing wind conditions, make proper correction for drift, and maintain a precise ground track 2
(b) configure the aeroplane for the crosswind conditions 2
(c) control the aeroplane during the transition from final approach to touchdown and during after-landing roll to 2
compensate for the crosswind conditions
A4.5 Short landing
(a) land aeroplane at nominated touchdown point at minimum speed 2
(b) control ballooning during flare 2
(c) control bouncing after touchdown 2

CPL (A) 2 v1.0 September 2022 Page 7

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 2: ADVANCE PERFORMANCE MANEUVERS

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.5 hours Dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(d) maintain direction after touchdown 2

(e) apply maximum braking without locking up wheels 2
(f) stops aircraft within landing distance available 2
A4.1 Land aeroplane
(a) maintain a constant landing position aim point 2
(b) achieve a smooth, positively-controlled transition from final approach to touchdown, including the following:
(i) control ballooning during flare 2
(ii) touchdown at a controlled rate of descent, in the specified touchdown zone within tolerances 2
(iii) control bouncing after touchdown 2
(iv) touch down aligned with the centreline within tolerances 2
(c) ensure separation is maintained 2
(d) maintain positive directional control and crosswind correction during the after-landing roll 2
(e) use drag and braking devices, as applicable, in such a manner to bring the aeroplane to a safe stop 2
(f) complete the applicable after-landing checklist items in a timely manner 2
A1.1 Start and stop engine
(b) perform engine shutdown and after shutdown actions 2
(d) considers ground surface in relation to contamination and propeller care during engine stop activities 2
C2.3 Post-flight actions and procedures
(a) shut down aircraft 2
(b) conduct post-flight inspection and secure the aircraft (if applicable) 2
(c) complete all required post-flight administration documentation 2

*Enter the performance standard achieved if it is different to that required

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

CPL (A) 2 v1.0 September 2022 Page 8

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 2: ADVANCE PERFORMANCE MANEUVERS

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

Proceed to next training session? Yes No

Instructor’s signature & date Trainee’s signature & date

CPL (A) 2 v1.0 September 2022 Page 9

Commercial Pilot Licence – Aeroplane Category Rating

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD

CPL (A) 3: GROUND REFERENCE MANEUVERS

Flight no: CPL (A) 3.____ Trainee name

Date: Instructor:
Aircraft Aircraft type: Flight time:
registration:

Lesson Objective
 Be introduced to asked to perform commercial ground-reference maneuver of Eight-on-Pylons and be
introduced to spin awareness and their related human factors.
 Be able to demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision making as pilot-in-
command.

PRE-FLIGHT KNOWLEDGE
Long Briefing: .5-1.0 hour (As required)
Content

Briefing
 Reference maneuver and their related human factors.
 Precautionary search and landing

Pre-flight briefing
 Review flight sequences, what to expect, see & do
 Check essential knowledge
 Reinforce threat & error management
 Reinforce significant airmanship points

Pre-flight knowledge components complete: Instructor’s signature & date

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.5 hours dual
Performance
MO

Ref
ere

Standard
S

CPL (A) 3 v1.0 September 2022 Page 1

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 3: GROUND REFERENCE MANEUVERS

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)
A3.5 Control aeroplane at slow speeds
(a) complete pre-manoeuvre checks 2
(b) operate and monitor all aircraft systems when operating the aeroplane at slow speed 2
(c) for the following climbing manoeuvres select power, attitude and configuration as required for the flight path,
balance and trim the aeroplane accurately, and apply smooth, coordinated control inputs to achieve the required
flight tolerances that apply to the manoeuvre:
(i) minimum approach speed with flaps retracted 2
(ii) minimum approach speed in approach configuration 2
(d) observe audible and visual stall warnings and recover aeroplane to controlled flight 2
(e) recognise and respond positively to reduced effectiveness of controls during slow flight manoeuvres 2
(f) transition from slow speed configuration using take-off power to achieve nominated speed in excess of 1.5 Vs 2
without loss of height
A5.1 Enter and recover from stall
(a) perform pre-manoeuvre checks for stalling 2
(b) recognise stall signs and symptoms 2
(c) control the aeroplane by applying the required pitch, roll and yaw inputs as appropriate in a smooth, coordinated
manner, trim aeroplane accurately to enter and recover from the following manoeuvres:
(i) incipient stall 2
(ii) stall with full power applied 2
(iii) stall without power applied 2
(iv) stall under the following conditions:
(A) straight and level flight 2
(B) climbing 2
(C) descending 2
(D) approach to land configuration 2
(E) turning 2
(d) perform stall recovery as follows:
(i) positively reduce angle of attack 2
(ii) use power available and excess height to increase the aircraft energy state 2
(iii) minimise height loss for simulated low altitude condition 2
(iv) re-establish desired flight path and aircraft control 2
(e) recover from stall in simulated partial and complete engine failure configurations 2
A5.2 Recover from incipient spin
(a) perform pre-manoeuvre checks for an incipient spin 2
(b) recognise an incipient spin 2
(c) use the aeroplane's attitude and power controls to execute an incipient spin manoeuvre from the following flight
conditions and, using correct recovery technique, regain straight and level flight with height loss commensurate with
the available altitude (simulated ground base height may be set):
(i) straight and level flight 2
(ii) climbing 2
(iii) turning 2
A6.6 Recover from unusual flight attitudes
Nose-high unusual attitudes
(a) identify nose-high unusual attitude flight condition 2
(b) recover from nose-high unusual attitudes by adjusting pitch, bank and power to resume controlled and balanced 2
flight
(c) apply controlled corrective action while maintaining aircraft performance within limits 2

CPL (A) 3 v1.0 September 2022 Page 2

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 3: GROUND REFERENCE MANEUVERS

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.5 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

A6.3 Perform forced landing (simulated)

(b) after a simulated partial engine failure has occurred, without prior indications, carry out the following:
(i) identify partial power failure condition 2
(ii) perform recall actions 2
(iii) adjust flight controls to re-establish flight path that maximises performance for partial power condition and 2
maintain a safe airspeed margin above stall speed
(iv) establish radio communications where possible 2
(v) perform partial engine failure actions 2
(vi) formulate a plan to recover aeroplane to a safe landing area or aerodrome, taking into account that partial failure 2
might lead to a full power failure at any time
(vii) manoeuvre the aeroplane to a selected landing area or aerodrome using the remaining power to establish an 2
optimal aircraft position for a safe landing
(viii) advise ATS or other agencies capable of providing assistance of situation and intentions 2
(ix) re-brief passengers about flight situation, brace position and harness security 2
(x) maintain a contingency plan for coping with a full power failure throughout the manoeuvre 2
(xi) when a safe landing position is established, shut down and secure engine and aeroplane 2
A6.4 Conduct precautionary search and landing (simulated condition)
(a) assess flight circumstances and make an appropriate decision when to perform precautionary landing 2
(b) configure aeroplane for conditions 2
(c) perform precautionary search procedure 2
(d) select landing area, carry out an inspection and assess its suitability for landing, taking into account:
(i) unobstructed approach and overshoot paths 2
(ii) landing area length adequate for landing 2
(iii) landing area surface is suitable for aeroplane type and clear of hazards 2
(e) maintain orientation and visual contact with the landing area 2
(f) advise ATS or other agencies capable of providing assistance of situation and intentions 2
(g) re-brief passengers about flight situation, brace position and harness security 2
(h) land and secure aircraft and manage passengers 2
IFF.1 Determine and monitor the serviceability of flight instruments and instrument power sources
(c) monitor flight instrument and instrument power sources and react to any warnings, unserviceability or erroneous 2
indications
IFF.2 Perform manoeuvres using full instrument panel
(a) interpret flight instrument indications and apply procedures and techniques to achieve and maintain a specified flight 2
path using the aircraft's full instrument panel
(b) set and maintain power and attitude by reference to the full instrument panel to achieve the following:
(i) straight and level performance during normal cruise within the flight tolerances 2
(ii) nominated climb performance within the flight tolerances 2
(iii) descent performance within the flight tolerances 2
(c) set and maintain power and attitude by reference to the full instrument panel to establish a rate 1 turn onto a 2
nominated heading within the flight tolerances
A3.7 Local area airspace
(a) using an appropriate chart, for the local area and circuit area:
(i) identify geographical features 2

CPL (A) 3 v1.0 September 2022 Page 3

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 3: GROUND REFERENCE MANEUVERS

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.5 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(ii) identify geographical limits 2

(iii) identify restricted, controlled and uncontrolled airspace areas 2
(iv) state local airspace limits 2
(v) identify the transit route between the departure aerodrome and training area 2
(vi) identify the geographical limits of the training area 2
(vii) identify aerodromes and landing areas within the local area 2
(b) maintain orientation and pinpoint location by using geographical features and a local area chart 2
(c) transit from the circuit area and transit to the designated training area 2
(d) operate safely within a transit lane (if applicable) 2
(e) remain clear of restricted, controlled and other appropriately designated airspace 2
(f) operate safely in the vicinity of local aerodromes and landing areas 2
(g) transit from the designated training area to the circuit area 2
(h) set QNH appropriately 2
(i) correctly determine which runway is to be used for landing 2
(j) ensure runway is serviceable and available 2
(k) position aircraft for arrival into the circuit 2

*Enter the performance standard achieved if it is different to that required

CONSOLIDATION AND/OR REMEDIAL TRAINING

Performance
Standard
MOS Reference

Achieved
Required

Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

DEBRIEFING

CPL (A) 3 v1.0 September 2022 Page 4

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 3: GROUND REFERENCE MANEUVERS

Content
 Training review and outcomes achieved against lesson objectives and the competency standards
 Recommendations for next lesson (including any carryover/remedial training)
 Trainee preparation for next lesson
 Training record completion and sign off

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

Proceed to next training session? Yes No

Instructor’s signature & date Trainee’s signature & date

CPL (A) 3 v1.0 September 2022 Page 5

Commercial Pilot Licence – Aeroplane Category Rating

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD

CPL (A) 4: AIRWORKS, TRAFFIC PATTERN, TAKE-OFF AND LANDING

Flight no: CPL(A)4 Trainee name

Date: Instructor:
Aircraft Aircraft type: Flight time:
registration:

Lesson Overview
 General handling - solo
 Suggested flight time: 35 hours

Operational Limitations:

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

Proceed to next training session? Yes No

Instructor’s signature & date Trainee’s signature & date

CPL (A) 4 v1.0 September 2022 Page 1

Commercial Pilot Licence – Aeroplane Category Rating

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD

CPL (A) 5: PROGRESS CHECK FOR ADVANCE GENERAL HANDLING PHASE

Flight no: CPL (A) 5.____ Trainee name:

Date: Instructor:
Aircraft Aircraft type: Flight time:
registration:

Lesson Objective
 Review all commercial pilot maneuvers with emphasis on Take-offs and Landings, Go-around procedures,
Steep Turns, Slow Flight, Stalls, Chandelles, Lazy Eights, Eight-on-Pylons, and the Power-off 180 accuracy
approach and landing and their related human factors.
 Undergo a Progress Check with the CFI (or a designated FI) to demonstrate proficiency and his general
handling skills in the mentioned areas according to the completion standards.
 Be able to demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision making as pilot-in-
command

PRE-FLIGHT KNOWLEDGE
Briefing: .5-1.0 hour (As required)
Content

Pre-flight briefing
 Review flight sequences, what to expect, see & do
 Check essential knowledge
 Reinforce threat & error management
 Reinforce significant airmanship points

Pre-flight knowledge components complete: Instructor’s signature & date

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.0 hours PIC/Solo
Performance
MO

Ref

Standard
S

CPL (A) 5 v1.0 September 2022 Page 1

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 5: PROGRESS CHECK FOR ADVANCE GENERAL HANDLING PHASE

CPL (A) 5 v1.0 September 2022 Page 2

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 5: PROGRESS CHECK FOR ADVANCE GENERAL HANDLING PHASE

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.0 hours PIC/Solo
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

CPL (A) 5 v1.0 September 2022 Page 3

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 5: PROGRESS CHECK FOR ADVANCE GENERAL HANDLING PHASE

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 2.0 hours PIC/Solo
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

A2.3 Take off aeroplane in a crosswind

CPL (A) 5 v1.0 September 2022 Page 4

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 5: PROGRESS CHECK FOR ADVANCE GENERAL HANDLING PHASE

*Enter the performance standard achieved if it is different to that required

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

CPL (A) 5 v1.0 September 2022 Page 8

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 5: PROGRESS CHECK FOR ADVANCE GENERAL HANDLING PHASE

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

Proceed to next training session? Yes No

Instructor’s signature & date Trainee’s signature & date

CPL (A) 5 v1.0 September 2022 Page 9

Commercial Pilot Licence – Aeroplane Category Rating

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD

CPLA (A) 6: CROSS-COUNTRY FLIGHT ORIENTATION

Flight no: CPL (A) 6.____ Trainee name

Date: Instructor:
Aircraft Aircraft type: Flight time:
registration:

Lesson Objective
 CPL Navigation Exercise – Navigation route: [Enter navigation route*]
 Introduction to simulated commercial operations
- expected level of proficiency, flight tolerances applicable to the professional level
- flight planning, payload and fuel scenarios
 Simulated engine failure on take-off, simulated engine failure in the circuit
 General handling – steep turns, sideslipping, practice forced landing – simulated complete engine failure
 Navigation using navigation aids and systems
 Non-technical skills – monitor

PRE-FLIGHT KNOWLEDGE
Briefing: .5-1.0 hour as required
Content

Briefing
 Flight planning and flight notification
 Fuel planning (including for maximum payload and minimum fuel scenarios)
 Weight and balance calculations
 Take-off and landing distance calculations
 Navigation cycles, track correction techniques, fuel logs (under planned scenario and actual fuel status)
 Position fixing

Pre-flight briefing
 Review flight sequences, what to expect, see & do
 Check essential knowledge
 Reinforce threat & error management
 Reinforce significant airmanship points

Pre-flight knowledge components complete: Instructor’s signature & date

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 5.0 hours dual

CPL (A) 6 v1.0 September 2022 Page 1

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 6: CROSS-COUNTRY FLIGHT ORIENTATION

Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

NAV.1 Prepare documents and flight plan

(a) select and prepare appropriate navigation charts for the intended flight 2
(b) select a suitable route and altitude considering weather, terrain, airspace, NOTAMs and alternate landing areas 2
(c) obtain and interpret meteorological forecasts, NOTAMs and operational information applicable to the planned flight 2
(d) determine whether the planned flight can be conducted under the applicable flight rules and taking account of the 2
beginning and end of daylight times
(f) complete a flight plan to the planned destination and alternates 2
(g) lodge suitable flight notification for search and rescue (SAR) purposes 2
ONTA.1 Non-towered aerodrome – pre-flight preparation
(a) using a current ERSA and NOTAM, for the non-towered aerodrome or landing area, extract all of the relevant 2
operational information
(b) interpret the extracted information 2
(c) identify all special aerodrome procedures 2
(d) check current weather forecast and local observations 2
(e) identify all relevant radio and navigation aid frequencies 2
ONTA.2 Taxi aircraft at a non-towered aerodrome or landing area
(a) refer to aerodrome or landing area chart (if available) 2
(b) set local QNH or area QNH 2
(c) broadcast intentions on appropriate frequency 2
(d) obtain and interpret traffic information 2
(e) maintain lookout for, and separation from, other aircraft, wildlife and other obstructions 2
(f) recognise ground markings during taxi and take appropriate action 2
(h) taxi aircraft to holding point 2
(i) use strobes when crossing any runway 2
A6.1 Manage engine failure - take-off (simulated)
(a) correctly identify an engine failure after take-off 2
(b) apply the highest priority to taking action to control the aeroplane 2
(c) maintain control of the aeroplane 2
(d) perform recall actions 2
(e) perform emergency actions as far as time permits 2
(f) manoeuvre the aeroplane to achieve the safest possible outcome 2
(g) ensure passengers adopt brace position 2
(h) advise others such as ATS and other aircraft of intentions if time permits 2
ONTA.3 Perform departure at a non-towered aerodrome or landing area
(a) check and ensure runway approach is clear prior to entering a runway 2
(b) correctly set transponder code and mode prior to entering runway for take-off 2
(c) confirm runway approaches clear in all directions prior to entering runway 2
(d) broadcast line up details 2
(f) transmit appropriate radio calls and maintain separation with other aircraft 2
(g) advise air service provider of departure details, if required 2
(h) conduct departure 2
NAV.3 Conduct departure procedures
(a) organise cockpit to ensure charts, documentation and navigational calculator are accessible from the control seat 2

CPL (A) 6 v1.0 September 2022 Page 2

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 6: CROSS-COUNTRY FLIGHT ORIENTATION

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 5.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(b) comply with all departure procedures, clearances and noise abatement requirements 2
(c) establish planned track on departure within 5 nm of airfield or apply alternative procedure if required 2
(d) calculate estimated time of arrival (ETA) for first waypoint 2
NAV.2 Comply with airspace procedures while navigating
(a) identify airspace restrictions and dimensions applicable to the flight 2
(b) obtain and comply with air traffic clearances, if applicable 2
(c) comply with airspace procedures applicable to the airspace classification throughout the flight 2
NAV.4 Navigate aircraft enroute
(a) maintain a navigation cycle that ensures accurate tracking, and apply track correctional techniques to re-establish 2
track prior to waypoint or destination
(b) maintain heading to achieve a nominated track 2
(c) maintain and revise ETAs (±2 minutes) for waypoint or destination 2
(d) maintain track in accordance with published flight path tolerances in controlled airspace 2
(e) navigate using accepted map-reading techniques 2
(f) maintain navigation and fuel log to monitor tracking, ETAs and fuel status 2
(g) use appropriate techniques to obtain a positive fix at suitable intervals 2
(h) maintain awareness of route, enroute terrain, enroute and destination weather, and react appropriately to 2
changing weather conditions
(i) perform pre-descent and turning point checks 2
(j) maintain appropriate radio communication and listening watch with ATS and other aircraft if radio is fitted and 2
used
(l) maintain awareness of search and rescue times (SARTIME) and revise as required 2
(m) monitor aircraft systems, manage fuel and engine to ensure aircraft is operated to achieve flight plan objectives 2
OGA Operate aircraft in Class G airspace
(a) maintain tracking and altitude tolerances to remain outside controlled airspace 2
(b) apply separation tolerances between IFR flights, and IFR and VFR flights 2
(c) when using an aircraft radio:
(i) monitor appropriate radio frequency 2
(ii) make appropriate radio calls 2
(iii) obtain operational information from air services provider and other aircraft 2
(iv) use information to ensure aircraft separation is maintained 2
(d) using a suitable chart:
(i) operate clear of active aerodromes and landing areas in the vicinity of the aircraft 2
(ii) identify and remain clear of controlled and restricted airspace 2
(iii) take appropriate action when operating in the vicinity of a danger area 2
(e) perform actions in the event of abnormal operations and emergencies 2
(f) recall transponder emergency code and communication failure code 2

CPL (A) 6 v1.0 September 2022 Page 3

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 6: CROSS-COUNTRY FLIGHT ORIENTATION

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 5.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

A5.3 Turn aeroplane steeply 2

(steep level turns)
A5.4 Sideslip aeroplane (where flight manual permits) 2
(straight sideslip)
A6.3 Perform forced landing (simulated) 2
(simulated complete engine failure)
NAV.9 Execute arrival procedures
(a) obtain updated relevant aerodrome information 2
(b) determine landing direction and aerodrome suitability 2
(c) conduct arrival 2
(d) identify and avoid all traffic 2
(e) observe local and published noise abatement requirements and curfews 2
ONTA.4 Perform arrival and landing at a non-towered aerodrome or landing area
(a) check NOTAM prior to entering circuit area 2
(b) set correct area or local QNH 2
(c) use correct radio frequency to transmit inbound calls as required 2
(d) maintain effective lookout 2
(e) maintain aircraft separation and avoid other traffic 2
(f) maintain tracking tolerances 2
(g) determine wind velocity 2
(h) determine landing direction 2
(i) confirm runway is serviceable for the operation 2
(j) determine circuit direction 2
(k) conduct landing area inspection (if applicable) 2
(l) position aircraft in the circuit in preparation for landing and maintain separation from traffic 2
(m) make all necessary circuit radio calls 2
A6.2 Manage engine failure in the circuit area (simulated)
(a) correctly identify an engine failure during flight 2
(b) apply the highest priority to taking action to control the aeroplane 2
(c) perform recall actions 2
(d) select a suitable landing area within gliding distance, on the aerodrome or elsewhere 2
(e) perform emergency procedures and land the aeroplane if the engine cannot be restarted as time permits 2
(f) advise ATS or other agencies capable of providing assistance of situation and intentions 2
(g) re-brief passengers about flight situation, brace position and harness security 2
(h) land the aeroplane ensuring safest outcome if an engine restart is not achieved 2
ONTA.4 Perform arrival and landing at a non-towered aerodrome or landing area
(n) verify runway is clear of other traffic, wildlife and other obstructions 2
(o) land the aircraft 2
(p) vacate runway 2

*Enter the performance standard achieved if it is different to that required

CPL (A) 6 v1.0 September 2022 Page 4

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 6: CROSS-COUNTRY FLIGHT ORIENTATION

CONSOLIDATION AND/OR REMEDIAL TRAINING

Performance
Standard
MOS Reference

Achieved
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

Proceed to next training session? Yes No

Instructor’s signature & date Trainee’s signature & date

CPL (A) 6 v1.0 September 2022 Page 5

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 6: CROSS-COUNTRY FLIGHT ORIENTATION

CPL (A) 6 v1.0 September 2022 Page 6

Commercial Pilot Licence – Aeroplane Category Rating

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD

CPL (A) 7: CROSS-COUNTRY FLIGHT

Flight no: CPL(A) Trainee name

Date: Instructor:
Aircraft Aircraft type: Flight time:
registration:

Lesson Overview
 CPL Navigation Exercise – solo
 Navigation route: [Enter navigation route]
 Suggested flight time: 38 hours

Operational Limitations:

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

Proceed to next training session? Yes No

Instructor’s signature & date Trainee’s signature & date

CPL (A) 7 v1.0 September 2022 Page 1

Commercial Pilot Licence – Aeroplane Category Rating

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD

CPL (A) 8: 300 NM CROSS COUNTRY FLIGHT

Flight no: CPL (A) 8.____ Trainee name

Date: Instructor:
Aircraft Aircraft type: Flight time:
registration:

Lesson Objective
 CPL Navigation Exercise – Navigation route: [Enter navigation route*]
 Simulated commercial exercise, including simulated passenger and cargo management and loading
 Controlled airspace and controlled aerodrome operations
 Critical point and point of no return calculations
 Refuelling
 Engine start and shutdown – simulated emergencies
 Simulated engine failure on take-off
 Simulated R/T equipment malfunction
 Navigation at low level, best range and best endurance performance, turbulence penetration configuration
 Basic instrument flight –simulated inadvertent IMC entry and return to visual flight
 Perform lost procedure
 Perform diversion procedure
 General handling - stalling, incipient spin
 Practice forced landing – simulated partial engine failure, simulated engine failure in circuit area
 Precautionary search and landing
 Other abnormal situations – simulated electrical failure
 Short landing
 Monitor application of non-technical skills
 Assess:
- non-technical skills – maintain effective lookout

PRE-FLIGHT KNOWLEDGE
Briefing: as required
Content

Briefing
 Preparation for and overview of exercise
 Use of navigation aids and systems
 300NM Navlog
 Revision as required

Pre-flight briefing
 Review flight sequences, what to expect, see & do
 Check essential knowledge
 Reinforce threat & error management
 Reinforce significant airmanship points

CPL (A) 8 v1.0 September 2022 Page 1

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 8: 300 NM CROSS COUNTRY FLIGHT

PRE-FLIGHT KNOWLEDGE
Briefing: as required
Content

Pre-flight knowledge components complete: Instructor’s signature & date

CPL (A) 8 v1.0 September 2022 Page 2

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 8: 300 NM CROSS COUNTRY FLIGHT

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 7.0 hoursPIC/Solo
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

NAV.1 Prepare documents and flight plan

(e) calculate and document critical point (CP) and point of no return (PNR) locations 1
CTR.1 Controlled aerodrome pre-flight preparation
(a) using a current NOTAM, for the controlled aerodrome, extract all the relevant operational information 2
(b) interpret the extracted information 2
(c) identify all special aerodrome procedures 2
(d) check current weather forecast and local observations 2
(e) identify all relevant radio and navigation aid frequencies 2
C4.3 Refuel aircraft
(a) identify the correct type of fuel to be used 1
(b) ensure aircraft is earthed prior to refuelling and defueling operations 1
(c) correctly load and unload fuel 1
(d) ensure required fuel quantity is loaded 1
(e) ensure fuel caps are closed and secured after fuelling operations 1
(f) perform fuel quality checks 1
A1.1 Start and stop engine
(c) manage engine start malfunctions and emergencies 2
(e.g. flooded start, inoperative magneto after start)
A6.1 Manage engine failure - take-off (simulated) 2
C3.2 Manage R/T equipment malfunctions
(scenario outbound, scenario inbound to operating base)
(a) perform radio failure procedures 2
(b) use fault finding procedures and perform corrective actions 2
OGA Operate aircraft in Class G airspace
(v) apply loss of radio communication procedures 2
NAV.4 Navigate aircraft enroute
(k) configure the aircraft as required for the following environmental and operational conditions:
(i) turbulence 2
(ii) holding 2
(iii) maximum range 2
A3.2 Maintain straight and level flight
(d) for the following straight and level manoeuvres select power, attitude and configuration as required for the flight
path, balance and trim the aeroplane accurately, and apply smooth, coordinated control inputs to achieve the
required flight tolerances that apply to the manoeuvre:
(v) at maximum range 2
(vi) at maximum endurance 2
C4.2 Manage fuel system
(l) configure the aircraft correctly to achieve best range performance and correctly calculate the revised range of 2
operation
(m) configure the aircraft correctly to achieve best endurance performance and correctly calculate the revised 2
operational endurance

CPL (A) 8 v1.0 September 2022 Page 3

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 8: 300 NM CROSS COUNTRY FLIGHT

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 7.0 hoursPIC/Solo
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

NAV.5 Navigate at low level and in reduced visibility

(a) configure the aircraft as required for the following environmental and operational conditions:
(i) reduced visibility 2
(ii) low cloud base 2
(b) navigate aeroplane at minimum heights (not below 500 ft AGL, clear of built-up areas) and remain in VMC 2
(c) maintain separation from terrain, obstacles, allowing for wind and turbulence at low level 2
(d) avoid noise sensitive areas 2
(e) operate appropriately in the vicinity of aerodromes and landing areas 2
NAV.7 Perform diversion procedure
(a) make timely decision to divert 2
(b) identify an acceptable alternate aerodrome 2
(c) select a suitable route and cruising level 2
(d) revise flight plan considering weather, terrain, airspace and fuel available 2
(e) advise ATS of an intention to divert 2
A5.1 Enter and recover from stall 2
(revise incipient stall, stalls from straight & level flight and during climb)
A5.2 Recover from incipient spin 2
(revise incipient spin from straight and level flight)
A6.3 Perform forced landing (simulated) 2
(revise simulated partial engine failure)
A6.4 Conduct precautionary search and landing (simulated condition) 2
A6.5 Manage other abnormal situations (simulated)
(simulated electrical failure)
(a) correctly identify the situation and maintain safe control of the aeroplane at all times 2
(b) manage abnormal and emergency situations in accordance with relevant emergency procedures and regulatory 2
requirements
(c) follow appropriate emergency procedures while maintaining control of the aeroplane 2
(e) correctly identify when an emergency evacuation of an aeroplane is required 2
(f) execute a simulated emergency evacuation of an aeroplane 2
(g) advise ATS or other agencies capable of providing assistance of situation and intentions 2
IFL.4 Re-establish visual flight 3
(simulated inadvertent IMC entry – limited panel)
NAV.6 Perform lost procedure
(a) acknowledge positional uncertainty in a timely manner 2
(b) configure aircraft for range and endurance as required 2
(c) apply recognised method to re-establish aircraft position 2
(d) fix position 2
(e) use radio to request assistance, if applicable 2
(f) plan a timely precautionary search and landing if unable to complete flight safely to suitable aerodrome 2
CTA.1 Operate aircraft in controlled airspace
(a) comply with airways clearance requirements for operating in all classes of airspace, including lead time required 2
for flight plan submission, contents, ‘clearance void time’, and ‘readback’ requirement

CPL (A) 8 v1.0 September 2022 Page 4

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 8: 300 NM CROSS COUNTRY FLIGHT

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 7.0 hoursPIC/Solo
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(b) apply airways clearance requirements for entering, operating in and departing from CTA and CTR, including 2
details that need to be provided to ATC, and what details to expect from ATC
(c) maintain control area protection tolerances 2
(d) maintain tracking and altitude tolerances when operating on an airways clearance 2
(e) reconfirm any clearance items when doubt exists 2
(f) advise ATC as soon as possible if unable to maintain clearance due to adverse weather conditions 2
(g) follow ATC requirements for a change of level in CTA, including in an emergency situation 2
(h) comply with departure, climb, transition to cruise (levelling out), cruise, change of levels, descent and visual 2
approach procedures in CTA and CTR instructions
(i) apply separation standards between IFR flights, and IFR and VFR flights in the various classes of CTA 2
(j) perform appropriate actions in the event of the loss of radio communication in CTA and CTR 2
(k) perform appropriate actions in the event of abnormal operations and emergency procedures in CTA and CTR 2
(l) operate under radar vectoring procedures, including radio procedures and phraseologies 2
(m) maximum permissible time interval between ATC transmissions during radar vectoring are not exceeded 2
(n) perform appropriate actions in the event of abnormal operations and emergencies 2
(o) recall transponder emergency code and communication failure code 2
CTR.4 Perform arrival and landing at controlled aerodrome
(a) check NOTAM prior to entering control area and extract required operational information 2
(b) receive ATIS and correctly set the appropriate QNH 2
(c) request and receive ATC clearance and set correct transponder code prior to entering control area 2
(d) advise ATC as soon as possible if unable to comply with clearance 2
(e) maintain lookout at all times 2
(f) update QNH as required 2
(g) maintain tracking tolerances 2
(h) establish aircraft on the correct leg of the circuit in preparation for landing and maintain separation from traffic 2
(i) confirm clearance to land 2
(j) vacate runway and obtain taxi clearance 2
CTR.2 Taxi aircraft at a controlled aerodrome
(a) obtain and comply with ATC clearances 2
(b) manoeuvre aircraft to holding point as instructed and take appropriate action to avoid other aircraft and 2
obstructions
(c) recognise ground markings during taxi and take appropriate action 2
(d) recognise lighting signals and take appropriate action 2
(e) identify airport runway incursion hotspots 2
(f) manoeuvre aircraft to avoid jet blast hazard 2
(g) request taxi guidance if unsure of position 2
(h) use strobes when crossing any runway 2
CTR.3 Perform departure from controlled aerodrome
(a) receive and correctly read back an airways clearance 2
(b) check and ensure runway approach is clear prior to entering a runway 2
(c) correctly set transponder code and mode prior to entering runway for take-off 2

CPL (A) 8 v1.0 September 2022 Page 5

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 8: 300 NM CROSS COUNTRY FLIGHT

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 7.0 hoursPIC/Solo
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(d) comply with ATC departure instructions 2

(e) advise ATC as soon as possible if unable to comply with clearance 2
(f) contact approach with airborne report or give departure call to tower 2
(g) maintain lookout 2
(h) avoid wake turbulence 2
(i) comply with airways clearances within tracking and altitude tolerances and maintain traffic lookout until clear of the 2
aerodrome control zone
NTS1.1 Maintain effective lookout
(a) maintain traffic separation using a systematic visual scan technique at a rate determined by traffic density, visibility 1
and terrain
(b) maintain radio listening watch and interpret transmissions to determine traffic location and intentions 1
(c) perform airspace-cleared procedure before commencing any manoeuvre 1
NTS1.2 Maintain situational awareness
(a) monitor all aircraft systems using a systematic scan technique 2
(b) collect information to facilitate ongoing system management 2
(c) monitor flight environment for deviations from planned operations 2
(d) collect flight environment information to update planned operations 2
NTS1.3 Assess situations and make decisions
(a) identify problems 2
(b) analyse problems 2
(c) identify solutions 2
(d) assess solutions and risks 2
(e) decide on a course of action 2
(f) communicate plans of action (if appropriate) 2
(g) allocate tasks for action (if appropriate) 2
(h) take actions to achieve optimum outcomes for the operation 2
(i) monitor progress against plan 2
(j) re-evaluate plan to achieve optimum outcomes 2
NTS1.4 Set priorities and manage tasks
(a) organise workload and priorities to ensure optimum outcome of the flight 2
(b) plan events and tasks to occur sequentially 2
(c) anticipate events and tasks to ensure sufficient opportunity for completion 2
(d) use technology to reduce workload and improve cognitive and manipulative activities 2
NTS1.5 Maintain effective communications and interpersonal relationships
(a) establish and maintain effective and efficient communications and interpersonal relationships with all stakeholders 2
to ensure the optimum outcome of the flight
(b) define and explain objectives to stakeholders 2
(c) demonstrate a level of assertiveness that ensures the optimum completion of the flight 2
NTS2.1 Recognise and manage threats
(a) identify relevant environmental or operational threats that are likely to affect the safety of the flight 2
(b) identify when competing priorities and demands may represent a threat to the safety of the flight 2

CPL (A) 8 v1.0 September 2022 Page 6

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 8: 300 NM CROSS COUNTRY FLIGHT

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 7.0 hoursPIC/Solo
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(c) develop and implement countermeasures to manage threats 2

(d) monitor and assess flight progress to ensure a safe outcome, or modify actions when a safe outcome is not 2
assured
NTS2.2 Recognise and manage errors
(a) apply checklists and standard operating procedures to prevent aircraft handling, procedural or communication 2
errors
(b) identify committed errors before safety is affected or the aircraft enters an undesired state 2
(c) monitor the following to collect and analyse information to identify potential or actual errors:
(i) aircraft systems using a systematic scan technique 2
(ii) the flight environment 2
(iii) other crew 2
(d) implement countermeasures to prevent errors or take action in the time available to correct errors before the 2
aircraft enters an undesired state
NTS2.3 Recognise and manage undesired aircraft state
(a) recognise an undesired aircraft state 2
(b) prioritise tasks to ensure an undesired aircraft state is managed effectively 2
(c) apply corrective actions to recover an undesired aircraft state in a safe and timely manner 2
A6.2 Manage engine failure in the circuit area (simulated) 2
A4.5 Short landing 2
A1.1 Start and stop engine
(c) manage engine shutdown malfunctions and emergencies 2
(e.g. inoperative magneto or live magneto on shutdown)

*Enter the performance standard achieved if it is different to that required

CPL (A) 8 v1.0 September 2022 Page 7

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 8: 300 NM CROSS COUNTRY FLIGHT

CONSOLIDATION AND/OR REMEDIAL TRAINING

Performance
Standard
MOS Reference

Achieved
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

Proceed to next training session? Yes No

Instructor’s signature & date Trainee’s signature & date

CPL (A) 8 v1.0 September 2022 Page 8

Commercial Pilot Licence – Aeroplane Category Rating

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD

CPL (A) 9: BASIC INSTRUMENT ORIENTATION

Flight no: CPL (A) 9.____ Trainee name:

Date: Instructor:
Aircraft Aircraft type: Flight time:
registration:

Lesson Objective
 Be able to learn basic maneuvers with reference to flight and navigational instruments only.
 Be able to recover form unusual attitudes proficiently.

PRE-FLIGHT KNOWLEDGE
Briefing: as required
Content

Briefing
 Preparation for and overview of exercise
 Revision as required

Pre-flight briefing
 Review flight sequences, what to expect, see & do
 Check essential knowledge
 Reinforce threat & error management
 Reinforce significant airmanship points

Pre-flight knowledge components complete: Instructor’s signature & date

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 4.0 hours dual
Performance
MO

Ref

Standard
S

CPL (A) 9 v1.0 September 2022 Page 1

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 9: BASIC INSTRUMENT ORIENTATION

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)
NAV.1 Prepare documents and flight plan
(e) calculate and document critical point (CP) and point of no return (PNR) locations 1
A2.3 Take off aeroplane in a crosswind 1
C4.2 Manage fuel system 1
Configure for best range performance and best endurance performance, calculate revised endurance for each
NAV.5 Navigate at low level and in reduced visibility 2
NAV.7 Perform diversion procedure 2
NAV.8 Use instrument navigation systems 2
RNE.1 Operate and monitor radio navigation aids and systems 2
RNE.2 Navigate the aircraft using navigation aids and systems 2
A5.3 Turn aeroplane steeply 2
Steep level turns, steep descending turns
A6.3 Perform forced landing (simulated) 2
(simulated complete engine failure)
IFF.1 Determine and monitor the serviceability of flight instruments and instrument power sources 2
IFF.2 Perform manoeuvres using full instrument panel 2
IFF.3 Recover from upset situations and unusual attitudes 2
A6.5 Manage other abnormal situations (simulated) 2

A3.6 Perform circuits and approaches 2

A4.3 Conduct a missed approach 2
A4.4 Perform recovery from missed landing 2
A6.2 Manage engine failure in the circuit area (simulated) 2
A4.2 Land aeroplane in a crosswind 2

*Enter the performance standard achieved if it is different to that required

CONSOLIDATION AND/OR REMEDIAL TRAINING

Performance
Standard
MOS Reference

Achieved
Required

Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

CPL (A) 9 v1.0 September 2022 Page 2

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 9: BASIC INSTRUMENT ORIENTATION

CPL (A) 9 v1.0 September 2022 Page 3

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 9: BASIC INSTRUMENT ORIENTATION

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

Proceed to next training session? Yes No

Instructor’s signature & date Trainee’s signature & date

CPL (A) 9 v1.0 September 2022 Page 4

Commercial Pilot Licence – Aeroplane Category Rating

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD

CPL (A) 10: RADIO NAVIGATION

Flight no: CPL (A) 10.____ Trainee name:

Date: Instructor:
Aircraft Aircraft type: Flight time:
registration:

Lesson Objective
 Be able to learn basic maneuvers with reference to flight and navigational instruments only.
 Be able to learn the basic principles of operation of a radio navigational aid (VOR).

PRE-FLIGHT KNOWLEDGE
Briefing: as required
Content

Briefing
 Preparation for and overview of exercise
 Revision as required

Pre-flight briefing
 Review flight sequences, what to expect, see & do
 Check essential knowledge
 Reinforce threat & error management
 Reinforce significant airmanship points

Pre-flight knowledge components complete: Instructor’s signature & date

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 6.0 hours dual
Performance
MO

Ref

Standard
S

CPL (A) 10 v1.0 September 2022 Page 1

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 10: RADIO NAVIGATION

A3.6 Perform circuits and approaches 2

A4.3 Conduct a missed approach 2
A4.4 Perform recovery from missed landing 2
A6.2 Manage engine failure in the circuit area (simulated) 2
A4.2 Land aeroplane in a crosswind 2

*Enter the performance standard achieved if it is different to that required

CONSOLIDATION AND/OR REMEDIAL TRAINING

Performance
Standard
MOS Reference

Achieved
Required

Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

CPL (A) 10 v1.0 September 2022 Page 2

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 10: RADIO NAVIGATION

CPL (A) 10 v1.0 September 2022 Page 3

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 10: RADIO NAVIGATION

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

Proceed to next training session? Yes No

Instructor’s signature & date Trainee’s signature & date

CPL (A) 10 v1.0 September 2022 Page 4

Commercial Pilot Licence – Aeroplane Category Rating

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD

CPL (A) 11: UPSET RECOVERY EXERCISES

Flight no: CPL (A) 11.____ Trainee name:

Date: Instructor:
Aircraft Aircraft type: Flight time:
registration:

Lesson Objective
 To be able to prevent airplane upsets in various configurations and scenarios

PRE-FLIGHT KNOWLEDGE
Briefing: 1.0 hour as required
Content

Briefing
 Scan technique appropriate to fitted flight instruments and phase of flight, attitude and power requirements to
achieve specified flight profiles, instrument failure and warning systems fitted to the aeroplane
 Situational awareness, Human Factors and recovery to unusual attitudes

Pre-flight briefing
 Review flight sequences, what to expect, see & do
 Check essential knowledge
 Reinforce threat & error management
 Reinforce significant airmanship points

Pre-flight knowledge components complete: Instructor’s signature & date

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 3.0 hours dual
Performance
MO

Ref
ere

Standard
S

CPL (A) 11 v1.0 September 2022 Page 1

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 11: UPSET RECOVERY EXERCISES

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)
IFF.1 Determine and monitor the serviceability of flight instruments and instrument power sources
(a) determine serviceability of flight and navigational instruments 2
(b) perform functional checks of flight and navigational instruments where applicable prior to take-off 2
A3.5 Control aeroplane at slow speeds
(a) complete pre-manoeuvre checks 2
(b) operate and monitor all aircraft systems when operating the aeroplane at slow speed 2
(c) for the following climbing manoeuvres select power, attitude and configuration as required for the flight path,
balance and trim the aeroplane accurately, and apply smooth, coordinated control inputs to achieve the required
flight tolerances that apply to the manoeuvre:
(i) minimum approach speed with flaps retracted 2
(ii) minimum approach speed in approach configuration 2
(d) observe audible and visual stall warnings and recover aeroplane to controlled flight 2
(e) recognise and respond positively to reduced effectiveness of controls during slow flight manoeuvres 2
(f) transition from slow speed configuration using take-off power to achieve nominated speed in excess of 1.5 Vs 2
without loss of height
A5.1 Enter and recover from stall
(a) perform pre-manoeuvre checks for stalling 2
(b) recognise stall signs and symptoms 2
(c) control the aeroplane by applying the required pitch, roll and yaw inputs as appropriate in a smooth, coordinated
manner, trim aeroplane accurately to enter and recover from the following manoeuvres:
(i) incipient stall 2
(ii) stall with full power applied 2
(iii) stall without power applied 2
(iv) stall under the following conditions:
(A) straight and level flight 2
(B) climbing 2
(C) descending 2
(D) approach to land configuration 2
(E) turning 2
(d) perform stall recovery as follows:
(i) positively reduce angle of attack 2
(ii) use power available and excess height to increase the aircraft energy state 2
(iii) minimise height loss for simulated low altitude condition 2
(iv) re-establish desired flight path and aircraft control 2
(e) recover from stall in simulated partial and complete engine failure configurations 2
A5.2 Recover from incipient spin
(a) perform pre-manoeuvre checks for an incipient spin 2
(b) recognise an incipient spin 2
(c) use the aeroplane's attitude and power controls to execute an incipient spin manoeuvre from the following flight
conditions and, using correct recovery technique, regain straight and level flight with height loss commensurate with
the available altitude (simulated ground base height may be set):
(i) straight and level flight 2
(ii) climbing 2
(iii) turning 2

CPL (A) 11 v1.0 September 2022 Page 2

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 11: UPSET RECOVERY EXERCISES

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 3.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

A6.6 Recover from unusual flight attitudes

Nose-high unusual attitudes
(a) identify nose-high unusual attitude flight condition 2
(b) recover from nose-high unusual attitudes by adjusting pitch, bank and power to resume controlled and balanced 2
flight
(c) apply controlled corrective action while maintaining aircraft performance within limits 2
IFF.3 Recover from upset situations and unusual attitudes
(a) correctly identify upset situations and unusual attitudes under simulated IMC 2
(b) recover to controlled flight from upset situations and unusual attitudes under simulated IMC from any combination of
the following aircraft states:
(i) high and low-nose attitudes 2
(ii) varying angles of bank 2
(iii) various power settings 2
(iv) various aircraft configurations 2
(v) unbalanced flight 2
IFL.1 Recognise failure of attitude indicator and stabilised heading indicator
(a) monitor flight instruments and instrument power sources and recognise warning indicators or erroneous instrument 3
indications
(b) transition from a full instrument panel to a limited instrument panel 3
IFL.2 Perform manoeuvres – limited panel
(a) interpret and respond appropriately to instrument indications 3
(b) apply power and attitude settings to achieve straight and level performance during:
(i) normal cruise 3
(ii) approach configuration with flaps (when fitted) and undercarriage down 3
(c) apply power and attitude settings to achieve:
(i) nominated climb performance 3
(ii) nominated descent performance 3
(iii) during climb, descent and straight and level flight, rate 1 turns onto a nominated heading 3
(d) trim (as applicable) and balance aircraft 3
(e) establish level flight at a nominated altitude, from a climb or descent during straight or turning flight 3
IFL.3 Recover from upset situations and unusual attitudes – limited panel
(a) correctly identify upset situations and unusual attitudes under simulated IMC 3
(b) recover to stabilised straight and level flight using approved techniques from upset situations and unusual attitudes
under simulated IMC from any combination of the following aircraft states:
(i) high and low-nose attitudes 3
(ii) varying angles of bank 3
(iii) various power settings 3
(iv) various aircraft configurations 3
(v) unbalanced flight 3
IFL.4 Re-establish visual flight
(a) transition from visual flight conditions to instrument flight conditions while maintaining control of the aircraft 3
(b) perform a manoeuvre to re-establish visual flight 3

CPL (A) 11 v1.0 September 2022 Page 3

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 11: UPSET RECOVERY EXERCISES

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 3.0 hours dual
Performance
MOS Reference

Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(c) implement a plan that ensures the flight continues in VMC 3

*Enter the performance standard achieved if it is different to that required

CONSOLIDATION AND/OR REMEDIAL TRAINING

Performance
Standard
MOS Reference

Achieved
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

CPL (A) 11 v1.0 September 2022 Page 4

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
CPL (A) 11: UPSET RECOVERY EXERCISES

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

Proceed to next training session? Yes No

Instructor’s signature & date Trainee’s signature & date

CPL (A) 11 v1.0 September 2022 Page 5

Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines ANNEX C
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
Instrument Rating Progress Checks and
Grading Sheets

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD

IR (A) 1: SIMULATOR FAMILIARIZATION & BASIC SCANNING

Flight no: IR (A) 1.____ Trainee name

Date: Instructor:
Simulator Aircraft type: Flight time:
Type:

Lesson Objective
 Be acquainted with the aircraft systems related to IFR operations
 Be able to perform basic manoeuvres with reference to flight instruments.
 Be able to demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision making.

PRE-FLIGHT KNOWLEDGE
Long Briefing: .5-1.0 hour (As required)
Content

Briefing
 Reference manoeuvres and their related human factors.
 Aircraft systems related to IFR operations

Pre-flight briefing
 Review flight sequences, what to expect, see & do
 Check essential knowledge
 Reinforce threat & error management
 Reinforce significant airmanship points

Pre-flight knowledge components complete: Instructor’s signature & date

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 1

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 1: SIMULATOR FAMILIARIZATION AND BASIC SCANNING

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Simulator time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

C1 Communicating in the aviation environment

C1.1 Communicating face-to-face 2
(a) pronounces words clearly, using an accent that does not cause difficulties in understanding 2
(a) conveys information in clearly structured sentences without confusion or ambiguity
(i) uses an extensive vocabulary to accurately communicate on general and technical topics, without excessive use 2
of jargon, slang or colloquial language
(ii) speaks fluently without long pauses, repetition or excessive false starts 2
(b) responds to communications with actions that demonstrate that the information has been received and understood 2
(c) exchanges information clearly in a variety of situations with both expert and non-expert English speakers while 2
giving and receiving timely and appropriate responses
(d) uses appropriate techniques to validate communications 2
C1.2 Operational communication using an aeronautical radio
(a) maintain effective communication with others on operational matters 2
(b) communicate effectively in unfamiliar, stressful or non-standard situations 2
(c) apply the phonetic alphabet
(d) transmit numbers 2
(e) make appropriate transmissions using standard aviation phraseology 2
(f) use plain English effectively when standard phraseology is inadequate 2
(g) receive appropriate responses to transmissions
(h) respond to transmissions and take appropriate action 2
(i) recognise and manage communication errors and misunderstandings effectively 2
(j) seek clarification in the time available if a message is unclear or uncertainty exists 2
(k) react appropriately to a variety of regional accents 2
(l) communicate effectively in unexpected, stressful or non-standard situations using standard phraseology or plain 2
English
C2 Perform pre- and post-flight actions and procedures
C2.1 Pre-flight actions and procedures 2
(a) complete all required pre-flight administration documentation 2
(b) obtain, interpret and apply information contained in the required pre-flight operational documentation, including the
following:
(i) minimum equipment list (MEL) 2
(ii) maintenance release 2
(iii) weather forecasts 2
(iv) local observations
(v) Notice to Airmen (NOTAM) 2
(vi) Aeronautical Information Package (AIP) 2
(c) identify special aerodrome procedures 2
(d) identify all relevant radio and navigation aid facilities to be used during the flight (if applicable)
(e) determine the suitability of the current and forecast weather conditions for the proposed flight
(f) using the aircraft documents, calculate the following for a given set of environmental and operational conditions: 2
(i) Weight and balance 2
(ii) Take-off and landing performance 2

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 2

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 1: SIMULATOR FAMILIARIZATION AND BASIC SCANNING

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Simulator time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(iii) Fuel requirements 2

C2.2 Perform pre-flight inspection

(a) identify and secure equipment and documentation that is required for the flight 2

(b) complete an internal and external check of the aircraft 2

identify all defects or damage to the aircraft 2
report to, and seek advice from, qualified personnel to determine the action required in relation to any identified 2
defects or damage
ensure all aircraft locking and securing devices, covers and bungs are removed and stowed securely 2
certify the aircraft flight technical log entering any defects or endorsements to permissible unserviceabilities as 2
appropriate
(g) Complete and certify the daily inspection 2
C2.3 Post-flight actions and procedures
(a) shut down aircraft 2
(b) conduct post-flight inspection and secure the aircraft (if applicable) 2
(c) complete all required post-flight administration documentation 2
C3 Operate aeronautical radio
C3.1 Operate Radio equipment
(a) confirm serviceability of radio equipment 2
(b) conduct transmission and receipt of radio communications using appropriate procedures and phraseology 2
(c) maintain a listening watch and respond appropriately to applicable transmissions 2
(d) conduct appropriate emergency and urgency transmissions 2
IFF.1 Determine and monitor the serviceability of flight instruments and instrument power sources
(a) determine serviceability of flight and navigational instruments 2
(b) perform functional checks of flight and navigational instruments where applicable prior to take-off 2
(c) monitor flight instrument and instrument power sources and react to any warnings, unserviceability or erroneous 2
indications
IFF.2 Perform manoeuvres using full instrument panel
(a) interpret flight instrument indications and apply procedures and techniques to achieve and maintain a specified flight 2
path using the aircraft's full instrument panel
(b) set and maintain power and attitude by reference to the full instrument panel to achieve the following:
(i) straight and level performance during normal cruise within the flight tolerances 2
(ii) nominated climb performance within the flight tolerances 2
(iii) descent performance within the flight tolerances 2
(c) set and maintain power and attitude by reference to the full instrument panel to establish a rate 1 turn onto a 2
nominated heading within the flight tolerances

*Enter the performance standard achieved if it is different to that required

CONSOLIDATION AND/OR REMEDIAL TRAINING

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 3

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 1: SIMULATOR FAMILIARIZATION AND BASIC SCANNING

Performance
Standard
MOS Reference

Achieved
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

Proceed to next training session? Yes No

Instructor’s signature & date Trainee’s signature & date

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 4

Instrument Rating – Aeroplane Category Rating

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD

IR (A) 2: BASIC SCANNING, PARTIAL AND FULL PANEL

Flight no: IR (A) 2.____ Trainee name

Date: Instructor:
Simulator Aircraft type: Flight time:
Type:

Lesson Objective
 Be introduced to partial panel flight and tasked to fly the airplane with inoperative flight instruments.
 Be proficient in recovery from unusual flight attitudes and partial panel flight and its related human factors.
 Be able to demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision making.

PRE-FLIGHT KNOWLEDGE
Long Briefing: .5-1.0 hour (As required)
Content

Briefing
 Reference manoeuvres and their related human factors.
 Aircraft systems related to IFR operations

Pre-flight briefing
 Review flight sequences, what to expect, see & do
 Check essential knowledge
 Reinforce threat & error management
 Reinforce significant airmanship points

Pre-flight knowledge components complete: Instructor’s signature & date

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Simulator time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
Standard

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 1

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 2: BASIC SCANNING, PARTIAL AND FULL PANEL

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)
C1 Communicating in the aviation environment
C1.2 Operational communication using an aeronautical radio
(a) maintain effective communication with others on operational matters 2
(b) communicate effectively in unfamiliar, stressful or non-standard situations 2
(c) apply the phonetic alphabet 2

(d) transmit numbers 2

(e) make appropriate transmissions using standard aviation phraseology 2
(f) use plain English effectively when standard phraseology is inadequate 2
(g) receive appropriate responses to transmissions 2
(h) respond to transmissions and take appropriate action 2
(i) recognise and manage communication errors and misunderstandings effectively 2
(j) seek clarification in the time available if a message is unclear or uncertainty exists 2
(k) react appropriately to a variety of regional accents 2
(l) communicate effectively in unexpected, stressful or non-standard situations using standard phraseology or plain 2
English
IFF Full Instrument panel manoeuvres
IFF.1 Determine and monitor the serviceability of flight instruments and instrument power sources
(a) determine serviceability of flight and navigational instruments 1
(b) perform functional checks of flight and navigational instruments where applicable prior to take-off 1
(c) monitor flight instrument and instrument power sources and react to any warnings, unserviceability or erroneous 1
indications
IFF.2 Perform manoeuvres using full instrument panel
(a) interpret flight instrument indications and apply procedures and techniques to achieve and maintain a specified flight 2
path using the aircraft's full instrument panel
(b) set and maintain power and attitude by reference to the full instrument panel to achieve the following:
(i) straight and level performance during normal cruise within the flight tolerances 2
(ii) nominated climb performance within the flight tolerances 2
(iii) descent performance within the flight tolerances 2
(c) set and maintain power and attitude by reference to the full instrument panel to establish a rate 1 turn onto a 2
nominated heading within the flight tolerances
IFF.3 Recover from upset situations and unusual attitudes
(a) correctly identify upset situations and unusual attitudes under simulated IMC 2
(b) recover to controlled flight from upset situations and unusual attitudes under simulated IMC from any combination of
the following aircraft states:
(i) High and low-nose attitudes 2
(ii) varying angles of bank 2
(iii) various power settings 2
(iv) various aircraft configurations 2
(v) unbalanced flight 2
IFL Limited instrument panel manoeuvres
IFL.1 Recognise failure of attitude indicator and stabilised heading indicator
(a) monitor flight instruments and instrument power sources and recognise warning indicators or erroneous instrument 3
indications
(b) transition from a full instrument panel to a limited instrument panel 3
IFL.2 Perform manoeuvres – limited panel
(a) interpret and respond appropriately to instrument indications 3

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 2

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 2: BASIC SCANNING, PARTIAL AND FULL PANEL

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Simulator time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(b) apply power and attitude settings to achieve straight and level performance during:
(i) normal cruise 3
(ii) approach configuration with flaps (when fitted) and undercarriage down 3
(c) apply power and attitude settings to achieve:
(i) nominated climb performance 3
(ii) nominated descent performance 3
(iii) during climb, descent and straight and level flight, rate 1 turns onto a nominated heading 3
(d) trim (as applicable) and balance aircraft 3
(e) establish level flight at a nominated altitude, from a climb or descent during straight or turning flight 3
IFL.3 Recover from upset situations and unusual attitudes – limited panel
(a) correctly identify upset situations and unusual attitudes under simulated IMC 3
(b) recover to stabilised straight and level flight using approved techniques from upset situations and unusual attitudes
under simulated IMC from any combination of the following aircraft states:
(i) high and low-nose attitudes 3
(ii) varying angles of bank 3
(iii) various power settings 3
(iv) various aircraft configurations 3
(v) unbalanced flight 3
IFL.4 Re-establish visual flight
(a) transition from visual flight conditions to instrument flight conditions while maintaining control of the aircraft 2
(b) perform a manoeuvre to re-establish visual flight 2
(c) implement a plan that ensures the flight continues in VMC 2
NTS2 Non-technical skills 2
NTS2.1 Recognise and manage threats
(a) identify relevant environmental or operational threats that are likely to affect the safety of the flight 2
(b) identify when competing priorities and demands may represent a threat to the safety of the flight 2
(c) develop and implement countermeasures to manage threats 2
(d) monitor and assess flight progress to ensure a safe outcome, or modify actions when a safe outcome is not assured 2
NTS2.2 Recognise and manage errors
(a) apply checklists and standard operating procedures to prevent aircraft handling, procedural or communication errors 2
(b) identify committed errors before safety is affected or the aircraft enters an undesired state 2
(c) monitor the following to collect and analyse information to identify potential or actual errors:
(i) aircraft systems using a systematic scan technique 2
(ii) the flight environment 2
(iii) other crew 2
(d) implement countermeasures to prevent errors or take action in the time available to correct errors before the aircraft 2
enters an undesired state
NTS2.3 Recognise and manage undesired aircraft state
(a) recognise an undesired aircraft state 2
(b) prioritise tasks to ensure an undesired aircraft state is managed effectively 2
(c) apply corrective actions to recover an undesired aircraft state in a safe and timely manner 2

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 3

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 2: BASIC SCANNING, PARTIAL AND FULL PANEL

*Enter the performance standard achieved if it is different to that required

CONSOLIDATION AND/OR REMEDIAL TRAINING

Performance
Standard
MOS Reference

Achieved
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

Proceed to next training session? Yes No

Instructor’s signature & date Trainee’s signature & date

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 4

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 2: BASIC SCANNING, PARTIAL AND FULL PANEL

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 5

Instrument Rating – Aeroplane Category Rating

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD

IR (A) 3: RADIO NAVIGATION

Flight no: IR (A) 3.____ Trainee name

Date: Instructor:
Simulator Aircraft type: Flight time:
Type:

Lesson Objective
 Be able to perform lessons / manoeuvres with reference to flight instruments.
 Be introduced to and demonstrate proficiency in cross-fixing, holding, and entry procedures.
 Be able to demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision making.

PRE-FLIGHT KNOWLEDGE
Long Briefing: .5-1.0 hour (As required)
Content

Briefing
 Reference manoeuvres and their related human factors.
 Aircraft systems related to IFR operations

Pre-flight briefing
 Review flight sequences, what to expect, see & do
 Check essential knowledge
 Reinforce threat & error management
 Reinforce significant airmanship points

Pre-flight knowledge components complete: Instructor’s signature & date

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Simulator time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
Standard

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 1

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 3: RADIO NAVIGATION

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)
IFF.1 Determine and monitor the serviceability of flight instruments and instrument power sources
(a) determine serviceability of flight and navigational instruments 1
(b) perform functional checks of flight and navigational instruments where applicable prior to take-off 1
(c) monitor flight instrument and instrument power sources and react to any warnings, unserviceability or erroneous 1
indications
IFF.2 Perform manoeuvres using full instrument panel
(a) interpret flight instrument indications and apply procedures and techniques to achieve and maintain a specified flight 2
path using the aircraft's full instrument panel
(b) set and maintain power and attitude by reference to the full instrument panel to achieve the following:
(i) straight and level performance during normal cruise within the flight tolerances 2
(ii) nominated climb performance within the flight tolerances 2
(iii) descent performance within the flight tolerances 2
(c) set and maintain power and attitude by reference to the full instrument panel to establish a rate 1 turn onto a 2
nominated heading within the flight tolerances
NAV Navigate aircraft
NAV.1 Prepare documents and flight plan
(a) select and prepare appropriate navigation charts for the intended flight 2
(b) select a suitable route and altitude considering weather, terrain, airspace, NOTAMs and alternate landing areas 2
(c) obtain and interpret meteorological forecasts, NOTAMs and operational information applicable to the planned flight 2
(d) determine whether the planned flight can be conducted under the applicable flight rules and taking account of the 2
beginning and end of daylight times
(e) calculate and document critical point (CP) and point of no return (PNR) locations 2
(f) complete a flight plan to the planned destination and alternates 2
(g) lodge suitable flight notification for search and rescue (SAR) purposes 2
NAV.2 Comply with airspace procedures while navigating
(a) identify airspace restrictions and dimensions applicable to the flight 3
(b) obtain and comply with air traffic clearances, if applicable 3
(c) comply with airspace procedures applicable to the airspace classification throughout the flight 3
NAV.3 Conduct departure procedures
(a) organise cockpit to ensure charts, documentation and navigational calculator are accessible from the control seat 3
(b) comply with all departure procedures, clearances and noise abatement requirements 3
(c) establish planned track on departure within 5 nm of airfield or apply alternative procedure if required
(d) calculate estimated time of arrival (ETA) for first waypoint 3
NAV.4 Navigate aircraft enroute
(a) maintain a navigation cycle that ensures accurate tracking, and apply track correctional techniques to re-establish 3
track prior to waypoint or destination
(b) maintain heading to achieve a nominated track 3
(c) maintain appropriate radio communication and listening watch with ATS and other aircraft if radio is fitted and used 3
(d) configure the aircraft as required for the following environmental and operational conditions:
(i) turbulence 3
(ii) holding 3
(iii) maximum range 3
(e) monitor aircraft systems, manage fuel and engine to ensure aircraft is operated to achieve flight plan objectives 3
NAV.8 Use instrument navigation systems
(a) initialise navigation system (as applicable) 3
(b) conduct navigation system validity check (as applicable)

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 2

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 3: RADIO NAVIGATION

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Simulator time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(c) conduct RAIM check if required

(d) select, load, check and activate the flight plan (as applicable) 3
(e) operate instrument navigation systems correctly 3
(f) use instrument navigation systems to assist with navigation 3
(g) confirm waypoints and fixes using instrument navigation systems 3
NAV.9 Execute arrival procedures
(a) obtain updated relevant aerodrome information 2
(b) determine landing direction and aerodrome suitability 2
(c) conduct arrival 2
(d) identify and avoid all traffic 2
(e) observe local and published noise abatement requirements and curfews 2
RNE Radio navigation - enroute 2
RNE.1 Operate and monitor radio navigation aids and systems
(a) select and operate navigation aids and systems 2
(b) monitor and take appropriate action in relation to the integrity of navigation aid systems information 2
RNE.2 Navigate the aircraft using navigation aids and systems
(a) determine aircraft position fix solely with reference to navigation aids and systems 3
(b) intercept tracks to and from navigation aids and systems 3
(c) maintain tracks within specified tolerances 3
(d) record, assess and revise timings as required 3
(e) recognise station passage 3
CTR Operate at a controlled aerodrome
CTR.1 Controlled aerodrome pre-flight preparation
(a) interpret the extracted information 2
(b) identify all special aerodrome procedures 2
(c) check current weather forecast and local observations 2
(d) identify all relevant radio and navigation aid frequencies 2
CTA Operate in controlled airspace
CTA.1 Operate aircraft in controlled airspace
(a) comply with airways clearance requirements for operating in all classes of airspace, including lead time required for 3
flight plan submission, contents, ‘clearance void time’, and ‘readback’ requirement
(b) apply airways clearance requirements for entering, operating in and departing from CTA and CTR, including details 3
that need to be provided to ATC, and what details to expect from ATC
(c) maintain control area protection tolerances 3
(d) maintain tracking and altitude tolerances when operating on an airways clearance 3
(e) reconfirm any clearance items when doubt exists 3
(f) advise ATC as soon as possible if unable to maintain clearance due to adverse weather conditions 3
(g) follow ATC requirements for a change of level in CTA, including in an emergency situation
(h) comply with departure, climb, transition to cruise (levelling out), cruise, change of levels, descent and visual 3
approach procedures in CTA and CTR instructions
(i) apply separation standards between IFR flights, and IFR and VFR flights in the various classes of CTA 3

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 3

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 3: RADIO NAVIGATION

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Simulator time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(j) perform appropriate actions in the event of the loss of radio communication in CTA and CTR 3
(k) perform appropriate actions in the event of abnormal operations and emergency procedures in CTA and CTR 3
(l) operate under radar vectoring procedures, including radio procedures and phraseologies 3
(m) maximum permissible time interval between ATC transmissions during radar vectoring are not exceeded 3
(n) perform appropriate actions in the event of abnormal operations and emergencies 3
(o) recall transponder emergency code and communication failure code 3
CIR Conduct an IFR flight
CIR.1 Plan a flight under the IFR
(a) determine aircraft is properly equipped and serviceable for IFR flight; 3
(b) possess and use all the required documentation that is current to plan an IFR flight; 3
(c) prepare an accurate flight plan that ensures all applicable operational requirements are met; 3
(d) make flight notification; 3
(e) check navigation system database is current; 3
CIR.2 Perform an instrument departure
(a) prepare aircraft and aircraft systems for departure; 3
(b) demonstrate consideration of and planning for non-normal and emergencies during departure; 3
(c) demonstrate adequate knowledge of both of published and cleared and non-published and non-cleared instrument 3
departures;
(d) establish lowest take-off minima required considering aircraft performance, aerodrome, available instrument 3
approaches and environmental conditions;
(e) conduct instrument departure to comply with obstacle clearance requirements. 3
CIR.7 Perform a published holding procedure
(a) demonstrate adequate knowledge of a published holding procedure; 3
(b) track aircraft to the holding fix and performs holding procedure (entry, full holding pattern and exit) safely. 3

*Enter the performance standard achieved if it is different to that required

CONSOLIDATION AND/OR REMEDIAL TRAINING

Performance
Standard
MOS Reference

Achieved
Required

Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 4

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 3: RADIO NAVIGATION

CONSOLIDATION AND/OR REMEDIAL TRAINING

Performance
Standard
MOS Reference

Achieved
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

Proceed to next training session? Yes No

Instructor’s signature & date Trainee’s signature & date

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 5

Instrument Rating – Aeroplane Category Rating

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD

IR (A) 4: SID’S, APPROACHES, AND EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

Flight no: IR (A) 4.____ Trainee name

Date: Instructor:
Simulator Aircraft type: Flight time:
Type:

Lesson Objective
 Be oriented to procedures required for IFR flight.
 Be able to interpret and perform SID and Approach (Non-precision, Precision (ILS), Missed, Circling, and
landing from a straight-in or circling) charts.
 Be oriented and conduct IFR radio communications and procedures.
 Be able to demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision making.

PRE-FLIGHT KNOWLEDGE
Long Briefing: .5-1.0 hour (As required)
Content

Briefing
 Reference manoeuvres and their related human factors.
 Aircraft systems related to IFR operations

Pre-flight briefing
 Review flight sequences, what to expect, see & do
 Check essential knowledge
 Reinforce threat & error management
 Reinforce significant airmanship points

Pre-flight knowledge components complete: Instructor’s signature & date

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Simulator time: 2.0 hours dual

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 1

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 4: SID’S, APPROACHES, AND EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

Performance
Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

C1 Communicating in the aviation environment

C1.1 Communicating face-to-face 1
(a) pronounces words clearly, using an accent that does not cause difficulties in understanding 1
(a) conveys information in clearly structured sentences without confusion or ambiguity
(i) uses an extensive vocabulary to accurately communicate on general and technical topics, without excessive use 1
of jargon, slang or colloquial language
(ii) speaks fluently without long pauses, repetition or excessive false starts 1
(b) responds to communications with actions that demonstrate that the information has been received and understood 1
(c) exchanges information clearly in a variety of situations with both expert and non-expert English speakers while 1
giving and receiving timely and appropriate responses
(d) uses appropriate techniques to validate communications 1
C3.2 Manage R/T equipment malfunctions
(a) perform radio failure procedures 1
(b) use fault finding procedures and perform corrective actions 1
IFF.1 Determine and monitor the serviceability of flight instruments and instrument power sources
(a) determine serviceability of flight and navigational instruments 1
(b) perform functional checks of flight and navigational instruments where applicable prior to take-off 1
(c) monitor flight instrument and instrument power sources and react to any warnings, unserviceability or erroneous 1
indications
IFF.2 Perform manoeuvres using full instrument panel
(a) interpret flight instrument indications and apply procedures and techniques to achieve and maintain a specified flight 1
path using the aircraft's full instrument panel
(b) set and maintain power and attitude by reference to the full instrument panel to achieve the following:
(i) straight and level performance during normal cruise within the flight tolerances 1
(ii) nominated climb performance within the flight tolerances 1
(iii) descent performance within the flight tolerances 1
(c) set and maintain power and attitude by reference to the full instrument panel to establish a rate 1 turn onto a 1
nominated heading within the flight tolerances
IFF.3 Recover from upset situations and unusual attitudes
(a) correctly identify upset situations and unusual attitudes under simulated IMC 1
(b) recover to controlled flight from upset situations and unusual attitudes under simulated IMC from any combination of
the following aircraft states:
(i) High and low-nose attitudes 1
(ii) varying angles of bank 1
(iii) various power settings 1
(iv) various aircraft configurations 1
(v) unbalanced flight 1
IFL Limited instrument panel manoeuvres
IFL.1 Recognise failure of attitude indicator and stabilised heading indicator
(a) monitor flight instruments and instrument power sources and recognise warning indicators or erroneous instrument 2
indications
(b) transition from a full instrument panel to a limited instrument panel 2
IFL.2 Perform manoeuvres – limited panel
(a) interpret and respond appropriately to instrument indications 2
(b) apply power and attitude settings to achieve straight and level performance during:

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 2

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 4: SID’S, APPROACHES, AND EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Simulator time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(i) normal cruise 2

(ii) approach configuration with flaps (when fitted) and undercarriage down 2
(c) apply power and attitude settings to achieve:
(i) nominated climb performance 2
(ii) nominated descent performance 2
(iii) during climb, descent and straight and level flight, rate 1 turns onto a nominated heading 2
(d) trim (as applicable) and balance aircraft 2
(e) establish level flight at a nominated altitude, from a climb or descent during straight or turning flight 2
IFL.3 Recover from upset situations and unusual attitudes – limited panel
(a) correctly identify upset situations and unusual attitudes under simulated IMC 2
(b) recover to stabilised straight and level flight using approved techniques from upset situations and unusual attitudes
under simulated IMC from any combination of the following aircraft states:
(i) high and low-nose attitudes 2
(ii) varying angles of bank 2
(iii) various power settings 2
(iv) various aircraft configurations 2
(v) unbalanced flight 2
IFL.4 Re-establish visual flight
(a) transition from visual flight conditions to instrument flight conditions while maintaining control of the aircraft
(b) perform a manoeuvre to re-establish visual flight
(c) implement a plan that ensures the flight continues in VMC
NTS1 Non-technical skills 1
NTS1.3 Assess situations and make decisions
(a) identify problems 2
(b) analyse problems 2
(c) identify solutions 2
(d) assess solutions and risks 2
(e) decide on a course of action 2
(f) communicate plans of action (if appropriate) 2
(g) allocate tasks for action (if appropriate) 2
(h) take actions to achieve optimum outcomes for the operation 2
(i) monitor progress against plan 2
(j) re-evaluate plan to achieve optimum outcomes 2
NTS1.4 Set priorities and manage tasks
(k) use technology to reduce workload and improve cognitive and manipulative activities 2
NTS1.5 Maintain effective communications and interpersonal relationships
(a) establish and maintain effective and efficient communications and interpersonal relationships with all stakeholders 2
to ensure the optimum outcome of the flight
(b) define and explain objectives to stakeholders 2
(c) demonstrate a level of assertiveness that ensures the optimum completion of the flight 2
NTS2 Non-technical skills 2

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 3

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 4: SID’S, APPROACHES, AND EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Simulator time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

NTS2.2 Recognise and manage errors

(a) apply checklists and standard operating procedures to prevent aircraft handling, procedural or communication errors 2
(b) identify committed errors before safety is affected or the aircraft enters an undesired state 2
(c) monitor the following to collect and analyse information to identify potential or actual errors:
(i) aircraft systems using a systematic scan technique 2
(ii) the flight environment 2
(iii) other crew 2
(d) implement countermeasures to prevent errors or take action in the time available to correct errors before the aircraft 2
enters an undesired state
NTS2.3 Recognise and manage undesired aircraft state
(a) recognise an undesired aircraft state 2
(b) prioritise tasks to ensure an undesired aircraft state is managed effectively 2
(c) apply corrective actions to recover an undesired aircraft state in a safe and timely manner 2
NAV Navigate aircraft
NAV.1 Prepare documents and flight plan
(a) select and prepare appropriate navigation charts for the intended flight 2
(b) select a suitable route and altitude considering weather, terrain, airspace, NOTAMs and alternate landing areas 2
(c) obtain and interpret meteorological forecasts, NOTAMs and operational information applicable to the planned flight 2
(d) determine whether the planned flight can be conducted under the applicable flight rules and taking account of the 2
beginning and end of daylight times
(e) calculate and document critical point (CP) and point of no return (PNR) locations 2
(f) complete a flight plan to the planned destination and alternates 2
(g) lodge suitable flight notification for search and rescue (SAR) purposes 2
NAV.2 Comply with airspace procedures while navigating
(a) identify airspace restrictions and dimensions applicable to the flight 2
(b) obtain and comply with air traffic clearances, if applicable 2
(c) comply with airspace procedures applicable to the airspace classification throughout the flight 2
NAV.3 Conduct departure procedures
(a) organise cockpit to ensure charts, documentation and navigational calculator are accessible from the control seat 2
(b) comply with all departure procedures, clearances and noise abatement requirements 2
(c) establish planned track on departure within 5 nm of airfield or apply alternative procedure if required
(d) calculate estimated time of arrival (ETA) for first waypoint 2
NAV.4 Navigate aircraft enroute
(a) maintain a navigation cycle that ensures accurate tracking, and apply track correctional techniques to re-establish 2
track prior to waypoint or destination
(b) maintain heading to achieve a nominated track 2
(c) maintain and revise ETAs (±2 minutes) for waypoint or destination 2
(d) maintain track in accordance with published flight path tolerances in controlled airspace 2
(e) navigate using accepted map-reading techniques
(f) maintain navigation and fuel log to monitor tracking, ETAs and fuel status 2
(g) use appropriate techniques to obtain a positive fix at suitable intervals 2

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 4

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 4: SID’S, APPROACHES, AND EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Simulator time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(h) maintain awareness of route, enroute terrain, enroute and destination weather, and react appropriately to changing 2
weather conditions
(i) perform pre-descent and turning point checks 2
(j) maintain appropriate radio communication and listening watch with ATS and other aircraft if radio is fitted and used 2
(k) maintain awareness of search and rescue times (SARTIME) and revise as required 2
(l) monitor aircraft systems, manage fuel and engine to ensure aircraft is operated to achieve flight plan objectives 2
NAV.6 Perform lost procedure
(a) acknowledge positional uncertainty in a timely manner 2
(b) configure aircraft for range and endurance as required 2
(c) apply recognised method to re-establish aircraft position 2
(d) fix position 2
(e) use radio to request assistance, if applicable 2
(f) plan a timely precautionary search and landing if unable to complete flight safely to suitable aerodrome 2
NAV.7 Perform diversion procedure
(a) make timely decision to divert 3
(b) identify an acceptable alternate aerodrome 3
(c) select a suitable route and cruising level 3
(d) revise flight plan considering weather, terrain, airspace and fuel available 3
(e) advise ATS of an intention to divert 3
NAV.8 Use instrument navigation systems
(a) initialise navigation system (as applicable) 2
(b) conduct navigation system validity check (as applicable)
(c) conduct RAIM check if required
(d) select, load, check and activate the flight plan (as applicable) 2
(e) operate instrument navigation systems correctly 2
(f) use instrument navigation systems to assist with navigation 2
(g) confirm waypoints and fixes using instrument navigation systems 2
NAV.9 Execute arrival procedures
(a) obtain updated relevant aerodrome information 2
(b) determine landing direction and aerodrome suitability 2
(c) conduct arrival 2
(d) identify and avoid all traffic 2
(e) observe local and published noise abatement requirements and curfews 2
RNE Radio navigation - enroute
RNE.1 Operate and monitor radio navigation aids and systems
(a) select and operate navigation aids and systems 2
(b) monitor and take appropriate action in relation to the integrity of navigation aid systems information 2
RNE.2 Navigate the aircraft using navigation aids and systems
(a) determine aircraft position fix solely with reference to navigation aids and systems 2
(b) intercept tracks to and from navigation aids and systems 2

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 5

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 4: SID’S, APPROACHES, AND EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Simulator time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(c) maintain tracks within specified tolerances 2

(d) record, assess and revise timings as required 2
(e) recognise station passage 2
CTA Operate in controlled airspace
CTA.1 Operate aircraft in controlled airspace
(a) comply with airways clearance requirements for operating in all classes of airspace, including lead time required for 2
flight plan submission, contents, ‘clearance void time’, and ‘readback’ requirement
(b) apply airways clearance requirements for entering, operating in and departing from CTA and CTR, including details 2
that need to be provided to ATC, and what details to expect from ATC
(c) maintain control area protection tolerances
(d) maintain tracking and altitude tolerances when operating on an airways clearance 2
(e) reconfirm any clearance items when doubt exists 2
(f) advise ATC as soon as possible if unable to maintain clearance due to adverse weather conditions 2
(g) follow ATC requirements for a change of level in CTA, including in an emergency situation
(h) comply with departure, climb, transition to cruise (levelling out), cruise, change of levels, descent and visual 2
approach procedures in CTA and CTR instructions
(i) apply separation standards between IFR flights, and IFR and VFR flights in the various classes of CTA 2
(j) perform appropriate actions in the event of the loss of radio communication in CTA and CTR 2
(k) perform appropriate actions in the event of abnormal operations and emergency procedures in CTA and CTR 2
(l) operate under radar vectoring procedures, including radio procedures and phraseologies 2
(m) maximum permissible time interval between ATC transmissions during radar vectoring are not exceeded 2
(n) perform appropriate actions in the event of abnormal operations and emergencies 2
(o) recall transponder emergency code and communication failure code 2
CIR Conduct an IFR flight
CIR.1 Plan a flight under the IFR
(a) determine aircraft is properly equipped and serviceable for IFR flight; 2
(b) possess and use all the required documentation that is current to plan an IFR flight; 2
(c) prepare an accurate flight plan that ensures all applicable operational requirements are met; 2
(d) make flight notification; 2
(e) check navigation system database is current; 2
CIR.2 Perform an instrument departure
(a) prepare aircraft and aircraft systems for departure; 2
(b) demonstrate consideration of and planning for non-normal and emergencies during departure; 2
(c) demonstrate adequate knowledge of both of published and cleared and non-published and non-cleared instrument 2
departures;
(d) establish lowest take-off minima required considering aircraft performance, aerodrome, available instrument 2
approaches and environmental conditions;
(e) conduct instrument departure to comply with obstacle clearance requirements. 2
CIR.3 Conduct a published instrument procedure (all engines)
(a) perform a SID or other published departure; 3
(b) maintain assigned SID, including all tracks, headings, altitudes and speeds; 3
(c) perform a cleared departure safely and maintain tracks, headings, altitudes and speeds within specified tolerances. 3

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 6

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 4: SID’S, APPROACHES, AND EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Simulator time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

CIR.4 Conduct a published instrument procedure (one-engine inoperative)

(a) for single-engine aircraft instrument endorsements: 3
(i) following engine failure establish optimum flight path and manoeuvres aircraft towards most suitable terrain 3
considering conditions;
(ii) time permitting conduct checklists and radio calls. 3
CIR.6 Perform a descent and arrival under the IFR
(a) demonstrate adequate knowledge of the published procedures for the conduct of a descent and arrival to an 3
aerodrome;
(b) perform a descent and published arrival procedure to an aerodrome. 3
CIR.7 Perform a published holding procedure
(a) demonstrate adequate knowledge of a published holding procedure; 2
(b) track aircraft to the holding fix and performs holding procedure (entry, full holding pattern and exit) safely. 2
CIR.8 Perform an instrument approach 2D
(a) demonstrate adequate knowledge of published procedures associated with an instrument approach; 3
(b) perform an instrument approach unique to the instrument approach type; 3
(c) maintain a stabilised flight path within specified tolerances during the approach procedure. 3
CIR.10 Perform visual approach operations (includes visual circling where applicable)
(a) demonstrate adequate knowledge of published procedures for the conduct of a visual approach; 3
o
(b) conduct a visual circling approach requiring at least a 90 change of heading to establish the aircraft onto the final 3
approach leg to the specified runway whilst maintaining a stabilised flight path.
IAP2 Conduct an instrument approach 2D
IAP2.1 Prepares for approach
(a) review latest available information for destination; 3
(b) conduct navigation system validity check (as applicable); 3
(c) conduct RAIM check if required;
(d) select and brief current approach chart for the approach to be flown; 3
(e) check and confirm navigation aid required for the approach is serviceable 3
IAP2.2 Conducts initial approach
(a) set altimeter QNH correctly; 3
(b) manoeuvre aircraft to the holding fix. 3
IAP2.3 Conducts a holding pattern
(a) from the holding fix enter and perform a holding pattern; 3
(b) fly aircraft in accordance with procedure. 3
IAP2.4 Conducts an approach
(a) update and set Altimeter QNH; 3
(b) approach performed correctly and within published tolerances; 3
(c) navigation aid signal integrity monitored during approach; 3
(d) from the final approach fix to minima aircraft is flown to a stabilised descent profile; 3
(e) after establishing visual reference, a visual circling or runway approach is conducted for a landing on the selected 3
runway.
IAP2.5 Conducts a missed approach
(a) conditions requiring a missed approach are recognised and missed approach is initiated; 3

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 7

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 4: SID’S, APPROACHES, AND EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Simulator time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(b) aircraft is manoeuvred to MAPt; 3

(c) missed approach procedure is conducted in accordance with the IAL chart; 3
(d) obstacle clearance in IMC or simulated IMC is maintained. 3

*Enter the performance standard achieved if it is different to that required

CONSOLIDATION AND/OR REMEDIAL TRAINING

Performance
Standard
MOS Reference

Achieved
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 8

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 4: SID’S, APPROACHES, AND EMERGENCY PROCEDURES

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

Proceed to next training session? Yes No

Instructor’s signature & date Trainee’s signature & date

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 9

Instrument Rating – Aeroplane Category Rating

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD

IR (A) 5: PROGRESS CHECK FOR SYNTHETIC FLIGHT TRAINER PHASE

Flight no: IR (A) 5.____ Trainee name

Date: Instructor:
Simulator Aircraft type: Flight time:
Type:

Lesson Objective
 Undergo a Progress Check with the CFI (or a designated FI) to demonstrate proficiency in IFR operations
(Radio navigation, SIDs, Approaches, and Emergency Procedures) in the mentioned areas according to the
completion standards.
 Be able to demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision making.

PRE-FLIGHT KNOWLEDGE
Long Briefing: .5-1.0 hour (As required)
Content

Briefing
 Reference manoeuvres and their related human factors.
 Aircraft systems related to IFR operations

Pre-flight briefing
 Review flight sequences, what to expect, see & do
 Check essential knowledge
 Reinforce threat & error management
 Reinforce significant airmanship points

Pre-flight knowledge components complete: Instructor’s signature & date

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Simulator time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
Standard

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 1

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 5: PROGRESS CHECK FOR SYNTHETIC FLIGHT TRAINER PHASE

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)
C1 Communicating in the aviation environment
C1.1 Communicating face-to-face 1
(a) pronounces words clearly, using an accent that does not cause difficulties in understanding 1
(a) conveys information in clearly structured sentences without confusion or ambiguity
(i) uses an extensive vocabulary to accurately communicate on general and technical topics, without excessive use 1
of jargon, slang or colloquial language
(ii) speaks fluently without long pauses, repetition or excessive false starts 1
(b) responds to communications with actions that demonstrate that the information has been received and understood 1
(c) exchanges information clearly in a variety of situations with both expert and non-expert English speakers while 1
giving and receiving timely and appropriate responses
(d) uses appropriate techniques to validate communications 1
C3.2 Manage R/T equipment malfunctions
(a) perform radio failure procedures 1
(b) use fault finding procedures and perform corrective actions 1
IFF.1 Determine and monitor the serviceability of flight instruments and instrument power sources
(a) determine serviceability of flight and navigational instruments 1
(b) perform functional checks of flight and navigational instruments where applicable prior to take-off 1
(c) monitor flight instrument and instrument power sources and react to any warnings, unserviceability or erroneous 1
indications
IFF.2 Perform manoeuvres using full instrument panel
(a) interpret flight instrument indications and apply procedures and techniques to achieve and maintain a specified flight 1
path using the aircraft's full instrument panel
(b) set and maintain power and attitude by reference to the full instrument panel to achieve the following:
(i) straight and level performance during normal cruise within the flight tolerances 1
(ii) nominated climb performance within the flight tolerances 1
(iii) descent performance within the flight tolerances 1
(c) set and maintain power and attitude by reference to the full instrument panel to establish a rate 1 turn onto a 1
nominated heading within the flight tolerances
IFL Limited instrument panel manoeuvres
IFL.1 Recognise failure of attitude indicator and stabilised heading indicator
(a) monitor flight instruments and instrument power sources and recognise warning indicators or erroneous instrument 1
indications
(b) transition from a full instrument panel to a limited instrument panel 1
IFL.2 Perform manoeuvres – limited panel
(a) interpret and respond appropriately to instrument indications 1
(b) apply power and attitude settings to achieve straight and level performance during:
(i) normal cruise 1
(ii) approach configuration with flaps (when fitted) and undercarriage down 1
(c) apply power and attitude settings to achieve:
(ii) nominated climb performance 1
(ii) nominated descent performance 1
(iii) during climb, descent and straight and level flight, rate 1 turns onto a nominated heading 1
(d) trim (as applicable) and balance aircraft 1
(e) establish level flight at a nominated altitude, from a climb or descent during straight or turning flight 1
IFL.3 Recover from upset situations and unusual attitudes – limited panel
(a) correctly identify upset situations and unusual attitudes under simulated IMC 1

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 2

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 5: PROGRESS CHECK FOR SYNTHETIC FLIGHT TRAINER PHASE

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Simulator time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(b) recover to stabilised straight and level flight using approved techniques from upset situations and unusual attitudes
under simulated IMC from any combination of the following aircraft states:
(i) high and low-nose attitudes 1
(ii) varying angles of bank 1
(iii) various power settings 1
(iv) various aircraft configurations 1
(v) unbalanced flight 1
IFL.4 Re-establish visual flight
(a) transition from visual flight conditions to instrument flight conditions while maintaining control of the aircraft 1
(b) perform a manoeuvre to re-establish visual flight 1
(c) implement a plan that ensures the flight continues in VMC 1
NTS1 Non-technical skills 1
NTS1.3 Assess situations and make decisions
(a) identify problems 1
(b) analyse problems 1
(c) identify solutions 1
(d) assess solutions and risks 1
(e) decide on a course of action 1
(f) communicate plans of action (if appropriate) 1
(g) allocate tasks for action (if appropriate) 1
(h) take actions to achieve optimum outcomes for the operation 1
(i) monitor progress against plan 1
(j) re-evaluate plan to achieve optimum outcomes 1
NTS1.5 Maintain effective communications and interpersonal relationships
(a) establish and maintain effective and efficient communications and interpersonal relationships with all stakeholders
to ensure the optimum outcome of the flight
(b) define and explain objectives to stakeholders
(c) demonstrate a level of assertiveness that ensures the optimum completion of the flight
NTS2 Non-technical skills 2
NTS2.2 Recognise and manage errors
(a) apply checklists and standard operating procedures to prevent aircraft handling, procedural or communication errors 1
(b) identify committed errors before safety is affected or the aircraft enters an undesired state 1
(c) monitor the following to collect and analyse information to identify potential or actual errors:
(i) aircraft systems using a systematic scan technique 1
(ii) the flight environment 1
(iii) other crew 1
(d) implement countermeasures to prevent errors or take action in the time available to correct errors before the aircraft 1
enters an undesired state
NTS2.3 Recognise and manage undesired aircraft state
(a) recognise an undesired aircraft state 1
(b) prioritise tasks to ensure an undesired aircraft state is managed effectively 1

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 3

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 5: PROGRESS CHECK FOR SYNTHETIC FLIGHT TRAINER PHASE

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Simulator time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(c) apply corrective actions to recover an undesired aircraft state in a safe and timely manner 1
NAV Navigate aircraft
NAV.1 Prepare documents and flight plan
(a) select and prepare appropriate navigation charts for the intended flight 1
(b) select a suitable route and altitude considering weather, terrain, airspace, NOTAMs and alternate landing areas 1
(c) obtain and interpret meteorological forecasts, NOTAMs and operational information applicable to the planned flight 1
(d) determine whether the planned flight can be conducted under the applicable flight rules and taking account of the 1
beginning and end of daylight times
(e) calculate and document critical point (CP) and point of no return (PNR) locations 1
(f) complete a flight plan to the planned destination and alternates 1
(g) lodge suitable flight notification for search and rescue (SAR) purposes 1
NAV.3 Conduct departure procedures
(a) organise cockpit to ensure charts, documentation and navigational calculator are accessible from the control seat 2
(b) comply with all departure procedures, clearances and noise abatement requirements 2
(c) establish planned track on departure within 5 nm of airfield or apply alternative procedure if required
(d) calculate estimated time of arrival (ETA) for first waypoint 2
NAV.4 Navigate aircraft enroute
(a) maintain a navigation cycle that ensures accurate tracking, and apply track correctional techniques to re-establish 2
track prior to waypoint or destination
(b) maintain heading to achieve a nominated track 2
(c) maintain and revise ETAs (±2 minutes) for waypoint or destination 2
(d) maintain track in accordance with published flight path tolerances in controlled airspace 2
(e) navigate using accepted map-reading techniques 2
(f) maintain navigation and fuel log to monitor tracking, ETAs and fuel status 2
(g) use appropriate techniques to obtain a positive fix at suitable intervals 2
(h) maintain awareness of route, enroute terrain, enroute and destination weather, and react appropriately to changing 2
weather conditions
(i) perform pre-descent and turning point checks 2
(j) maintain appropriate radio communication and listening watch with ATS and other aircraft if radio is fitted and used 2
(k) monitor aircraft systems, manage fuel and engine to ensure aircraft is operated to achieve flight plan objectives 2
NAV.6 Perform lost procedure
(a) acknowledge positional uncertainty in a timely manner 1
(b) configure aircraft for range and endurance as required 1
(c) apply recognised method to re-establish aircraft position 1
(d) fix position 1
(e) use radio to request assistance, if applicable 1
(f) plan a timely precautionary search and landing if unable to complete flight safely to suitable aerodrome 1
NAV.7 Perform diversion procedure
(a) make timely decision to divert 2
(b) identify an acceptable alternate aerodrome 2
(c) select a suitable route and cruising level 2

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 4

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 5: PROGRESS CHECK FOR SYNTHETIC FLIGHT TRAINER PHASE

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Simulator time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(d) revise flight plan considering weather, terrain, airspace and fuel available 2
(e) advise ATS of an intention to divert 2
NAV.8 Use instrument navigation systems
(a) initialise navigation system (as applicable) 2
(b) conduct navigation system validity check (as applicable)
(c) conduct RAIM check if required
(d) select, load, check and activate the flight plan (as applicable) 2
(e) operate instrument navigation systems correctly 2
(f) use instrument navigation systems to assist with navigation 2
(g) confirm waypoints and fixes using instrument navigation systems 2
NAV.9 Execute arrival procedures
(a) obtain updated relevant aerodrome information 2
(b) determine landing direction and aerodrome suitability 2
(c) conduct arrival 2
(d) identify and avoid all traffic 2
(e) observe local and published noise abatement requirements and curfews 2
RNE Radio navigation - enroute
RNE.1 Operate and monitor radio navigation aids and systems
(a) select and operate navigation aids and systems 2
(b) monitor and take appropriate action in relation to the integrity of navigation aid systems information 2
RNE.2 Navigate the aircraft using navigation aids and systems
(a) determine aircraft position fix solely with reference to navigation aids and systems 2
(b) intercept tracks to and from navigation aids and systems 2
(c) maintain tracks within specified tolerances 2
(d) record, assess and revise timings as required 2
(e) recognise station passage 2
CTA Operate in controlled airspace
CTA.1 Operate aircraft in controlled airspace
(a) comply with airways clearance requirements for operating in all classes of airspace, including lead time required for 2
flight plan submission, contents, ‘clearance void time’, and ‘readback’ requirement
(b) apply airways clearance requirements for entering, operating in and departing from CTA and CTR, including details 2
that need to be provided to ATC, and what details to expect from ATC
(c) maintain control area protection tolerances 2
(d) maintain tracking and altitude tolerances when operating on an airways clearance 2
(e) reconfirm any clearance items when doubt exists 2
(f) advise ATC as soon as possible if unable to maintain clearance due to adverse weather conditions 2
(g) follow ATC requirements for a change of level in CTA, including in an emergency situation 2
(h) comply with departure, climb, transition to cruise (levelling out), cruise, change of levels, descent and visual 2
approach procedures in CTA and CTR instructions
(i) apply separation standards between IFR flights, and IFR and VFR flights in the various classes of CTA 2
(j) perform appropriate actions in the event of the loss of radio communication in CTA and CTR 2

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 5

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 5: PROGRESS CHECK FOR SYNTHETIC FLIGHT TRAINER PHASE

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Simulator time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(k) perform appropriate actions in the event of abnormal operations and emergency procedures in CTA and CTR 2
(l) operate under radar vectoring procedures, including radio procedures and phraseologies 2
(m) maximum permissible time interval between ATC transmissions during radar vectoring are not exceeded 2
(n) perform appropriate actions in the event of abnormal operations and emergencies 2
(o) recall transponder emergency code and communication failure code 2
CIR Conduct an IFR flight
CIR.1 Plan a flight under the IFR
(a) determine aircraft is properly equipped and serviceable for IFR flight; 2
(b) possess and use all the required documentation that is current to plan an IFR flight; 2
(c) prepare an accurate flight plan that ensures all applicable operational requirements are met; 2
(d) make flight notification; 2
(e) check navigation system database is current; 2
CIR.2 Perform an instrument departure
(a) prepare aircraft and aircraft systems for departure; 2
(b) demonstrate consideration of and planning for non-normal and emergencies during departure; 2
(c) demonstrate adequate knowledge of both of published and cleared and non-published and non-cleared instrument 2
departures;
(d) establish lowest take-off minima required considering aircraft performance, aerodrome, available instrument 2
approaches and environmental conditions;
(e) conduct instrument departure to comply with obstacle clearance requirements. 2
CIR.3 Conduct a published instrument procedure (all engines)
(a) perform a SID or other published departure; 2
(b) maintain assigned SID, including all tracks, headings, altitudes and speeds; 2
(c) perform a cleared departure safely and maintain tracks, headings, altitudes and speeds within specified tolerances. 2
CIR.4 Conduct a published instrument procedure (one-engine inoperative)
(a) for single-engine aircraft instrument endorsements: 2
(i) following engine failure establish optimum flight path and manoeuvres aircraft towards most suitable terrain 2
considering conditions;
(ii) time permitting conduct checklists and radio calls. 2
CIR.6 Perform a descent and arrival under the IFR
(a) demonstrate adequate knowledge of the published procedures for the conduct of a descent and arrival to an 2
aerodrome;
(b) perform a descent and published arrival procedure to an aerodrome. 2
CIR.7 Perform a published holding procedure
(a) demonstrate adequate knowledge of a published holding procedure; 2
(b) track aircraft to the holding fix and performs holding procedure (entry, full holding pattern and exit) safely. 2
CIR.8 Perform an instrument approach 2D
(a) demonstrate adequate knowledge of published procedures associated with an instrument approach; 2
(b) perform an instrument approach unique to the instrument approach type; 2
(c) maintain a stabilised flight path within specified tolerances during the approach procedure. 2
CIR.10 Perform visual approach operations (includes visual circling where applicable)
(a) demonstrate adequate knowledge of published procedures for the conduct of a visual approach; 2

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 6

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 5: PROGRESS CHECK FOR SYNTHETIC FLIGHT TRAINER PHASE

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Simulator time: 2.0 hours dual
Performance
Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(b) conduct a visual circling approach requiring at least a 90o change of heading to establish the aircraft onto the final 2
approach leg to the specified runway whilst maintaining a stabilised flight path.
IAP2 Conduct an instrument approach 2D
IAP2.1 Prepares for approach
(a) review latest available information for destination; 2
(b) conduct navigation system validity check (as applicable); 2
(c) select and brief current approach chart for the approach to be flown; 2
(d) check and confirm navigation aid required for the approach is serviceable 2
IAP2.2 Conducts initial approach
(a) set altimeter QNH correctly; 2
(b) manoeuvre aircraft to the holding fix. 2
IAP2.3 Conducts a holding pattern
(a) from the holding fix enter and perform a holding pattern; 2
(b) fly aircraft in accordance with procedure. 2
IAP2.4 Conducts an approach
(a) update and set Altimeter QNH; 2
(b) approach performed correctly and within published tolerances; 2
(c) navigation aid signal integrity monitored during approach; 2
(d) from the final approach fix to minima aircraft is flown to a stabilised descent profile; 2
(e) after establishing visual reference, a visual circling or runway approach is conducted for a landing on the selected 22
runway.
IAP2.5 Conducts a missed approach
(a) conditions requiring a missed approach are recognised and missed approach is initiated; 2
(b) aircraft is manoeuvred to MAPt; 2
(c) missed approach procedure is conducted in accordance with the IAL chart; 2
(d) obstacle clearance in IMC or simulated IMC is maintained. 2

*Enter the performance standard achieved if it is different to that required

CONSOLIDATION AND/OR REMEDIAL TRAINING

Performance
Standard
MOS Reference

Achieved
Required

Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 7

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 5: PROGRESS CHECK FOR SYNTHETIC FLIGHT TRAINER PHASE

CONSOLIDATION AND/OR REMEDIAL TRAINING

Performance
Standard
MOS Reference

Achieved
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

Proceed to next training session? Yes No

Instructor’s signature & date Trainee’s signature & date

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 8

Instrument Rating – Aeroplane Category Rating

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD

IR (A) 6: SID’S, STARS, AND APPROACHES

Flight no: IR (A) 6.____ Trainee name

Date: Instructor:
Simulator Aircraft type: Flight time:
Type:

Lesson Objective
 Perform lessons/manoeuvers previously discussed with reference to flight instruments only.
 Be re-oriented and demonstrate understanding of normal and emergency procedures required for IFR flight.
 Be oriented to and demonstrate proficiently knowledge on SID’s, STARs, and precision and non-precision
approaches.
 Be able to demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision making.

PRE-FLIGHT KNOWLEDGE
Long Briefing: .5-1.0 hour (As required)
Content

Briefing
 Reference manoeuvres and their related human factors.
 Knowledge on SIDs, STARs, and precision and non-precision approaches

Pre-flight briefing
 Review flight sequences, what to expect, see & do
 Check essential knowledge
 Reinforce threat & error management
 Reinforce significant airmanship points

Pre-flight knowledge components complete: Instructor’s signature & date

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Flight time: 2.5 hours dual

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 1

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 6: SID’S, STARS, AND APPROACHES

Performance
Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

C1 Communicating in the aviation environment

C1.1 Communicating face-to-face
(a) pronounces words clearly, using an accent that does not cause difficulties in understanding 1
(a) conveys information in clearly structured sentences without confusion or ambiguity
(i) uses an extensive vocabulary to accurately communicate on general and technical topics, without excessive use 1
of jargon, slang or colloquial language
(ii) speaks fluently without long pauses, repetition or excessive false starts 1
(b) responds to communications with actions that demonstrate that the information has been received and understood 1
(c) exchanges information clearly in a variety of situations with both expert and non-expert English speakers while 1
giving and receiving timely and appropriate responses
(d) uses appropriate techniques to validate communications 1
C1.2 Operational communication using an aeronautical radio
(a) maintain effective communication with others on operational matters 1
(b) communicate effectively in unfamiliar, stressful or non-standard situations 1
(c) apply the phonetic alphabet 1

(d) transmit numbers 1

(e) make appropriate transmissions using standard aviation phraseology 1
(f) use plain English effectively when standard phraseology is inadequate 1
(g) receive appropriate responses to transmissions 1
(h) respond to transmissions and take appropriate action 1
(i) recognise and manage communication errors and misunderstandings effectively 1
(j) seek clarification in the time available if a message is unclear or uncertainty exists 1
(k) react appropriately to a variety of regional accents 1
(l) communicate effectively in unexpected, stressful or non-standard situations using standard phraseology or plain 1
English
C2 Perform pre- and post-flight actions and procedures
C2.3 Post-flight actions and procedures
(a) shut down aircraft 1
(b) conduct post-flight inspection and secure the aircraft (if applicable) 1
(c) complete all required post-flight administration documentation 1
C3 Operate aeronautical radio
C3.1 Operate Radio equipment
(a) confirm serviceability of radio equipment 1
(b) conduct transmission and receipt of radio communications using appropriate procedures and phraseology 1
(c) maintain a listening watch and respond appropriately to applicable transmissions 1
(d) conduct appropriate emergency and urgency transmissions 1
IFF.1 Determine and monitor the serviceability of flight instruments and instrument power sources
(a) determine serviceability of flight and navigational instruments 2
(b) perform functional checks of flight and navigational instruments where applicable prior to take-off 2
(c) monitor flight instrument and instrument power sources and react to any warnings, unserviceability or erroneous 2
indications
IFF.2 Perform manoeuvres using full instrument panel
(a) interpret flight instrument indications and apply procedures and techniques to achieve and maintain a specified flight 2
path using the aircraft's full instrument panel

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 2

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 6: SID’S, STARS, AND APPROACHES

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Flight time: 2.5 hours dual
Performance
Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(b) set and maintain power and attitude by reference to the full instrument panel to achieve the following:
(i) straight and level performance during normal cruise within the flight tolerances 2
(ii) nominated climb performance within the flight tolerances 2
(iii) descent performance within the flight tolerances 2
(c) set and maintain power and attitude by reference to the full instrument panel to establish a rate 1 turn onto a 2
nominated heading within the flight tolerances
IFF.3 Recover from upset situations and unusual attitudes
(a) correctly identify upset situations and unusual attitudes under simulated IMC 2
(b) recover to controlled flight from upset situations and unusual attitudes under simulated IMC from any combination of
the following aircraft states:
(i) High and low-nose attitudes 2
(ii) varying angles of bank 2
(iii) various power settings 2
(iv) various aircraft configurations 2
(v) unbalanced flight 2
IFL Limited instrument panel manoeuvres
IFL.4 Re-establish visual flight
(a) transition from visual flight conditions to instrument flight conditions while maintaining control of the aircraft 3
(b) perform a manoeuvre to re-establish visual flight 3
(c) implement a plan that ensures the flight continues in VMC 3
NTS1 Non-technical skills 1
NTS1.1 Maintain effective lookout
(a) maintain traffic separation using a systematic visual scan technique at a rate determined by traffic density, visibility 2
and terrain
(b) maintain radio listening watch and interpret transmissions to determine traffic location and intentions 2
(c) perform airspace-cleared procedure before commencing any manoeuvre 2
NTS1.2 Maintain situational awareness
(a) monitor all aircraft systems using a systematic scan technique 2
(b) collect information to facilitate ongoing system management 2
(c) monitor flight environment for deviations from planned operations 2
(d) collect flight environment information to update planned operations 2
NTS2 Non-technical skills 2
NTS2.1 Recognise and manage threats
(a) identify relevant environmental or operational threats that are likely to affect the safety of the flight 2
(b) identify when competing priorities and demands may represent a threat to the safety of the flight 2
(c) develop and implement countermeasures to manage threats 2
(d) monitor and assess flight progress to ensure a safe outcome, or modify actions when a safe outcome is not assured 2
NTS2.2 Recognise and manage errors
(a) apply checklists and standard operating procedures to prevent aircraft handling, procedural or communication errors 1
(b) identify committed errors before safety is affected or the aircraft enters an undesired state 1
(c) monitor the following to collect and analyse information to identify potential or actual errors:

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 3

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 6: SID’S, STARS, AND APPROACHES

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Flight time: 2.5 hours dual
Performance
Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(i) aircraft systems using a systematic scan technique 1

(ii) the flight environment 1
(iii) other crew 1
(d) implement countermeasures to prevent errors or take action in the time available to correct errors before the aircraft 1
enters an undesired state
NAV Navigate aircraft
NAV.2 Comply with airspace procedures while navigating
(a) identify airspace restrictions and dimensions applicable to the flight 2
(b) obtain and comply with air traffic clearances, if applicable 2
(c) comply with airspace procedures applicable to the airspace classification throughout the flight 2
NAV.3 Conduct departure procedures
(a) organise cockpit to ensure charts, documentation and navigational calculator are accessible from the control seat 1
(b) comply with all departure procedures, clearances and noise abatement requirements 1
NAV.4 Navigate aircraft enroute
(a) maintain a navigation cycle that ensures accurate tracking, and apply track correctional techniques to re-establish 2
track prior to waypoint or destination
(b) maintain heading to achieve a nominated track 2
(c) maintain and revise ETAs (±2 minutes) for waypoint or destination 2
(d) maintain track in accordance with published flight path tolerances in controlled airspace 2
(e) navigate using accepted map-reading techniques 2
(f) maintain navigation and fuel log to monitor tracking, ETAs and fuel status 2
(g) use appropriate techniques to obtain a positive fix at suitable intervals 2
(h) maintain awareness of route, enroute terrain, enroute and destination weather, and react appropriately to changing 2
weather conditions
(i) perform pre-descent and turning point checks 2
(j) maintain appropriate radio communication and listening watch with ATS and other aircraft if radio is fitted and used 2
(k) configure the aircraft as required for the following environmental and operational conditions:
(i) turbulence 2
(ii) holding 2
(iii) maximum range 2
(l) maintain awareness of search and rescue times (SARTIME) and revise as required 2
(m) monitor aircraft systems, manage fuel and engine to ensure aircraft is operated to achieve flight plan objectives 2
NAV.7 Perform diversion procedure
(a) make timely decision to divert 2
(b) identify an acceptable alternate aerodrome 2
(c) select a suitable route and cruising level 2
(d) revise flight plan considering weather, terrain, airspace and fuel available 2
(e) advise ATS of an intention to divert 2
NAV.8 Use instrument navigation systems
(a) initialise navigation system (as applicable) 2
(b) conduct navigation system validity check (as applicable)

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 4

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 6: SID’S, STARS, AND APPROACHES

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Flight time: 2.5 hours dual
Performance
Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(c) conduct RAIM check if required

(d) select, load, check and activate the flight plan (as applicable) 2
(e) operate instrument navigation systems correctly 2
(f) use instrument navigation systems to assist with navigation 2
(g) confirm waypoints and fixes using instrument navigation systems 2
NAV.9 Execute arrival procedures
(a) obtain updated relevant aerodrome information 1
(b) determine landing direction and aerodrome suitability 1
(c) conduct arrival 1
(d) identify and avoid all traffic 1
(e) observe local and published noise abatement requirements and curfews 1
RNE Radio navigation - enroute
RNE.1 Operate and monitor radio navigation aids and systems
(a) select and operate navigation aids and systems 1
(b) monitor and take appropriate action in relation to the integrity of navigation aid systems information 1
RNE.2 Navigate the aircraft using navigation aids and systems
(a) determine aircraft position fix solely with reference to navigation aids and systems 1
(b) intercept tracks to and from navigation aids and systems 1
(c) maintain tracks within specified tolerances 1
(d) record, assess and revise timings as required 1
(e) recognise station passage 1
CTR Operate at a controlled aerodrome
CTR.1 Controlled aerodrome pre-flight preparation
(a) interpret the extracted information 2
(b) identify all special aerodrome procedures 2
(c) check current weather forecast and local observations 2
(d) identify all relevant radio and navigation aid frequencies 2
CTA Operate in controlled airspace
CTA.1 Operate aircraft in controlled airspace
(a) comply with airways clearance requirements for operating in all classes of airspace, including lead time required for 2
flight plan submission, contents, ‘clearance void time’, and ‘readback’ requirement
(b) apply airways clearance requirements for entering, operating in and departing from CTA and CTR, including details 2
that need to be provided to ATC, and what details to expect from ATC
(c) maintain control area protection tolerances 2
(d) maintain tracking and altitude tolerances when operating on an airways clearance 2
(e) reconfirm any clearance items when doubt exists 2
(f) advise ATC as soon as possible if unable to maintain clearance due to adverse weather conditions 2
(g) follow ATC requirements for a change of level in CTA, including in an emergency situation 2
(h) comply with departure, climb, transition to cruise (levelling out), cruise, change of levels, descent and visual 2
approach procedures in CTA and CTR instructions
(i) apply separation standards between IFR flights, and IFR and VFR flights in the various classes of CTA 2

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 5

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 6: SID’S, STARS, AND APPROACHES

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Flight time: 2.5 hours dual
Performance
Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(j) perform appropriate actions in the event of the loss of radio communication in CTA and CTR 2
(k) perform appropriate actions in the event of abnormal operations and emergency procedures in CTA and CTR 2
(l) operate under radar vectoring procedures, including radio procedures and phraseologies 2
(m) maximum permissible time interval between ATC transmissions during radar vectoring are not exceeded 2
(n) perform appropriate actions in the event of abnormal operations and emergencies 2
(o) recall transponder emergency code and communication failure code 2
CIR Conduct an IFR flight
CIR.1 Plan a flight under the IFR
(a) determine aircraft is properly equipped and serviceable for IFR flight; 2
(b) possess and use all the required documentation that is current to plan an IFR flight; 2
(c) prepare an accurate flight plan that ensures all applicable operational requirements are met; 2
(d) make flight notification; 2
(e) check navigation system database is current; 2
CIR.2 Perform an instrument departure
(a) prepare aircraft and aircraft systems for departure; 2
(b) demonstrate consideration of and planning for non-normal and emergencies during departure; 2
(c) demonstrate adequate knowledge of both of published and cleared and non-published and non-cleared instrument 2
departures;
(d) establish lowest take-off minima required considering aircraft performance, aerodrome, available instrument 2
approaches and environmental conditions;
(e) conduct instrument departure to comply with obstacle clearance requirements. 2
CIR.3 Conduct a published instrument procedure (all engines)
(a) perform a SID or other published departure; 2
(b) maintain assigned SID, including all tracks, headings, altitudes and speeds; 2
(c) perform a cleared departure safely and maintain tracks, headings, altitudes and speeds within specified tolerances. 2
CIR.4 Conduct a published instrument procedure (one-engine inoperative)
(a) for single-engine aircraft instrument endorsements: 2
(i) following engine failure establish optimum flight path and manoeuvres aircraft towards most suitable terrain 2
considering conditions;
(ii) time permitting conduct checklists and radio calls. 2
CIR.6 Perform a descent and arrival under the IFR
(a) demonstrate adequate knowledge of the published procedures for the conduct of a descent and arrival to an 2
aerodrome;
(b) perform a descent and published arrival procedure to an aerodrome. 2
CIR.7 Perform a published holding procedure
(a) demonstrate adequate knowledge of a published holding procedure; 2
(b) track aircraft to the holding fix and performs holding procedure (entry, full holding pattern and exit) safely. 2
CIR.8 Perform an instrument approach 2D
(a) demonstrate adequate knowledge of published procedures associated with an instrument approach; 2
(b) perform an instrument approach unique to the instrument approach type; 2
(c) maintain a stabilised flight path within specified tolerances during the approach procedure. 2
CIR.10 Perform visual approach operations (includes visual circling where applicable)

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 6

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 6: SID’S, STARS, AND APPROACHES

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Flight time: 2.5 hours dual
Performance
Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(a) demonstrate adequate knowledge of published procedures for the conduct of a visual approach; 2
(b) conduct a visual circling approach requiring at least a 90o change of heading to establish the aircraft onto the final 2
approach leg to the specified runway whilst maintaining a stabilised flight path.
IAP2 Conduct an instrument approach 2D
IAP2.1 Prepares for approach
(a) review latest available information for destination; 2
(b) conduct navigation system validity check (as applicable); 2
(c) conduct RAIM check if required;
(d) select and brief current approach chart for the approach to be flown; 2
(e) check and confirm navigation aid required for the approach is serviceable 2
IAP2.2 Conducts initial approach
(a) set altimeter QNH correctly; 2
(b) manoeuvre aircraft to the holding fix. 2
IAP2.3 Conducts a holding pattern
(a) from the holding fix enter and perform a holding pattern; 2
(b) fly aircraft in accordance with procedure. 2
IAP2.4 Conducts an approach
(a) update and set Altimeter QNH; 2
(b) approach performed correctly and within published tolerances; 2
(c) navigation aid signal integrity monitored during approach; 2
(d) from the final approach fix to minima aircraft is flown to a stabilised descent profile; 2
(e) after establishing visual reference, a visual circling or runway approach is conducted for a landing on the selected 2
runway.
IAP2.5 Conducts a missed approach
(a) conditions requiring a missed approach are recognised and missed approach is initiated; 2
(b) aircraft is manoeuvred to MAPt; 2
(c) missed approach procedure is conducted in accordance with the IAL chart; 2
(d) obstacle clearance in IMC or simulated IMC is maintained. 2

*Enter the performance standard achieved if it is different to that required

CONSOLIDATION AND/OR REMEDIAL TRAINING

Performance
Standard
MOS Reference

Achieved
Required

Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 7

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 6: SID’S, STARS, AND APPROACHES

CONSOLIDATION AND/OR REMEDIAL TRAINING

Performance
Standard
MOS Reference

Achieved
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

Proceed to next training session? Yes No

Instructor’s signature & date Trainee’s signature & date

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 8

Instrument Rating – Aeroplane Category Rating

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD

IR (A) 7: IFR FLIGHT TO ANOTHER AIRPORT

Flight no: IR (A) 7.____ Trainee name

Date: Instructor:
Simulator Aircraft type: Flight time:
Type:

Lesson Objective
 Perform lessons/manoeuvers previously discussed with reference to flight instruments.
 Review instrument departures, approaches, and radar vector procedures.
 Be oriented to IFR flight to another airport
 Be able to demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management and decision making.

PRE-FLIGHT KNOWLEDGE
Long Briefing: .5-1.0 hour (As required)
Content

Briefing
 Reference manoeuvres and their related human factors.
 Aircraft systems related to IFR operations

Pre-flight briefing
 Review flight sequences, what to expect, see & do
 Check essential knowledge
 Reinforce threat & error management
 Reinforce significant airmanship points

Pre-flight knowledge components complete: Instructor’s signature & date

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Flight time: 2.5 hours dual
Performance
Standard

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 1

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 7: IFR FLIGHT TO ANOTHER AIRPORT

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)
C1 Communicating in the aviation environment
C1.1 Communicating face-to-face
(a) pronounces words clearly, using an accent that does not cause difficulties in understanding 1
(a) conveys information in clearly structured sentences without confusion or ambiguity
(i) uses an extensive vocabulary to accurately communicate on general and technical topics, without excessive use 1
of jargon, slang or colloquial language
(ii) speaks fluently without long pauses, repetition or excessive false starts 1
(b) responds to communications with actions that demonstrate that the information has been received and understood 1
(c) exchanges information clearly in a variety of situations with both expert and non-expert English speakers while 1
giving and receiving timely and appropriate responses
(d) uses appropriate techniques to validate communications 1
C1.2 Operational communication using an aeronautical radio
(a) maintain effective communication with others on operational matters 1
(b) communicate effectively in unfamiliar, stressful or non-standard situations 1
(c) apply the phonetic alphabet 1

(d) transmit numbers 1

(e) make appropriate transmissions using standard aviation phraseology 1
(f) use plain English effectively when standard phraseology is inadequate 1
(g) receive appropriate responses to transmissions 1
(h) respond to transmissions and take appropriate action 1
(i) recognise and manage communication errors and misunderstandings effectively 1
(j) seek clarification in the time available if a message is unclear or uncertainty exists 1
(k) react appropriately to a variety of regional accents 1
(l) communicate effectively in unexpected, stressful or non-standard situations using standard phraseology or plain 1
English
C2 Perform pre- and post-flight actions and procedures
C2.1 Pre-flight actions and procedures
(a) complete all required pre-flight administration documentation 1
(b) obtain, interpret and apply information contained in the required pre-flight operational documentation, including the
following:
(i) minimum equipment list (MEL) 1
(ii) maintenance release 1
(iii) weather forecasts 1
(iv) local observations 1
(v) Notice to Airmen (NOTAM) 1
(vi) Aeronautical Information Package (AIP) 1
(c) identify special aerodrome procedures 1
(d) identify all relevant radio and navigation aid facilities to be used during the flight (if applicable) 1
(e) determine the suitability of the current and forecast weather conditions for the proposed flight 1
(f) using the aircraft documents, calculate the following for a given set of environmental and operational conditions:
(i) Weight and balance 1
(ii) Take-off and landing performance 1
(iii) Fuel requirements 1
Determine whether the aircraft is serviceable for the proposed flight 1
C2.2 Perform pre-flight inspection

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 2

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 7: IFR FLIGHT TO ANOTHER AIRPORT

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Flight time: 2.5 hours dual
Performance
Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(a) identify and secure equipment and documentation that is required for the flight 1

(b) complete an internal and external check of the aircraft 1

identify all defects or damage to the aircraft 1
report to, and seek advice from, qualified personnel to determine the action required in relation to any identified 1
defects or damage
ensure all aircraft locking and securing devices, covers and bungs are removed and stowed securely 1
certify the aircraft flight technical log entering any defects or endorsements to permissible unserviceabilities as 1
appropriate
(g) Complete and certify the daily inspection 1
C2.3 Post-flight actions and procedures
(a) shut down aircraft 1
(b) conduct post-flight inspection and secure the aircraft (if applicable) 1
(c) complete all required post-flight administration documentation 1
C3 Operate aeronautical radio
C3.1 Operate Radio equipment
(a) confirm serviceability of radio equipment 1
(b) conduct transmission and receipt of radio communications using appropriate procedures and phraseology 1
(c) maintain a listening watch and respond appropriately to applicable transmissions 1
(d) conduct appropriate emergency and urgency transmissions 1
(e) use fault finding procedures and perform corrective actions
IFF.1 Determine and monitor the serviceability of flight instruments and instrument power sources
(a) determine serviceability of flight and navigational instruments 1
(b) perform functional checks of flight and navigational instruments where applicable prior to take-off 1
(c) monitor flight instrument and instrument power sources and react to any warnings, unserviceability or erroneous 1
indications
IFF.2 Perform manoeuvres using full instrument panel
(a) interpret flight instrument indications and apply procedures and techniques to achieve and maintain a specified flight 1
path using the aircraft's full instrument panel
(b) set and maintain power and attitude by reference to the full instrument panel to achieve the following:
(i) straight and level performance during normal cruise within the flight tolerances 1
(ii) nominated climb performance within the flight tolerances 1
(iii) descent performance within the flight tolerances 1
(c) set and maintain power and attitude by reference to the full instrument panel to establish a rate 1 turn onto a 1
nominated heading within the flight tolerances
NTS1 Non-technical skills 1
NTS1.1 Maintain effective lookout
(a) maintain traffic separation using a systematic visual scan technique at a rate determined by traffic density, visibility 1
and terrain
(b) maintain radio listening watch and interpret transmissions to determine traffic location and intentions 1
(c) perform airspace-cleared procedure before commencing any manoeuvre 1
NTS1.2 Maintain situational awareness
(a) monitor all aircraft systems using a systematic scan technique 1
(b) collect information to facilitate ongoing system management 1

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 3

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 7: IFR FLIGHT TO ANOTHER AIRPORT

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Flight time: 2.5 hours dual
Performance
Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(c) monitor flight environment for deviations from planned operations 1

(d) collect flight environment information to update planned operations 1
NTS1.4 Set priorities and manage tasks
(a) organise workload and priorities to ensure optimum outcome of the flight 2
(b) plan events and tasks to occur sequentially 2
(c) anticipate events and tasks to ensure sufficient opportunity for completion 2
(d) use technology to reduce workload and improve cognitive and manipulative activities 1
NTS1.5 Maintain effective communications and interpersonal relationships
(a) establish and maintain effective and efficient communications and interpersonal relationships with all stakeholders 1
to ensure the optimum outcome of the flight
(b) define and explain objectives to stakeholders 1
(c) demonstrate a level of assertiveness that ensures the optimum completion of the flight 1
NTS2 Non-technical skills 2
NTS2.1 Recognise and manage threats
(a) identify relevant environmental or operational threats that are likely to affect the safety of the flight 1
(b) identify when competing priorities and demands may represent a threat to the safety of the flight 1
(c) develop and implement countermeasures to manage threats 1
(d) monitor and assess flight progress to ensure a safe outcome, or modify actions when a safe outcome is not assured 1
NAV Navigate aircraft
NAV.1 Prepare documents and flight plan 1
(a) select and prepare appropriate navigation charts for the intended flight 1
(b) select a suitable route and altitude considering weather, terrain, airspace, NOTAMs and alternate landing areas 1
(c) obtain and interpret meteorological forecasts, NOTAMs and operational information applicable to the planned flight 1
(d) determine whether the planned flight can be conducted under the applicable flight rules and taking account of the 1
beginning and end of daylight times
(e) calculate and document critical point (CP) and point of no return (PNR) locations 1
(f) complete a flight plan to the planned destination and alternates 1
(g) lodge suitable flight notification for search and rescue (SAR) purposes 1
NAV.2 Comply with airspace procedures while navigating
(a) identify airspace restrictions and dimensions applicable to the flight 1
(b) obtain and comply with air traffic clearances, if applicable 1
(c) comply with airspace procedures applicable to the airspace classification throughout the flight 1
NAV.3 Conduct departure procedures
(a) organise cockpit to ensure charts, documentation and navigational calculator are accessible from the control seat 1
(b) comply with all departure procedures, clearances and noise abatement requirements 1
(c) calculate estimated time of arrival (ETA) for first waypoint 1
NAV.4 Navigate aircraft enroute
(a) maintain a navigation cycle that ensures accurate tracking, and apply track correctional techniques to re-establish 1
track prior to waypoint or destination
(b) maintain heading to achieve a nominated track 1
(c) maintain and revise ETAs (±2 minutes) for waypoint or destination 1

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 4

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 7: IFR FLIGHT TO ANOTHER AIRPORT

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Flight time: 2.5 hours dual
Performance
Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(d) maintain track in accordance with published flight path tolerances in controlled airspace 1
(e) navigate using accepted map-reading techniques 1
(f) maintain navigation and fuel log to monitor tracking, ETAs and fuel status 1
(g) use appropriate techniques to obtain a positive fix at suitable intervals 1
(h) maintain awareness of route, enroute terrain, enroute and destination weather, and react appropriately to changing 1
weather conditions
(i) perform pre-descent and turning point checks 1
(j) maintain appropriate radio communication and listening watch with ATS and other aircraft if radio is fitted and used 1
(k) configure the aircraft as required for the following environmental and operational conditions:
(i) turbulence
(ii) holding
(iii) maximum range
(l) maintain awareness of search and rescue times (SARTIME) and revise as required
(m) monitor aircraft systems, manage fuel and engine to ensure aircraft is operated to achieve flight plan objectives 2
NAV.7 Perform diversion procedure
(a) make timely decision to divert 1
(b) identify an acceptable alternate aerodrome 1
(c) select a suitable route and cruising level 1
(d) revise flight plan considering weather, terrain, airspace and fuel available 1
(e) advise ATS of an intention to divert 1
NAV.8 Use instrument navigation systems
(a) initialise navigation system (as applicable) 2
(b) conduct navigation system validity check (as applicable) 2
(c) conduct RAIM check if required
(d) select, load, check and activate the flight plan (as applicable) 2
(e) operate instrument navigation systems correctly 2
(f) use instrument navigation systems to assist with navigation 2
(g) confirm waypoints and fixes using instrument navigation systems 2
NAV.9 Execute arrival procedures
(a) obtain updated relevant aerodrome information 1
(b) determine landing direction and aerodrome suitability 1
(c) conduct arrival 1
(d) identify and avoid all traffic 1
(e) observe local and published noise abatement requirements and curfews 1
RNE Radio navigation - enroute
RNE.1 Operate and monitor radio navigation aids and systems
(a) select and operate navigation aids and systems 1
(b) monitor and take appropriate action in relation to the integrity of navigation aid systems information 1
RNE.2 Navigate the aircraft using navigation aids and systems
(a) determine aircraft position fix solely with reference to navigation aids and systems 1

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 5

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 7: IFR FLIGHT TO ANOTHER AIRPORT

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Flight time: 2.5 hours dual
Performance
Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(b) intercept tracks to and from navigation aids and systems 1

(c) maintain tracks within specified tolerances 1
(d) record, assess and revise timings as required 1
(e) recognise station passage 1
CTR Operate at a controlled aerodrome
CTR.1 Controlled aerodrome pre-flight preparation
(a) interpret the extracted information 2
(b) identify all special aerodrome procedures 2
(c) check current weather forecast and local observations 2
(d) identify all relevant radio and navigation aid frequencies 2
CTR.2 Taxi aircraft at a controlled aerodrome
(a) obtain and comply with ATC clearances 2
(b) manoeuvre aircraft to holding point as instructed and take appropriate action to avoid other aircraft and obstructions 2
(c) recognise ground markings during taxi and take appropriate action 2
(d) recognise lighting signals and take appropriate action 2
(e) identify airport runway incursion hotspots 2
(f) manoeuvre aircraft to avoid jet blast hazard 2
(g) request taxi guidance if unsure of position 2
(h) use strobes when crossing any runway 2
CTR.3 Perform departure from controlled aerodrome
(a) receive and correctly read back an airways clearance 2
(b) check and ensure runway approach is clear prior to entering a runway 2
(c) correctly set transponder code and mode prior to entering runway for take-off 2
(d) comply with ATC departure instructions 2
(e) advise ATC as soon as possible if unable to comply with clearance 2
(f) contact approach with airborne report or give departure call to tower 2
(g) maintain lookout 2
(h) avoid wake turbulence 2
(i) comply with airways clearances within tracking and altitude tolerances and maintain traffic lookout until clear of the 2
aerodrome control zone
CTR.4 Perform arrival and landing at a controlled aerodrome
(a) comply with airways clearance requirements for operating in all classes of airspace, including lead time required for 2
flight plan submission, contents, ‘clearance void time’, and ‘readback’ requirement
(b) apply airways clearance requirements for entering, operating in and departing from CTA and CTR, including details 2
that need to be provided to ATC, and what details to expect from ATC
(c) maintain control area protection tolerances 2
(d) maintain tracking and altitude tolerances when operating on an airways clearance 2
(e) reconfirm any clearance items when doubt exists 2
(f) advise ATC as soon as possible if unable to maintain clearance due to adverse weather conditions 2
(g) follow ATC requirements for a change of level in CTA, including in an emergency situation 2
(h) comply with departure, climb, transition to cruise (levelling out), cruise, change of levels, descent and visual 2
approach procedures in CTA and CTR instructions

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 6

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 7: IFR FLIGHT TO ANOTHER AIRPORT

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Flight time: 2.5 hours dual
Performance
Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(i) apply separation standards between IFR flights, and IFR and VFR flights in the various classes of CTA 2
(j) perform appropriate actions in the event of the loss of radio communication in CTA and CTR 2
(k) perform appropriate actions in the event of abnormal operations and emergency procedures in CTA and CTR 2
(l) operate under radar vectoring procedures, including radio procedures and phraseologies 2
(m) maximum permissible time interval between ATC transmissions during radar vectoring are not exceeded 2
(n) perform appropriate actions in the event of abnormal operations and emergencies 2
(o) recall transponder emergency code and communication failure code 2
CTA Operate in controlled airspace
CTA.1 Operate aircraft in controlled airspace
(a) comply with airways clearance requirements for operating in all classes of airspace, including lead time required for 1
flight plan submission, contents, ‘clearance void time’, and ‘readback’ requirement
(b) apply airways clearance requirements for entering, operating in and departing from CTA and CTR, including details 1
that need to be provided to ATC, and what details to expect from ATC
(c) maintain control area protection tolerances
(d) maintain tracking and altitude tolerances when operating on an airways clearance 1
(e) reconfirm any clearance items when doubt exists 1
(f) advise ATC as soon as possible if unable to maintain clearance due to adverse weather conditions 1
(g) follow ATC requirements for a change of level in CTA, including in an emergency situation 1
(h) comply with departure, climb, transition to cruise (levelling out), cruise, change of levels, descent and visual 1
approach procedures in CTA and CTR instructions
(i) apply separation standards between IFR flights, and IFR and VFR flights in the various classes of CTA 1
(j) perform appropriate actions in the event of the loss of radio communication in CTA and CTR 1
(k) perform appropriate actions in the event of abnormal operations and emergency procedures in CTA and CTR
(l) operate under radar vectoring procedures, including radio procedures and phraseologies 1
(m) maximum permissible time interval between ATC transmissions during radar vectoring are not exceeded 1
(n) perform appropriate actions in the event of abnormal operations and emergencies 1
(o) recall transponder emergency code and communication failure code 1
CIR Conduct an IFR flight
CIR.1 Plan a flight under the IFR
(a) determine aircraft is properly equipped and serviceable for IFR flight; 1
(b) possess and use all the required documentation that is current to plan an IFR flight; 1
(c) prepare an accurate flight plan that ensures all applicable operational requirements are met; 1
(d) make flight notification; 1
(e) check navigation system database is current; 1
CIR.2 Perform an instrument departure
(a) prepare aircraft and aircraft systems for departure; 1
(b) demonstrate consideration of and planning for non-normal and emergencies during departure; 1
(c) demonstrate adequate knowledge of both of published and cleared and non-published and non-cleared instrument 1
departures;
(d) establish lowest take-off minima required considering aircraft performance, aerodrome, available instrument 1
approaches and environmental conditions;
(e) conduct instrument departure to comply with obstacle clearance requirements. 1

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 7

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 7: IFR FLIGHT TO ANOTHER AIRPORT

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Flight time: 2.5 hours dual
Performance
Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

CIR.3 Conduct a published instrument procedure (all engines)

(a) perform a SID or other published departure; 2
(b) maintain assigned SID, including all tracks, headings, altitudes and speeds; 2
(c) perform a cleared departure safely and maintain tracks, headings, altitudes and speeds within specified tolerances. 2
CIR.4 Conduct a published instrument procedure (one-engine inoperative)
(a) for single-engine aircraft instrument endorsements: 2
(i) following engine failure establish optimum flight path and manoeuvres aircraft towards most suitable terrain 2
considering conditions;
(ii) time permitting conduct checklists and radio calls. 2
CIR.6 Perform a descent and arrival under the IFR
(a) demonstrate adequate knowledge of the published procedures for the conduct of a descent and arrival to an 2
aerodrome;
(b) perform a descent and published arrival procedure to an aerodrome. 2
CIR.7 Perform a published holding procedure
(a) demonstrate adequate knowledge of a published holding procedure; 2
(b) track aircraft to the holding fix and performs holding procedure (entry, full holding pattern and exit) safely. 2
CIR.8 Perform an instrument approach 2D
(a) demonstrate adequate knowledge of published procedures associated with an instrument approach; 2
(b) perform an instrument approach unique to the instrument approach type; 2
(c) maintain a stabilised flight path within specified tolerances during the approach procedure. 2
CIR.10 Perform visual approach operations (includes visual circling where applicable)
(a) demonstrate adequate knowledge of published procedures for the conduct of a visual approach; 2
o
(b) conduct a visual circling approach requiring at least a 90 change of heading to establish the aircraft onto the final 2
approach leg to the specified runway whilst maintaining a stabilised flight path.
IAP2 Conduct an instrument approach 2D
IAP2.1 Prepares for approach
(a) review latest available information for destination; 2
(b) conduct navigation system validity check (as applicable); 2
(c) conduct RAIM check if required;
(d) select and brief current approach chart for the approach to be flown; 2
(e) check and confirm navigation aid required for the approach is serviceable 2
IAP2.2 Conducts initial approach
(a) set altimeter QNH correctly; 2
(b) manoeuvre aircraft to the holding fix. 2
IAP2.3 Conducts a holding pattern
(a) from the holding fix enter and perform a holding pattern; 2
(b) fly aircraft in accordance with procedure. 2
IAP2.4 Conducts an approach
(a) update and set Altimeter QNH; 2
(b) approach performed correctly and within published tolerances; 2
(c) navigation aid signal integrity monitored during approach; 2

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 8

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 7: IFR FLIGHT TO ANOTHER AIRPORT

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Flight time: 2.5 hours dual
Performance
Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(d) from the final approach fix to minima aircraft is flown to a stabilised descent profile; 2
(e) after establishing visual reference, a visual circling or runway approach is conducted for a landing on the selected 2
runway.
IAP2.5 Conducts a missed approach
(a) conditions requiring a missed approach are recognised and missed approach is initiated; 2
(b) aircraft is manoeuvred to MAPt; 2
(c) missed approach procedure is conducted in accordance with the IAL chart; 2
(d) obstacle clearance in IMC or simulated IMC is maintained. 2

*Enter the performance standard achieved if it is different to that required

CONSOLIDATION AND/OR REMEDIAL TRAINING

Performance
Standard
MOS Reference

Achieved
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 9

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 7: IFR FLIGHT TO ANOTHER AIRPORT

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

Proceed to next training session? Yes No

Instructor’s signature & date Trainee’s signature & date

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 10

Instrument Rating – Aeroplane Category Rating

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD

IR (A) 8: PROGRESS CHECK FOR INSTRUMENT FLIGHT PHASE

Flight no: IR (A) 8.____ Trainee name

Date: Instructor:
Simulator Aircraft type: Flight time:
Type:

PRE-FLIGHT KNOWLEDGE
Long Briefing: .5-1.0 hour (As required)
Content

Briefing
 Reference manoeuvres and their related human factors.
 Aircraft systems related to IFR operations

Pre-flight briefing
 Review flight sequences, what to expect, see & do
 Check essential knowledge
 Reinforce threat & error management
 Reinforce significant airmanship points

Pre-flight knowledge components complete: Instructor’s signature & date

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Flight time: 2.5 hours dual
Performance
Standard

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 1

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 8: PROGRESS CHECK FOR INSTRUMENT FLIGHT PHASE

(d) transmit numbers 1

(e) make appropriate transmissions using standard aviation phraseology 1
(f) use plain English effectively when standard phraseology is inadequate 1
(g) receive appropriate responses to transmissions 1
(h) respond to transmissions and take appropriate action 1
(i) recognise and manage communication errors and misunderstandings effectively 1
(j) seek clarification in the time available if a message is unclear or uncertainty exists 1
(k) react appropriately to a variety of regional accents 1
(l) communicate effectively in unexpected, stressful or non-standard situations using standard phraseology or plain 1
English
C2 Perform pre- and post-flight actions and procedures
C2.1 Pre-flight actions and procedures
(a) complete all required pre-flight administration documentation 1
(b) obtain, interpret and apply information contained in the required pre-flight operational documentation, including the
following:
(i) minimum equipment list (MEL) 1
(ii) maintenance release 1
(iii) weather forecasts 1
(iv) local observations 1
(v) Notice to Airmen (NOTAM) 1
(vi) Aeronautical Information Package (AIP) 1
(c) identify special aerodrome procedures 1
(d) identify all relevant radio and navigation aid facilities to be used during the flight (if applicable) 1
(e) determine the suitability of the current and forecast weather conditions for the proposed flight 1
(f) using the aircraft documents, calculate the following for a given set of environmental and operational conditions:
(i) Weight and balance 1
(ii) Take-off and landing performance 1
(iii) Fuel requirements 1
Determine whether the aircraft is serviceable for the proposed flight 1
C2.2 Perform pre-flight inspection

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 2

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 8: PROGRESS CHECK FOR INSTRUMENT FLIGHT PHASE

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Flight time: 2.5 hours dual
Performance
Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(a) identify and secure equipment and documentation that is required for the flight 1

(b) complete an internal and external check of the aircraft 1

identify all defects or damage to the aircraft 1
report to, and seek advice from, qualified personnel to determine the action required in relation to any identified 1
defects or damage
ensure all aircraft locking and securing devices, covers and bungs are removed and stowed securely 1
certify the aircraft flight technical log entering any defects or endorsements to permissible unserviceabilities as 1
appropriate
(g) Complete and certify the daily inspection 1
C2.3 Post-flight actions and procedures
(a) shut down aircraft 1
(b) conduct post-flight inspection and secure the aircraft (if applicable) 1
(c) complete all required post-flight administration documentation 1
C3 Operate aeronautical radio
C3.1 Operate Radio equipment
(a) confirm serviceability of radio equipment 1
(b) conduct transmission and receipt of radio communications using appropriate procedures and phraseology 1
(c) maintain a listening watch and respond appropriately to applicable transmissions 1
(d) conduct appropriate emergency and urgency transmissions 1
IFF.1 Determine and monitor the serviceability of flight instruments and instrument power sources
(a) determine serviceability of flight and navigational instruments 1
(b) perform functional checks of flight and navigational instruments where applicable prior to take-off 1
(c) monitor flight instrument and instrument power sources and react to any warnings, unserviceability or erroneous 1
indications
IFF.2 Perform manoeuvres using full instrument panel
(a) interpret flight instrument indications and apply procedures and techniques to achieve and maintain a specified flight 1
path using the aircraft's full instrument panel
(b) set and maintain power and attitude by reference to the full instrument panel to achieve the following:
(i) straight and level performance during normal cruise within the flight tolerances 1
(ii) nominated climb performance within the flight tolerances 1
(iii) descent performance within the flight tolerances 1
(c) set and maintain power and attitude by reference to the full instrument panel to establish a rate 1 turn onto a 1
nominated heading within the flight tolerances
IFF.3 Recover from upset situations and unusual attitudes
(a) correctly identify upset situations and unusual attitudes under simulated IMC 1
(b) recover to controlled flight from upset situations and unusual attitudes under simulated IMC from any combination of
the following aircraft states:
(i) High and low-nose attitudes 1
(ii) varying angles of bank 1
(iii) various power settings 1
(iv) various aircraft configurations 1
(v) unbalanced flight 1
IFL Limited instrument panel manoeuvres

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 3

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 8: PROGRESS CHECK FOR INSTRUMENT FLIGHT PHASE

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Flight time: 2.5 hours dual
Performance
Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

IFL.1 Recognise failure of attitude indicator and stabilised heading indicator

(a) monitor flight instruments and instrument power sources and recognise warning indicators or erroneous instrument 1
indications
(b) transition from a full instrument panel to a limited instrument panel 1
IFL.2 Perform manoeuvres – limited panel
(a) interpret and respond appropriately to instrument indications 1
(b) apply power and attitude settings to achieve straight and level performance during:
(i) normal cruise 1
(ii) approach configuration with flaps (when fitted) and undercarriage down 1
(c) apply power and attitude settings to achieve:
(i) nominated climb performance 1
(ii) nominated descent performance 1
(iii) during climb, descent and straight and level flight, rate 1 turns onto a nominated heading 1
(d) trim (as applicable) and balance aircraft 1
(e) establish level flight at a nominated altitude, from a climb or descent during straight or turning flight 1
IFL.3 Recover from upset situations and unusual attitudes – limited panel
(a) correctly identify upset situations and unusual attitudes under simulated IMC 1
(b) recover to stabilised straight and level flight using approved techniques from upset situations and unusual attitudes
under simulated IMC from any combination of the following aircraft states:
(i) high and low-nose attitudes 1
(ii) varying angles of bank 1
(iii) various power settings 1
(iv) various aircraft configurations 1
(v) unbalanced flight 1
NTS1 Non-technical skills 1
NTS1.1 Maintain effective lookout
(a) maintain traffic separation using a systematic visual scan technique at a rate determined by traffic density, visibility 1
and terrain
(b) maintain radio listening watch and interpret transmissions to determine traffic location and intentions 1
(c) perform airspace-cleared procedure before commencing any manoeuvre 1
NTS1.5 Maintain effective communications and interpersonal relationships
(a) establish and maintain effective and efficient communications and interpersonal relationships with all stakeholders 1
to ensure the optimum outcome of the flight
(b) define and explain objectives to stakeholders 1
(c) demonstrate a level of assertiveness that ensures the optimum completion of the flight 1
NTS2 Non-technical skills 2
NTS2.1 Recognise and manage threats
(a) identify relevant environmental or operational threats that are likely to affect the safety of the flight 1
(b) identify when competing priorities and demands may represent a threat to the safety of the flight 1
(c) develop and implement countermeasures to manage threats 1
(d) monitor and assess flight progress to ensure a safe outcome, or modify actions when a safe outcome is not assured 1
NAV Navigate aircraft

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 4

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 8: PROGRESS CHECK FOR INSTRUMENT FLIGHT PHASE

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Flight time: 2.5 hours dual
Performance
Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

NAV.1 Prepare documents and flight plan

(a) select and prepare appropriate navigation charts for the intended flight 1
(b) select a suitable route and altitude considering weather, terrain, airspace, NOTAMs and alternate landing areas 1
(c) obtain and interpret meteorological forecasts, NOTAMs and operational information applicable to the planned flight 1
(d) determine whether the planned flight can be conducted under the applicable flight rules and taking account of the 1
beginning and end of daylight times
(e) calculate and document critical point (CP) and point of no return (PNR) locations
(f) complete a flight plan to the planned destination and alternates 1
(g) lodge suitable flight notification for search and rescue (SAR) purposes
NAV.2 Comply with airspace procedures while navigating
(a) identify airspace restrictions and dimensions applicable to the flight 1
(b) obtain and comply with air traffic clearances, if applicable 1
(c) comply with airspace procedures applicable to the airspace classification throughout the flight 1
NAV.3 Conduct departure procedures
(a) organise cockpit to ensure charts, documentation and navigational calculator are accessible from the control seat 1
(b) comply with all departure procedures, clearances and noise abatement requirements 1
NAV.4 Navigate aircraft enroute
(a) maintain a navigation cycle that ensures accurate tracking, and apply track correctional techniques to re-establish 1
track prior to waypoint or destination
(b) maintain heading to achieve a nominated track 1
(c) maintain and revise ETAs (±2 minutes) for waypoint or destination
(d) maintain track in accordance with published flight path tolerances in controlled airspace 1
(e) navigate using accepted map-reading techniques 1
(f) maintain awareness of route, enroute terrain, enroute and destination weather, and react appropriately to changing 1
weather conditions
(g) perform pre-descent and turning point checks 1
(h) maintain appropriate radio communication and listening watch with ATS and other aircraft if radio is fitted and used 1
NAV.7 Perform diversion procedure
(a) make timely decision to divert 1
(b) identify an acceptable alternate aerodrome 1
(c) select a suitable route and cruising level 1
(d) revise flight plan considering weather, terrain, airspace and fuel available 1
(e) advise ATS of an intention to divert 1
NAV.8 Use instrument navigation systems
(a) initialise navigation system (as applicable) 1
(b) conduct navigation system validity check (as applicable)
(c) conduct RAIM check if required
(d) select, load, check and activate the flight plan (as applicable) 1
(e) operate instrument navigation systems correctly 1
(f) use instrument navigation systems to assist with navigation 1
(g) confirm waypoints and fixes using instrument navigation systems 1

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 5

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 8: PROGRESS CHECK FOR INSTRUMENT FLIGHT PHASE

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Flight time: 2.5 hours dual
Performance
Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

NAV.9 Execute arrival procedures

(a) obtain updated relevant aerodrome information 1
(b) determine landing direction and aerodrome suitability 1
(c) conduct arrival 1
(d) identify and avoid all traffic 1
(e) observe local and published noise abatement requirements and curfews 1
RNE Radio navigation - enroute
RNE.1 Operate and monitor radio navigation aids and systems
(a) select and operate navigation aids and systems 1
(b) monitor and take appropriate action in relation to the integrity of navigation aid systems information 1
RNE.2 Navigate the aircraft using navigation aids and systems
(a) determine aircraft position fix solely with reference to navigation aids and systems 1
(b) intercept tracks to and from navigation aids and systems 1
(c) maintain tracks within specified tolerances 1
(d) record, assess and revise timings as required 1
(e) recognise station passage 1
CIR Conduct an IFR flight
CIR.1 Plan a flight under the IFR
(a) determine aircraft is properly equipped and serviceable for IFR flight; 1
(b) possess and use all the required documentation that is current to plan an IFR flight; 1
(c) prepare an accurate flight plan that ensures all applicable operational requirements are met; 1
(d) make flight notification; 1
(e) check navigation system database is current; 1
CIR.2 Perform an instrument departure
(a) prepare aircraft and aircraft systems for departure; 1
(b) demonstrate consideration of and planning for non-normal and emergencies during departure; 1
(c) demonstrate adequate knowledge of both of published and cleared and non-published and non-cleared instrument 1
departures;
(d) establish lowest take-off minima required considering aircraft performance, aerodrome, available instrument 1
approaches and environmental conditions;
(e) conduct instrument departure to comply with obstacle clearance requirements. 1
CIR.3 Conduct a published instrument procedure (all engines)
(a) perform a SID or other published departure; 1
(b) maintain assigned SID, including all tracks, headings, altitudes and speeds; 1
(c) perform a cleared departure safely and maintain tracks, headings, altitudes and speeds within specified tolerances. 1
CIR.4 Conduct a published instrument procedure (one-engine inoperative)
(a) for single-engine aircraft instrument endorsements: 1
(i) following engine failure establish optimum flight path and manoeuvres aircraft towards most suitable terrain 1
considering conditions;
(ii) time permitting conduct checklists and radio calls. 1
CIR.6 Perform a descent and arrival under the IFR

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 6

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 8: PROGRESS CHECK FOR INSTRUMENT FLIGHT PHASE

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested Flight time: 2.5 hours dual
Performance
Standard

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(a) demonstrate adequate knowledge of the published procedures for the conduct of a descent and arrival to an 1
aerodrome;
(b) perform a descent and published arrival procedure to an aerodrome. 1
CIR.7 Perform a published holding procedure
(a) demonstrate adequate knowledge of a published holding procedure; 1
(b) track aircraft to the holding fix and performs holding procedure (entry, full holding pattern and exit) safely. 1
CIR.8 Perform an instrument approach 2D
(a) demonstrate adequate knowledge of published procedures associated with an instrument approach; 1
(b) perform an instrument approach unique to the instrument approach type; 1
(c) maintain a stabilised flight path within specified tolerances during the approach procedure. 1
CIR.10 Perform visual approach operations (includes visual circling where applicable)
(a) demonstrate adequate knowledge of published procedures for the conduct of a visual approach; 1
o
(b) conduct a visual circling approach requiring at least a 90 change of heading to establish the aircraft onto the final 1
approach leg to the specified runway whilst maintaining a stabilised flight path.
IAP2 Conduct an instrument approach 2D
IAP2.1 Prepares for approach
(a) review latest available information for destination; 1
(b) conduct navigation system validity check (as applicable);
(c) conduct RAIM check if required;
(d) select and brief current approach chart for the approach to be flown; 1
(e) check and confirm navigation aid required for the approach is serviceable 1
IAP2.2 Conducts initial approach
(a) set altimeter QNH correctly; 1
(b) manoeuvre aircraft to the holding fix. 1
IAP2.3 Conducts a holding pattern
(a) from the holding fix enter and perform a holding pattern; 1
(b) fly aircraft in accordance with procedure. 1
IAP2.4 Conducts an approach
(a) update and set Altimeter QNH; 1
(b) approach performed correctly and within published tolerances; 1
(c) navigation aid signal integrity monitored during approach; 1
(d) from the final approach fix to minima aircraft is flown to a stabilised descent profile; 1
(e) after establishing visual reference, a visual circling or runway approach is conducted for a landing on the selected 1
runway.
IAP2.5 Conducts a missed approach
(a) conditions requiring a missed approach are recognised and missed approach is initiated; 1
(b) aircraft is manoeuvred to MAPt; 1
(c) missed approach procedure is conducted in accordance with the IAL chart; 1
(d) obstacle clearance in IMC or simulated IMC is maintained. 1

*Enter the performance standard achieved if it is different to that required

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 7

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 8: PROGRESS CHECK FOR INSTRUMENT FLIGHT PHASE

CONSOLIDATION AND/OR REMEDIAL TRAINING

Performance
Standard
MOS Reference

Achieved
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

Proceed to next training session? Yes No

Instructor’s signature & date Trainee’s signature & date

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 8

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
IR (A) 8: PROGRESS CHECK FOR INSTRUMENT FLIGHT PHASE

IR (A) v1.0 September 2022 Page 9

Civil Aviation Authority of the Philippines ANNEX D
FLYING SCHOOLS GUIDANCE MATERIAL FOR SINGLE PILOT
OPERATIONS UNDER PCAR 3.2: TRAINING FOR FLIGHT CREW
LICENSES AND RATINGS
Flight Instructor Rating Progress
Checks and Grading Sheets

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD

FI (A) 1: PRE-FLIGHT PROCEDURES

Flight no: FI (A) 1.____ Trainee name:

Date: Instructor:
Aircraft Aircraft type: Flight time:
registration:

Lesson Objective
 Gain proficiency in the practical instruction of the knowledge and common errors related to each of the
elements for the pre-flight lesson.
 Be able to demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management and as pilot-in-command.

PRE-FLIGHT KNOWLEDGE
Briefing: .5-1.0 hour (As required)
Content

Pre-flight briefing
 Review flight sequences, what to expect, see & do
 Check essential knowledge
 Reinforce threat & error management
 Reinforce significant airmanship points

Pre-flight knowledge components complete: Instructor’s signature & date

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 1.5 hours DUAL
Performance
nce
Ref
ere

Standard

FI (A) 1 v1.0 September 2022 Page 1

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
FI (A) 1: PRE-FLIGHT PROCEDURES

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)
FIR1.1 Plan training
(a) Confirm trainee readiness for proposed training through review of training records to confirm their competency 2
status;
(b) Identify training objectives based on performance criteria in the manual of standards and operator’s training plans; 2
(c) Identify the knowledge for the units and elements relevant to the lesson and confirm trainee understanding 2
(d) Select appropriate training methods to facilitate training objectives and knowledge transfer 2
(e) Apply threat and error management 2
(f) Select appropriate training resources and confirm availability and serviceability of required facilities, equipment, 2
training aids, reference material and the airworthiness of the training aircraft or device
FIR1.2 Conduct aeronautical knowledge training
(a) Establish a learning environment and motivation that suits the trainee’s needs 2
(b) Clearly state training objectives that are relevant, practical and measurable 2
(c) Conduct the lesson following or modifying the lesson plan to achieve training objectives and transfer of knowledge 2
(d) Apply appropriate instructional techniques; with instruction to the point using clear and deliberate speech 2
(e) Deliver technical knowledge accurately and clearly to required standard 2
(f) Provide opportunities for trainee participation and practice 2
(g) Discuss threat and error management issues and ensure application is understood by the trainee 2
(h) Confirm training objectives have been achieved by questioning, review and other suitable methods 1
FIR1.4 Conduct airborne training
(a) Demonstrates the task:
Make clear, concise and systematic explanations 2
(b) Direct the task
Provide instructions in a clear, concise and timely manner 2
(c) Monitor the task (unassisted practice):
Identify the trainee’s deficiencies and provide feedback to assist the trainee in achieving the standard 2
Note training events for debriefing and assessment 2
FIR1.5 Conduct post-fight briefing
(a) Describes clearly and accurately, significant details of the trainee’s performance and assess the trainee’s 2
achievement against the training outcomes for the lesson and associated performance citeria
(b) Brief the trainee on the details of the next training exercises 2
FIR2 Range of variables
(a) Activities are performed in accordance with published procedures 2
(b) Flight training includes training for the issue of a flight crew license, rating or endorsement using suitable training 1
aircraft or approved flight simulation training device
(c) The training is delivered in accordance with appropriate and documented lesson plan 1

*Enter the performance standard achieved if it is different to that required

DEBRIEFING
Content

FI (A) 1 v1.0 September 2022 Page 2

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
FI (A) 1: PRE-FLIGHT PROCEDURES

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

Proceed to next training session? Yes No

Instructor’s signature & date Trainee’s signature & date

FI (A) 1 v1.0 September 2022 Page 3

Flight Instructor Licence – Aeroplane Category Rating

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD

FI (A) 2: AERODROME OPERATIONS

Flight no: FI (A) 2.____ Trainee name:

Date: Instructor:
Aircraft Aircraft type: Flight time:
registration:

Lesson Objective
 Become familiar with flight operations and visual perspective from the right seat.
 Demonstrate and simultaneously explain runway/taxiway signs, markings, and lighting, engine starting,
taxiing, and before take-off check from an instructional standpoint
 Apply corrective action and response to simulated errors.

PRE-FLIGHT KNOWLEDGE
Briefing: .5-1.0 hour (As required)
Content

Briefing
 Professionalism and competent performance as a flight instructor– expectations, flight tolerances applicable to the
professional level
 General handling sequences and circuit operations

Pre-flight briefing
 Review flight sequences, what to expect, see & do
 Check essential knowledge
 Reinforce threat & error management
 Reinforce significant airmanship points

Pre-flight knowledge components complete: Instructor’s signature & date

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 1.5 hours DUAL
Performance
Standard
Reference

Achieved*
Required

Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

FI (A) 2 v1.0 September 2022 Page 1

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
FI (A) 2: AERODROME OPERATIONS

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 1.5 hours DUAL
Performance
Standard
Reference

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

FIR1.1 Plan training

(a) Confirm trainee readiness for proposed training through review of training records to confirm their competency 2
status;
(b) Identify training objectives based on performance criteria in the manual of standards and operator’s training plans; 2
(c) Identify the knowledge for the units and elements relevant to the lesson and confirm trainee understanding 2
(d) Select appropriate training methods to facilitate training objectives and knowledge transfer 2
(e) Select appropriate training resources and confirm availability and serviceability of required facilities, equipment, 2
training aids, reference material and the airworthiness of the training aircraft or device
FIR1.2 Conduct aeronautical knowledge training
(a) Apply appropriate instructional techniques; with instruction to the point using clear and deliberate speech 2
(b) Deliver technical knowledge accurately and clearly to required standard 2
(c) Provide opportunities for trainee participation and practice 2
(d) Confirm training objectives have been achieved by questioning, review and other suitable methods 1
FIR1.4 Conduct airborne training
(a) Demonstrates the task:
Make clear, concise and systematic explanations 2
(b) Direct the task
Provide instructions in a clear, concise and timely manner 2
(c) Monitor the task (unassisted practice):
Identify the trainee’s deficiencies and provide feedback to assist the trainee in achieving the standard 2
Note training events for debriefing and assessment 2
FIR1.5 Conduct post-fight briefing
(a) Describes clearly and accurately, significant details of the trainee’s performance and assess the trainee’s 2
achievement against the training outcomes for the lesson and associated performance citeria
(b) Brief the trainee on the details of the next training exercises 2
FIR2 Range of variables
(a) Activities are performed in accordance with published procedures 2
(b) Flight training includes training for the issue of a flight crew license, rating or endorsement using suitable training 1
aircraft or approved flight simulation training device
(c) The training is delivered in accordance with appropriate and documented lesson plan 1

*Enter the performance standard achieved if it is different to that required

FI (A) 2 v1.0 September 2022 Page 2

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
FI (A) 2: AERODROME OPERATIONS

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

Proceed to next training session? Yes No

Instructor’s signature & date Trainee’s signature & date

FI (A) 2 v1.0 September 2022 Page 3

Flight Instructor Licence – Aeroplane Category Rating

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD

FI (A) 3: TAKE-OFF, GO-AROUND, LANDING

Flight no: FI (A) 3.____ Trainee name:

Date: Instructor:
Aircraft Aircraft type: Flight time:
registration:

Lesson Objective
 Gain proficiency in the practical instruction of the knowledge and common errors to each of the elements for
the pre-flight lesson.
 Become familiar with flight operations and visual perspective from the right seat.
 Demonstrate and simultaneously explain traffic patterns, normal and crosswind take-off, and landings,
forwards slip to a landing, and go-around procedures from an instructional standpoint.
 Apply the appropriate corrective action and response to simulated errors
 Be able to demonstrate good situational awareness, cockpit management, and decision making in the right
seat.

PRE-FLIGHT KNOWLEDGE
Briefing: .5-1.0 hour (As required)
Content

Pre-flight briefing
 Review flight sequences, what to expect, see & do
 Check essential knowledge
 Reinforce threat & error management
 Reinforce significant airmanship points

Pre-flight knowledge components complete: Instructor’s signature & date

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 3.0 hours DUAL
Performance
nce
Ref
ere

Standard

FI (A) 3 v1.0 September 2022 Page 1

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
FI (A) 3: TAKE-OFF, GO-AROUND, LANDING

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)
FIR1.1 Plan training
(a) Confirm trainee readiness for proposed training through review of training records to confirm their competency 2
status;
(b) Identify training objectives based on performance criteria in the manual of standards and operator’s training plans; 2
(c) Identify the knowledge for the units and elements relevant to the lesson and confirm trainee understanding 2
(d) Select appropriate training methods to facilitate training objectives and knowledge transfer 2
FIR1.2 Conduct aeronautical knowledge training
(a) Use selected training aids to illustrate and enhance explanations 2
(b) Deliver technical knowledge accurately and clearly to required standard 2
(c) Provide opportunities for trainee participation and practice 2
(d) Confirm training objectives have been achieved by questioning, review and other suitable methods 1
(e) Provide feedback on trainee performance 2
(f) Develop trainee self-assessment skills 2
(g) Complete training objectives in the time available 2
(h) Ensure all training is conducted effectively 1
FIR1.3 Conduct pre-flight briefing
(a) Confirm the trainee is mentally and physically prepared for flight training 1
(b) Brief the trainee on the training outcomes, the associated performance criteria and the actions required of the trainee 1
during the flight
(c) Link previous training to the current exercise 2
(d) Brief the trainee on how the flight will be conducted to meet the training outcomes 1
(e) Confirm the trainee’s ability to recall the training outcomes, knowledge, handling techniques 2
FIR1.4 Conduct airborne training
(a) Manage responsibilities as pilot in command for the safe operation of the aircraft 1
(b) Apply flying techniques and procedures to the competency standards specified for the qualification being trained for 2
whilst occupying the instructor seat
(c) Demonstrates the task:
(i) Introduce tasks in manageable portions without trainee overload 3
(ii) Coordinate demonstration with explanation of maneuver 2
(iii) Demonstrate the maneuver to the competency standards specified in this manual for a commercial pilot 1
(d) Direct the task
(i) Implement handover and takeover procedures for control of the aircraft 2
(ii) Provide direction appropriate to the trainee’s progress 2
(iii) Provide sufficient practice for the trainee to achieve the task 2
(e) Monitor the task (unassisted practice):
(i) Identify the trainee’s deficiencies and provide feedback to assist the trainee in achieving the standard 2
(ii) Provide and vary additional instruction and demonstration as necessary to assist trainee 2
(iii) Ensure remedial training is effective such that errors are corrected 2
(iv) Encourage the trainee to develop self-assessment skills 1
(v) Note training events for debriefing and assessment 2
FIR1.5 Conduct post-fight briefing
(a) Encourage the trainee to self-assess performance against the performance criteria 2
(b) Describes clearly and accurately, significant details of the trainee’s performance and assess the trainee’s 2
achievement against the training outcomes for the lesson and associated performance citeria
(c) Identify any deficiencies in performance and suggest remedial actions and training 2

FI (A) 3 v1.0 September 2022 Page 2

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
FI (A) 3: TAKE-OFF, GO-AROUND, LANDING

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 3.0 hours DUAL
Performance
Standard
Reference

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(d) Brief the trainee on the details of the next training exercises 2
FIR1.6 Complete post-training administrations
(a) Record achievement, or otherwise, of competency, any remedial training required and identify content of the next 2
training exercises
FIR2 Range of variables
(a) Activities are performed in accordance with published procedures 2
(b) Flight training includes training for the issue of a flight crew license, rating or endorsement using suitable training 1
aircraft or approved flight simulation training device
(c) The training is delivered in accordance with appropriate and documented lesson plan 1

*Enter the performance standard achieved if it is different to that required

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

Proceed to next training session? Yes No

Instructor’s signature & date Trainee’s signature & date

FI (A) 3 v1.0 September 2022 Page 3

Flight Instructor Licence – Aeroplane Category Rating

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD

FI (A) 4: FUNDAMENTALS OF FLIGHT

Flight no: FI (A) 4.____ Trainee name:

Date: Instructor:
Aircraft Aircraft type: Flight time:
registration:

PRE-FLIGHT KNOWLEDGE
Briefing: .5-1.0 hour (As required)
Content

Pre-flight briefing
 Review flight sequences, what to expect, see & do
 Check essential knowledge
 Reinforce threat & error management
 Reinforce significant airmanship points

Pre-flight knowledge components complete: Instructor’s signature & date

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 3.0 hours DUAL
Performance
Standard
Reference

Achieved*
Required

Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

FI (A) 4 v1.0 September 2022 Page 1

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
FI (A) 4: FUNDAMENTALS OF FLIGHT

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 3.0 hours DUAL
Performance
Standard
Reference

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

FIR1.1 Plan training

(a) Confirm trainee readiness for proposed training through review of training records to confirm their competency 2
status;
(b) Identify training objectives based on performance criteria in the manual of standards and operator’s training plans; 2
(c) Identify the knowledge for the units and elements relevant to the lesson and confirm trainee understanding 2
(d) Select appropriate training methods to facilitate training objectives and knowledge transfer 2
FIR1.2 Conduct aeronautical knowledge training
(a) Clearly state training objectives that are relevant, practical and measurable 2
(b) Conduct the lesson following or modifying the lesson plan to achieve training objectives and transfer of knowledge 2
(c) Present and link new knowledge to previous knowledge 2
(d) Use selected training aids to illustrate and enhance explanations 2
(e) Deliver technical knowledge accurately and clearly to required standard 2
(f) Provide opportunities for trainee participation and practice 2
(g) Confirm training objectives have been achieved by questioning, review and other suitable methods 1
(h) Provide feedback on trainee performance 2
(i) Develop trainee self-assessment skills 2
(j) Complete training objectives in the time available 2
(k) Ensure all training is conducted effectively 1
FIR1.3 Conduct pre-flight briefing
(a) Confirm the trainee is mentally and physically prepared for flight training 1
(b) Brief the trainee on the training outcomes, the associated performance criteria and the actions required of the trainee 1
during the flight
(c) Link previous training to the current exercise 2
(d) Brief the trainee on how the flight will be conducted to meet the training outcomes 1
(e) Confirm the trainee’s ability to recall the training outcomes, knowledge, handling techniques 2
FIR1.4 Conduct airborne training
(a) Manage responsibilities as pilot in command for the safe operation of the aircraft 1
(b) Apply flying techniques and procedures to the competency standards specified for the qualification being trained for 2
whilst occupying the instructor seat
(c) Demonstrates the task:
(i) Introduce tasks in manageable portions without trainee overload 3
(ii) Coordinate demonstration with explanation of maneuver 2
(iii) Demonstrate the maneuver to the competency standards specified in this manual for a commercial pilot 1
(d) Direct the task
(i) Implement handover and takeover procedures for control of the aircraft 2
(ii) Provide direction appropriate to the trainee’s progress 2
(iii) Provide sufficient practice for the trainee to achieve the task 2
(e) Monitor the task (unassisted practice):
(i) Identify the trainee’s deficiencies and provide feedback to assist the trainee in achieving the standard 2
(ii) Provide and vary additional instruction and demonstration as necessary to assist trainee 2
(iii) Ensure remedial training is effective such that errors are corrected 2

FI (A) 4 v1.0 September 2022 Page 2

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
FI (A) 4: FUNDAMENTALS OF FLIGHT

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 3.0 hours DUAL
Performance
Standard
Reference

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(iv) Encourage the trainee to develop self-assessment skills 1

(v) Note training events for debriefing and assessment 2
FIR1.5 Conduct post-fight briefing
(a) Encourage the trainee to self-assess performance against the performance criteria 2
(b) Describes clearly and accurately, significant details of the trainee’s performance and assess the trainee’s 2
achievement against the training outcomes for the lesson and associated performance citeria
(c) Identify any deficiencies in performance and suggest remedial actions and training 2
(d) Brief the trainee on the details of the next training exercises 2
FIR1.6 Complete post-training administrations
(a) Record achievement, or otherwise, of competency, any remedial training required and identify content of the next 2
training exercises
FIR2 Range of variables
(a) Activities are performed in accordance with published procedures 2
(b) Flight training includes training for the issue of a flight crew license, rating or endorsement using suitable training 1
aircraft or approved flight simulation training device
(c) The training is delivered in accordance with appropriate and documented lesson plan 1

*Enter the performance standard achieved if it is different to that required

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

Proceed to next training session? Yes No

FI (A) 4 v1.0 September 2022 Page 3

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
FI (A) 4: FUNDAMENTALS OF FLIGHT

Instructor’s signature & date Trainee’s signature & date

FI (A) 4 v1.0 September 2022 Page 4

Flight Instructor Licence – Aeroplane Category Rating

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD

FI (A) 5: PERFORMANCE MANEUVERS

Flight no: FI (A) 5.____ Trainee name:

Date: Instructor:
Aircraft Aircraft type: Flight time:
registration:

PRE-FLIGHT KNOWLEDGE
Briefing: .5-1.0 hour (As required)
Content

Pre-flight briefing
 Review flight sequences, what to expect, see & do
 Check essential knowledge
 Reinforce threat & error management
 Reinforce significant airmanship points

Pre-flight knowledge components complete: Instructor’s signature & date

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 3.0 hours DUAL
Performance
Standard
Reference

Achieved*
Required

Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

FI (A) 5 v1.0 September 2022 Page 1

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
FI (A) 5: PERFORMANCE MANEUVERS

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 3.0 hours DUAL
Performance
Standard
Reference

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

FIR1.1 Plan training

(a) Confirm trainee readiness for proposed training through review of training records to confirm their competency 2
status;
(b) Identify training objectives based on performance criteria in the manual of standards and operator’s training plans; 2
(c) Identify the knowledge for the units and elements relevant to the lesson and confirm trainee understanding 2
(d) Select appropriate training methods to facilitate training objectives and knowledge transfer 2
FIR1.2 Conduct aeronautical knowledge training
(a) Present and link new knowledge to previous knowledge 2
(b) Use selected training aids to illustrate and enhance explanations 2
(c) Deliver technical knowledge accurately and clearly to required standard 2
(d) Provide opportunities for trainee participation and practice 2
(e) Confirm training objectives have been achieved by questioning, review and other suitable methods 1
(f) Provide feedback on trainee performance 2
(g) Develop trainee self-assessment skills 2
(h) Complete training objectives in the time available 2
(i) Ensure all training is conducted effectively 1
FIR1.3 Conduct pre-flight briefing
(a) Confirm the trainee is mentally and physically prepared for flight training 1
(b) Brief the trainee on the training outcomes, the associated performance criteria and the actions required of the trainee 1
during the flight
(c) Link previous training to the current exercise 2
(d) Brief the trainee on how the flight will be conducted to meet the training outcomes 1
(e) Confirm the trainee’s ability to recall the training outcomes, knowledge, handling techniques 2
FIR1.4 Conduct airborne training
(a) Manage responsibilities as pilot in command for the safe operation of the aircraft 1
(b) Apply flying techniques and procedures to the competency standards specified for the qualification being trained for 2
whilst occupying the instructor seat
(c) Demonstrates the task:
(i) Introduce tasks in manageable portions without trainee overload 3
(ii) Coordinate demonstration with explanation of maneuver 2
(iii) Make coordinated control inputs without abrupt maneuvering, using accepted techniques 2
(iv) Demonstrate the maneuver to the competency standards specified in this manual for a commercial pilot 1
(d) Direct the task
(i) Implement handover and takeover procedures for control of the aircraft 2
(ii) Provide direction appropriate to the trainee’s progress 2
(iii) Provide sufficient practice for the trainee to achieve the task 2
(e) Monitor the task (unassisted practice):
(i) Identify the trainee’s deficiencies and provide feedback to assist the trainee in achieving the standard 2
(ii) Provide and vary additional instruction and demonstration as necessary to assist trainee 2
(iii) Ensure remedial training is effective such that errors are corrected 2
(iv) Encourage the trainee to develop self-assessment skills 1

FI (A) 5 v1.0 September 2022 Page 2

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
FI (A) 5: PERFORMANCE MANEUVERS

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 3.0 hours DUAL
Performance
Standard
Reference

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(v) Note training events for debriefing and assessment 2

FIR1.5 Conduct post-fight briefing
(a) Encourage the trainee to self-assess performance against the performance criteria 2
(b) Describes clearly and accurately, significant details of the trainee’s performance and assess the trainee’s 2
achievement against the training outcomes for the lesson and associated performance citeria
(c) Identify any deficiencies in performance and suggest remedial actions and training 2
(d) Brief the trainee on the details of the next training exercises 2
FIR1.6 Complete post-training administrations
(a) Record achievement, or otherwise, of competency, any remedial training required and identify content of the next 2
training exercises
FIR2 Range of variables
(a) Activities are performed in accordance with published procedures 2
(b) Flight training includes training for the issue of a flight crew license, rating or endorsement using suitable training 1
aircraft or approved flight simulation training device
(c) The training is delivered in accordance with appropriate and documented lesson plan 1

*Enter the performance standard achieved if it is different to that required

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

Proceed to next training session? Yes No

Instructor’s signature & date Trainee’s signature & date

FI (A) 5 v1.0 September 2022 Page 3

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
FI (A) 5: PERFORMANCE MANEUVERS

FI (A) 5 v1.0 September 2022 Page 4

Flight Instructor Licence – Aeroplane Category Rating

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD

FI (A) 6: GROUND REFERENCE MANEUVERS

Flight no: FI (A) 6.____ Trainee name:

Date: Instructor:
Aircraft Aircraft type: Flight time:
registration:

PRE-FLIGHT KNOWLEDGE
Briefing: .5-1.0 hour (As required)
Content

Pre-flight briefing
 Review flight sequences, what to expect, see & do
 Check essential knowledge
 Reinforce threat & error management
 Reinforce significant airmanship points

Pre-flight knowledge components complete: Instructor’s signature & date

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 3.0 hours DUAL
Performance
Standard
Reference

Achieved*
Required

Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

FI (A) 6 v1.0 September 2022 Page 1

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
FI (A) 6: GROUND REFERENCE MANEUVERS

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 3.0 hours DUAL
Performance
Standard
Reference

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

FIR1.1 Plan training

(a) Confirm trainee readiness for proposed training through review of training records to confirm their competency 2
status;
(b) Identify training objectives based on performance criteria in the manual of standards and operator’s training plans; 2
(c) Identify the knowledge for the units and elements relevant to the lesson and confirm trainee understanding 2
(d) Select appropriate training methods to facilitate training objectives and knowledge transfer 2
FIR1.2 Conduct aeronautical knowledge training
(a) Use selected training aids to illustrate and enhance explanations 2
(b) Deliver technical knowledge accurately and clearly to required standard 2
(c) Provide opportunities for trainee participation and practice 2
(d) Confirm training objectives have been achieved by questioning, review and other suitable methods 1
(e) Provide feedback on trainee performance 2
(f) Develop trainee self-assessment skills 2
(g) Complete training objectives in the time available 2
(h) Ensure all training is conducted effectively 1
FIR1.3 Conduct pre-flight briefing
(a) Confirm the trainee is mentally and physically prepared for flight training 1
(b) Brief the trainee on the training outcomes, the associated performance criteria and the actions required of the trainee 1
during the flight
(c) Link previous training to the current exercise 2
(d) Brief the trainee on how the flight will be conducted to meet the training outcomes 1
(e) Confirm the trainee’s ability to recall the training outcomes, knowledge, handling techniques 2
FIR1.4 Conduct airborne training
(a) Manage responsibilities as pilot in command for the safe operation of the aircraft 1
(b) Apply flying techniques and procedures to the competency standards specified for the qualification being trained for 2
whilst occupying the instructor seat
(c) Demonstrates the task:
(i) Introduce tasks in manageable portions without trainee overload 3
(ii) Coordinate demonstration with explanation of maneuver 2
(iii) Make coordinated control inputs without abrupt maneuvering, using accepted techniques 2
(iv) Demonstrate the maneuver to the competency standards specified in this manual for a commercial pilot 1
(d) Direct the task
(i) Implement handover and takeover procedures for control of the aircraft 2
(ii) Provide direction appropriate to the trainee’s progress 2
(iii) Provide sufficient practice for the trainee to achieve the task 2
(e) Monitor the task (unassisted practice):
(i) Identify the trainee’s deficiencies and provide feedback to assist the trainee in achieving the standard 2
(ii) Provide and vary additional instruction and demonstration as necessary to assist trainee 2
(iii) Ensure remedial training is effective such that errors are corrected 2
(iv) Encourage the trainee to develop self-assessment skills 1
(v) Note training events for debriefing and assessment 2

FI (A) 6 v1.0 September 2022 Page 2

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
FI (A) 6: GROUND REFERENCE MANEUVERS

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 3.0 hours DUAL
Performance
Standard
Reference

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

FIR1.5 Conduct post-fight briefing

(a) Encourage the trainee to self-assess performance against the performance criteria 2
(b) Describes clearly and accurately, significant details of the trainee’s performance and assess the trainee’s 2
achievement against the training outcomes for the lesson and associated performance citeria
(c) Identify any deficiencies in performance and suggest remedial actions and training 2
(d) Brief the trainee on the details of the next training exercises 2
FIR1.6 Complete post-training administrations
(a) Record achievement, or otherwise, of competency, any remedial training required and identify content of the next 2
training exercises
FIR2 Range of variables
(a) Activities are performed in accordance with published procedures 2
(b) Flight training includes training for the issue of a flight crew license, rating or endorsement using suitable training 1
aircraft or approved flight simulation training device
(c) The training is delivered in accordance with appropriate and documented lesson plan 1

*Enter the performance standard achieved if it is different to that required

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

Proceed to next training session? Yes No

Instructor’s signature & date Trainee’s signature & date

FI (A) 6 v1.0 September 2022 Page 3

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
FI (A) 6: GROUND REFERENCE MANEUVERS

FI (A) 6 v1.0 September 2022 Page 4

Flight Instructor Licence – Aeroplane Category Rating

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD

FI (A) 7: SLOW FLIGHT, STALLS, AND SPINS

Flight no: FI (A) 7.____ Trainee name:

Date: Instructor:
Aircraft Aircraft type: Flight time:
registration:

PRE-FLIGHT KNOWLEDGE
Briefing: .5-1.0 hour (As required)
Content

Pre-flight briefing
 Review flight sequences, what to expect, see & do
 Check essential knowledge
 Reinforce threat & error management
 Reinforce significant airmanship points

Pre-flight knowledge components complete: Instructor’s signature & date

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 3.0 hours DUAL
Performance
Standard
Reference

Achieved*
Required

Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

FI (A) 7 v1.0 September 2022 Page 1

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
FI (A) 7: SLOW FLIGHT, STALLS, AND SPINS

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 3.0 hours DUAL
Performance
Standard
Reference

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

FIR1.1 Plan training

(a) Confirm trainee readiness for proposed training through review of training records to confirm their competency 2
status;
(b) Identify training objectives based on performance criteria in the manual of standards and operator’s training plans; 2
(c) Identify the knowledge for the units and elements relevant to the lesson and confirm trainee understanding 2
(d) Select appropriate training methods to facilitate training objectives and knowledge transfer 2
FIR1.2 Conduct aeronautical knowledge training
(a) Use selected training aids to illustrate and enhance explanations 2
(b) Deliver technical knowledge accurately and clearly to required standard 2
(c) Provide opportunities for trainee participation and practice 2
(d) Confirm training objectives have been achieved by questioning, review and other suitable methods 1
(e) Provide feedback on trainee performance 2
(f) Develop trainee self-assessment skills 2
(g) Complete training objectives in the time available 2
(h) Ensure all training is conducted effectively 1
FIR1.3 Conduct pre-flight briefing
(a) Confirm the trainee is mentally and physically prepared for flight training 1
(b) Brief the trainee on the training outcomes, the associated performance criteria and the actions required of the trainee 1
during the flight
(c) Link previous training to the current exercise 2
(d) Brief the trainee on how the flight will be conducted to meet the training outcomes 1
(e) Confirm the trainee’s ability to recall the training outcomes, knowledge, handling techniques 2
FIR1.4 Conduct airborne training
(a) Manage responsibilities as pilot in command for the safe operation of the aircraft 1
(b) Apply flying techniques and procedures to the competency standards specified for the qualification being trained for 2
whilst occupying the instructor seat
(c) Demonstrates the task:
(i) Introduce tasks in manageable portions without trainee overload 3
(ii) Coordinate demonstration with explanation of maneuver 2
(iii) Demonstrate the maneuver to the competency standards specified in this manual for a commercial pilot 1
(d) Direct the task
(i) Implement handover and takeover procedures for control of the aircraft 2
(ii) Provide direction appropriate to the trainee’s progress 2
(iii) Provide sufficient practice for the trainee to achieve the task 2
(iv) Intervene only to the extent necessary to assist the trainee’s progress or to maintain safety. 2
(e) Monitor the task (unassisted practice):
(i) Identify the trainee’s deficiencies and provide feedback to assist the trainee in achieving the standard 2
(ii) Provide and vary additional instruction and demonstration as necessary to assist trainee 2
(iii) Ensure remedial training is effective such that errors are corrected 2
(iv) Encourage the trainee to develop self-assessment skills 1
(v) Note training events for debriefing and assessment 2

FI (A) 7 v1.0 September 2022 Page 2

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
FI (A) 7: SLOW FLIGHT, STALLS, AND SPINS

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 3.0 hours DUAL
Performance
Standard
Reference

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(f) Intervene to recover the aircraft if the trainee does not manage to undesired aircraft state 2
(g) Develop the trainee’s responsibility through the application of human factors principles for threat and error 2
management
FIR1.5 Conduct post-fight briefing
(a) Encourage the trainee to self-assess performance against the performance criteria 2
(b) Describes clearly and accurately, significant details of the trainee’s performance and assess the trainee’s 2
achievement against the training outcomes for the lesson and associated performance citeria
(c) Identify any deficiencies in performance and suggest remedial actions and training 2
(d) Discuss threat and error management issues encountered during the flight 2
(e) Brief the trainee on the details of the next training exercises 2
FIR1.6 Complete post-training administrations
(a) Record achievement, or otherwise, of competency, any remedial training required and identify content of the next 2
training exercises
FIR2 Range of variables
(a) Activities are performed in accordance with published procedures 2
(b) Flight training includes training for the issue of a flight crew license, rating or endorsement using suitable training 1
aircraft or approved flight simulation training device
(c) The training is delivered in accordance with appropriate and documented lesson plan 1

*Enter the performance standard achieved if it is different to that required

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

Proceed to next training session? Yes No

FI (A) 7 v1.0 September 2022 Page 3

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
FI (A) 7: SLOW FLIGHT, STALLS, AND SPINS

Instructor’s signature & date Trainee’s signature & date

FI (A) 7 v1.0 September 2022 Page 4

Flight Instructor Licence – Aeroplane Category Rating

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD

FI (A) 8: BASIC INSTRUMENT MANEUVERS

Flight no: FI (A) 8.____ Trainee name:

Date: Instructor:
Aircraft Aircraft type: Flight time:
registration:

PRE-FLIGHT KNOWLEDGE
Briefing: .5-1.0 hour (As required)
Content

Pre-flight briefing
 Review flight sequences, what to expect, see & do
 Check essential knowledge
 Reinforce threat & error management
 Reinforce significant airmanship points

Pre-flight knowledge components complete: Instructor’s signature & date

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 3.0 hours DUAL
Performance
Standard
Reference

Achieved*
Required

Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

FI (A) 8 v1.0 September 2022 Page 1

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
FI (A) 8: BASIC INSTRUMENT MANEUVERS

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 3.0 hours DUAL
Performance
Standard
Reference

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

FIR1.1 Plan training

(a) Confirm trainee readiness for proposed training through review of training records to confirm their competency 2
status;
(b) Identify training objectives based on performance criteria in the manual of standards and operator’s training plans; 2
(c) Identify the knowledge for the units and elements relevant to the lesson and confirm trainee understanding 2
(d) Select appropriate training methods to facilitate training objectives and knowledge transfer 2
FIR1.2 Conduct aeronautical knowledge training
(a) Use selected training aids to illustrate and enhance explanations 2
(b) Deliver technical knowledge accurately and clearly to required standard 2
(c) Provide opportunities for trainee participation and practice 2
(d) Confirm training objectives have been achieved by questioning, review and other suitable methods 1
(e) Provide feedback on trainee performance 2
(f) Develop trainee self-assessment skills 2
(g) Complete training objectives in the time available 2
(h) Ensure all training is conducted effectively 1
FIR1.3 Conduct pre-flight briefing
(a) Confirm the trainee is mentally and physically prepared for flight training 1
(b) Brief the trainee on the training outcomes, the associated performance criteria and the actions required of the trainee 1
during the flight
(c) Link previous training to the current exercise 2
(d) Brief the trainee on how the flight will be conducted to meet the training outcomes 1
(e) Confirm the trainee’s ability to recall the training outcomes, knowledge, handling techniques 2
(f) Discuss the environmental conditions and their suitability for the training exercises 2
FIR1.4 Conduct airborne training
(a) Manage responsibilities as pilot in command for the safe operation of the aircraft 1
(b) Apply flying techniques and procedures to the competency standards specified for the qualification being trained for 2
whilst occupying the instructor seat
(c) Demonstrates the task:
(i) Introduce tasks in manageable portions without trainee overload 3
(ii) Coordinate demonstration with explanation of maneuver 2
(iii) Make coordinated control inputs without abrupt maneuvering, using accepted techniques 2
(iv) Demonstrate the maneuver to the competency standards specified in this manual for a commercial pilot 1
(d) Direct the task
(i) Implement handover and takeover procedures for control of the aircraft 2
(ii) Provide direction appropriate to the trainee’s progress 2
(iii) Provide sufficient practice for the trainee to achieve the task 2
(e) Monitor the task (unassisted practice):
(i) Identify the trainee’s deficiencies and provide feedback to assist the trainee in achieving the standard 2
(ii) Provide and vary additional instruction and demonstration as necessary to assist trainee 2
(iii) Ensure remedial training is effective such that errors are corrected 2
(iv) Encourage the trainee to develop self-assessment skills 1

FI (A) 8 v1.0 September 2022 Page 2

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
FI (A) 8: BASIC INSTRUMENT MANEUVERS

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 3.0 hours DUAL
Performance
Standard
Reference

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(v) Note training events for debriefing and assessment 2

*Enter the performance standard achieved if it is different to that required

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

Proceed to next training session? Yes No

Instructor’s signature & date Trainee’s signature & date

FI (A) 8 v1.0 September 2022 Page 3

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
FI (A) 8: BASIC INSTRUMENT MANEUVERS

FI (A) 8 v1.0 September 2022 Page 4

Flight Instructor Licence – Aeroplane Category Rating

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD

FI (A) 9: EMERGENCY OPERATIONS

Flight no: FI (A) 9.____ Trainee name:

Date: Instructor:
Aircraft Aircraft type: Flight time:
registration:

PRE-FLIGHT KNOWLEDGE
Briefing: .5-1.0 hour (As required)
Content

Pre-flight briefing
 Review flight sequences, what to expect, see & do
 Check essential knowledge
 Reinforce threat & error management
 Reinforce significant airmanship points

Pre-flight knowledge components complete: Instructor’s signature & date

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 4.0 hours DUAL
Performance
Standard
Reference

Achieved*
Required

Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

FI (A) 9 v1.0 September 2022 Page 1

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
FI (A) 9: EMERGENCY OPERATIONS

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 4.0 hours DUAL
Performance
Standard
Reference

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

FIR1.1 Plan training

(a) Confirm trainee readiness for proposed training through review of training records to confirm their competency 2
status;
(b) Identify training objectives based on performance criteria in the manual of standards and operator’s training plans; 2
(c) Identify the knowledge for the units and elements relevant to the lesson and confirm trainee understanding 2
(d) Select appropriate training methods to facilitate training objectives and knowledge transfer 2
(e) Apply threat and error management
(f) Identify potential threats and errors in a flight lesson, including those associated with simulation of abnormal or
emergency procedures or aircraft mishandling by trainee, and consider mitigators
FIR1.2 Conduct aeronautical knowledge training
(a) Clearly state training objectives that are relevant, practical and measurable
(b) Conduct the lesson following or modifying the lesson plan to achieve training objectives and transfer of knowledge 2
(c) Present and link new knowledge to previous knowledge 2
(d) Deliver technical knowledge accurately and clearly to required standard 2
(e) Provide opportunities for trainee participation and practice 2
(f) Discuss threat and error management issues and ensure application is understood by the trainee 2
(g) Confirm training objectives have been achieved by questioning, review and other suitable methods 1
(h) Provide feedback on trainee performance 2
(i) Develop trainee self-assessment skills 2
(j) Complete training objectives in the time available 2
(k) Ensure all training is conducted effectively 1
FIR1.3 Conduct pre-flight briefing
(a) Confirm the trainee is mentally and physically prepared for flight training 1
(b) Brief the trainee on the training outcomes, the associated performance criteria and the actions required of the trainee 1
during the flight
(c) Link previous training to the current exercise 2
(d) Brief the trainee on how the flight will be conducted to meet the training outcomes 1
(e) Confirm the trainee’s ability to recall the training outcomes, knowledge, handling techniques 2
(f) Discuss the environmental conditions and their suitability for the training exercises 2
(g) Discuss threat and error management issues applicable to the proposed flight and confirm the trainee understands 2
his or her responsibility for managing those issues(airmanship)
FIR1.4 Conduct airborne training
(a) Manage responsibilities as pilot in command for the safe operation of the aircraft 1
(b) Apply flying techniques and procedures to the competency standards specified for the qualification being trained for 2
whilst occupying the instructor seat
(c) Demonstrates the task:
(i) Introduce tasks in manageable portions without trainee overload 3
(ii) Coordinate demonstration with explanation of maneuver 2
(iii) Demonstrate the maneuver to the competency standards specified in this manual for a commercial pilot 1
(d) Direct the task
(i) Implement handover and takeover procedures for control of the aircraft 2
(ii) Provide direction appropriate to the trainee’s progress 2

FI (A) 9 v1.0 September 2022 Page 2

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
FI (A) 9: EMERGENCY OPERATIONS

FLIGHT TRAINING
Suggested flight time: 4.0 hours DUAL
Performance
Standard
Reference

Achieved*
Required
Lesson Content (Elements & Performance Criteria)

(iii) Provide sufficient practice for the trainee to achieve the task 2
(iv) Intervene only to the extent necessary to assist the trainee’s progress or to maintain safety. 2
(e) Monitor the task (unassisted practice):
(i) Identify the trainee’s deficiencies and provide feedback to assist the trainee in achieving the standard 2
(ii) Provide and vary additional instruction and demonstration as necessary to assist trainee 2
(iii) Ensure remedial training is effective such that errors are corrected 2
(iv) Encourage the trainee to develop self-assessment skills 1
(v) Note training events for debriefing and assessment 2
(f) Intervene to recover the aircraft if the trainee does not manage to undesired aircraft state 2
(g) Develop the trainee’s responsibility through the application of human factors principles for threat and error 2
management
FIR1.5 Conduct post-fight briefing
(a) Encourage the trainee to self-assess performance against the performance criteria 2
(b) Describes clearly and accurately, significant details of the trainee’s performance and assess the trainee’s 2
achievement against the training outcomes for the lesson and associated performance citeria
(c) Identify any deficiencies in performance and suggest remedial actions and training 2
(d) Discuss threat and error management issues encountered during the flight 2
(e) Brief the trainee on the details of the next training exercises 2
FIR1.6 Complete post-training administrations
(a) Record achievement, or otherwise, of competency, any remedial training required and identify content of the next 2
training exercises
(b) Complete administration procedures required for issue of an endorsement 2
(c) Inform relevant staff of the trainee’s performance and results where required 2
(d) Review effectiveness of training and identify any adjustments to deliver, presentation and content for improvement, 2
and discuss with appropriate stakeholders
FIR2 Range of variables
(a) Activities are performed in accordance with published procedures 2
(b) Flight training includes training for the issue of a flight crew license, rating or endorsement using suitable training 1
aircraft or approved flight simulation training device
(c) The training is delivered in accordance with appropriate and documented lesson plan 1

*Enter the performance standard achieved if it is different to that required

FI (A) 9 v1.0 September 2022 Page 3

LESSON PLAN AND TRAINING RECORD
FI (A) 9: EMERGENCY OPERATIONS

COMMENTS AND OUTCOME

Proceed to next training session? Yes No

Instructor’s signature & date Trainee’s signature & date

FI (A) 9 v1.0 September 2022 Page 4

5 59a 1 PDF
No ratings yet
5 59a 1 PDF
36 pages
5 Step Guide To Become A Pilot
No ratings yet
5 Step Guide To Become A Pilot
12 pages
Ano 026 LCXX 2.0
No ratings yet
Ano 026 LCXX 2.0
51 pages
Revised Learning Objectives CPL MPLATPL - V2 - 25 November 2022 PDF
No ratings yet
Revised Learning Objectives CPL MPLATPL - V2 - 25 November 2022 PDF
449 pages
CAA AC GEN032 1 Competency Based Training and Assessment Approach To Dangerous Goods 1
No ratings yet
CAA AC GEN032 1 Competency Based Training and Assessment Approach To Dangerous Goods 1
32 pages
Small Case Study On Uber
No ratings yet
Small Case Study On Uber
11 pages
ATPL Examiner Guidelines
No ratings yet
ATPL Examiner Guidelines
6 pages
Pre-Application Presentation Phase 1
No ratings yet
Pre-Application Presentation Phase 1
36 pages
Ecaras Note
No ratings yet
Ecaras Note
17 pages
IFR WB 5th Ed References
No ratings yet
IFR WB 5th Ed References
8 pages
The MPL Part II The MPL Data - Capturing The Experience PDF
No ratings yet
The MPL Part II The MPL Data - Capturing The Experience PDF
246 pages
Part 61 MOS Vol 1
No ratings yet
Part 61 MOS Vol 1
74 pages
Aviation Licensing Regulations
No ratings yet
Aviation Licensing Regulations
166 pages
Aircraft Accident Investigation Guide
No ratings yet
Aircraft Accident Investigation Guide
42 pages
Pilot Licence Requirements
No ratings yet
Pilot Licence Requirements
59 pages
Introduction To Aviation Industry
No ratings yet
Introduction To Aviation Industry
58 pages
010 AIR LAW Sample
No ratings yet
010 AIR LAW Sample
5 pages
Aspiring Airline Pilots Guide
No ratings yet
Aspiring Airline Pilots Guide
6 pages
9 Lra-E
No ratings yet
9 Lra-E
26 pages
Radio Guide PDF
No ratings yet
Radio Guide PDF
32 pages
Ardmore Flying School Overview
No ratings yet
Ardmore Flying School Overview
34 pages
Meteorology
No ratings yet
Meteorology
25 pages
FDTL Quick Reference Guide (Easa-European Aviation Safety Agency)
No ratings yet
FDTL Quick Reference Guide (Easa-European Aviation Safety Agency)
18 pages
CHUF Knowledge Deficiency Report
No ratings yet
CHUF Knowledge Deficiency Report
3 pages
CPL Exams Ano 33
No ratings yet
CPL Exams Ano 33
36 pages
Qatar Easa q1
No ratings yet
Qatar Easa q1
50 pages
ASCI 202 Online Syllabus 0112
No ratings yet
ASCI 202 Online Syllabus 0112
8 pages
FAA ATPL Requirments
No ratings yet
FAA ATPL Requirments
2 pages
Part61 Guide RPL 1may2014
No ratings yet
Part61 Guide RPL 1may2014
59 pages
Aspiring Pilots: Join JSF Academy
0% (1)
Aspiring Pilots: Join JSF Academy
17 pages
Sample Compliance Monitioring Audit Checklists and Findings Form 1
No ratings yet
Sample Compliance Monitioring Audit Checklists and Findings Form 1
8 pages
Aspl 633 Dempsey Air Navigation
No ratings yet
Aspl 633 Dempsey Air Navigation
63 pages
FLIGHT OPERATIONS Basic Required Knowledge
No ratings yet
FLIGHT OPERATIONS Basic Required Knowledge
23 pages
Computer Number Manual
No ratings yet
Computer Number Manual
55 pages
Aviation Terms for Pilots
No ratings yet
Aviation Terms for Pilots
5 pages
Air India Express Limited
No ratings yet
Air India Express Limited
11 pages
Air Law Workbook 1.1 Answers
100% (1)
Air Law Workbook 1.1 Answers
62 pages
PCAR Part 2 Licensing
No ratings yet
PCAR Part 2 Licensing
37 pages
DGCA Approved AELP Training and Testing Organisations: Avinash - Govindarajan@goindigo - in
No ratings yet
DGCA Approved AELP Training and Testing Organisations: Avinash - Govindarajan@goindigo - in
4 pages
Standards DOC10
No ratings yet
Standards DOC10
58 pages
Pilot Aircraft Checkout Form
No ratings yet
Pilot Aircraft Checkout Form
2 pages
4.2.2 Government Agencies in Aviation Safety - CAAs, FAA, and JAA
No ratings yet
4.2.2 Government Agencies in Aviation Safety - CAAs, FAA, and JAA
2 pages
1.iaw-Qa-Ops01 Flight Ops
No ratings yet
1.iaw-Qa-Ops01 Flight Ops
18 pages
DGR-7 7 A-Outline
No ratings yet
DGR-7 7 A-Outline
1 page
CL o Ops005d Evaluate Flight Dispatcher Training Manual Amended 15 Jan 2024
No ratings yet
CL o Ops005d Evaluate Flight Dispatcher Training Manual Amended 15 Jan 2024
4 pages
PART 10 Commercial Air Transport by Foreign Air Carriers Within Republic of The Philippines
No ratings yet
PART 10 Commercial Air Transport by Foreign Air Carriers Within Republic of The Philippines
32 pages
CAR 7 G III Dated 20 Mar 24 For Publishing
No ratings yet
CAR 7 G III Dated 20 Mar 24 For Publishing
12 pages
ICAO Annexure
No ratings yet
ICAO Annexure
4 pages
Atp Rebollar
100% (1)
Atp Rebollar
33 pages
Airbus Safety Lib FLT Ops Cab Ops Seq01
No ratings yet
Airbus Safety Lib FLT Ops Cab Ops Seq01
9 pages
p1 PPL Member Certification Standards
No ratings yet
p1 PPL Member Certification Standards
33 pages
SSP 24 JD With ATO
No ratings yet
SSP 24 JD With ATO
1 page
Aviation English for Beginners
No ratings yet
Aviation English for Beginners
53 pages
Foi Dgca
No ratings yet
Foi Dgca
235 pages
Air Law
No ratings yet
Air Law
80 pages
Philippines Civil Aviation Training
No ratings yet
Philippines Civil Aviation Training
60 pages
Wizz Air First Officer Application Form
No ratings yet
Wizz Air First Officer Application Form
2 pages
P020160927439324212443 PDF
No ratings yet
P020160927439324212443 PDF
50 pages
Gulf Air Academy 'ATPL INTEGRATED'' Course: Who Are We?
No ratings yet
Gulf Air Academy 'ATPL INTEGRATED'' Course: Who Are We?
4 pages
Cfi 1
No ratings yet
Cfi 1
29 pages
Experience of Ojt
No ratings yet
Experience of Ojt
78 pages
Online Learning's Impact on Math Performance
No ratings yet
Online Learning's Impact on Math Performance
100 pages
FLYLITE - Pilot Training Program Effective AUGUST 01, 2022 Trainee Copy RV080822
No ratings yet
FLYLITE - Pilot Training Program Effective AUGUST 01, 2022 Trainee Copy RV080822
11 pages
Student Pilot License (SPL) Application Flowchart PDF
No ratings yet
Student Pilot License (SPL) Application Flowchart PDF
1 page
Training Manual
85% (13)
Training Manual
466 pages
Indian DGCA Type Rating Requirements CAR
No ratings yet
Indian DGCA Type Rating Requirements CAR
14 pages
Elite Aviation Academy Pilot Training
No ratings yet
Elite Aviation Academy Pilot Training
4 pages
Flight Training Magazine January 2014 PDF
100% (1)
Flight Training Magazine January 2014 PDF
60 pages
SPORT PILOT Training Syllabus - Doug Stewart PDF
No ratings yet
SPORT PILOT Training Syllabus - Doug Stewart PDF
13 pages
b737 Matrix 3 Inst (Jan - Jun 2025)
No ratings yet
b737 Matrix 3 Inst (Jan - Jun 2025)
67 pages
FAA Redbird Flight Certification
No ratings yet
FAA Redbird Flight Certification
3 pages
Hawker 800 XP Manual 2
100% (8)
Hawker 800 XP Manual 2
506 pages
Civil Aviation Authority of Malaysia Civil Aviation Notice (Can)
No ratings yet
Civil Aviation Authority of Malaysia Civil Aviation Notice (Can)
7 pages
CGCC Degree Path Packet (2024)
No ratings yet
CGCC Degree Path Packet (2024)
13 pages
Form
No ratings yet
Form
2 pages
Sca Directory Fifth Edition: Code Title Grade 01000 Administrative Support and Clerical Occupations
No ratings yet
Sca Directory Fifth Edition: Code Title Grade 01000 Administrative Support and Clerical Occupations
10 pages
Read The Full Report. Contributed by The Federal Aviation Administration
No ratings yet
Read The Full Report. Contributed by The Federal Aviation Administration
10 pages
B737-CL Recurrent Syllabus Module 2
No ratings yet
B737-CL Recurrent Syllabus Module 2
34 pages
Avoid These Flight Training Nightmares: 21 Mistakes To Avoid When Studying To Become A Pilot
No ratings yet
Avoid These Flight Training Nightmares: 21 Mistakes To Avoid When Studying To Become A Pilot
17 pages
User's Guide IFR
No ratings yet
User's Guide IFR
36 pages
Mei de Coursework Aeroplane Landing
100% (2)
Mei de Coursework Aeroplane Landing
4 pages
U.S. Airmen Stats: 2021 Overview
No ratings yet
U.S. Airmen Stats: 2021 Overview
31 pages
Regulatory Instrument 01 - Schedule of Fees MALTA TRANSPORT
No ratings yet
Regulatory Instrument 01 - Schedule of Fees MALTA TRANSPORT
12 pages
Airplane Flying Handbook (FAA-H-8083-3B)
100% (6)
Airplane Flying Handbook (FAA-H-8083-3B)
348 pages
SA Virginia Flight School
No ratings yet
SA Virginia Flight School
10 pages
Aeronautical Knowledge Standards
No ratings yet
Aeronautical Knowledge Standards
230 pages
The Complete Pilot Selection Handbook - For Aspiring Pilots, First Officers, and Captains.
100% (6)
The Complete Pilot Selection Handbook - For Aspiring Pilots, First Officers, and Captains.
88 pages
Guidance For Post Covid Restart of Operations Cbta Training Solutions
No ratings yet
Guidance For Post Covid Restart of Operations Cbta Training Solutions
75 pages
Senior Mechanical Design Engineer in Minneapolis ST Paul MN Resume Steven Fischer
100% (1)
Senior Mechanical Design Engineer in Minneapolis ST Paul MN Resume Steven Fischer
2 pages
Casa VFR Guide
100% (1)
Casa VFR Guide
476 pages
Professionalizing Flight Instructors
No ratings yet
Professionalizing Flight Instructors
4 pages
X-Plane 11 Desktop Manual - X-Plane - A4
No ratings yet
X-Plane 11 Desktop Manual - X-Plane - A4
163 pages
Aviation Incident Report Analysis
No ratings yet
Aviation Incident Report Analysis
31 pages
Appendix B eGCA RFP Volume 1 AS IS Assessments of DGCA Services PDF
No ratings yet
Appendix B eGCA RFP Volume 1 AS IS Assessments of DGCA Services PDF
334 pages